Amendment #2
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 4, 2007

Registration No. 333-135883


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


PRE EFFECTIVE

AMENDMENT NO. 2

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


PainCare Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Florida   8090   06-1110906

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 


1030 N. Orange Avenue, Suite 105 Orlando, Florida 32801 (407) 367-0944

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


Mark Szporka PainCare Holdings, Inc.

1030 N. Orange Avenue, Suite 105 Orlando, Florida 32801 (407) 367-0944

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 


Copies to:

Joel D. Mayersohn, Esq.

Clint J. Gage, Esq.

Arnstein & Lehr, LLP

200 E. Las Olas Blvd., Suite 1700

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301

(954) 713-7600

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  x

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨             

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨             

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered   

Amount

To Be
Registered

  

Proposed

Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share (1)

   

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)

   Amount Of
Registration
Fee
 

Common Stock

   3,305,033    $ 3.125 (2)   $ 10,328,228    $ 1,106  

Common Stock

   1,349,884    $ 3.450 (3)   $ 4,657,100    $ 499  

Common Stock

   19,278,157    $ 3.125 (2)   $ 60,244,241    $ 6,447  

Total

   23,933,074         $ 8,052 (4)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Computed on the basis of the average of the high and low sales prices of the shares of common stock on The American Stock Exchange of $3.125 on February 23, 2006 as prescribed by Rule 457(c).
(3) Computed on the basis of the higher of (i) the $3.45 exercise price of the warrants, and (ii) the average of the high and low sales prices of the shares of common stock on The American Stock Exchange of $3.125 on February 23, 2006 as prescribed by Rule 457(c). Represents shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants.
(4) The filing fee associated with these shares was previously paid with an earlier Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed with the Commission on March 1, 2006.

Pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act, this Registration Statement contains a combined prospectus that also relates to 9,615,323 shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-118868), 34,059,612 shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-112355) and 5,701,188 shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-115031). The Filing fee associated with these shares was previously paid with the earlier registration statements.

 


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated May 4, 2007

 

PROSPECTUS    Issued                     , 2006

73,309,197 Shares

PainCare Holdings, Inc.

COMMON STOCK

 


The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering 73,309,197 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling shareholders.

 


Our common stock is listed on The American Stock Exchange under the symbol “PRZ.” On May 2, 2007, the closing sale price of our common stock as reported by the AMEX was $.35 per share.

 


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 4.

 


The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
Prospectus Summary    1
Risk Factors    4
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data     16
Use of Proceeds    16
Common Stock Price Range and Dividends    17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data    17
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    19
What We Do    47
Management    67
Selling Shareholders    80
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions    92
Description of Capital Stock    92
Plan of Distribution    94
Legal Matters    95
Experts    95
Where You Can Find More Information    95
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements    F-1

No one is authorized to provide you with information that conflicts with information in the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only where those offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of when this prospectus is delivered or any sale of our common stock occurs.

Neither we nor the selling shareholders have taken any action to permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Except as the context otherwise requires, “PainCare,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer to PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

About This Prospectus

This prospectus is a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register shares of our common stock for sale solely by selling stockholders. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Accordingly, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us and our common stock. Copies of the registration statement and its exhibits are on file with the SEC. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the documents we have filed with the SEC are not intended to be comprehensive, and in each instance we refer you to copies of the actual documents filed as exhibits to the registration statement or otherwise filed with the SEC.

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

About PainCare

PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) is a provider of pain-focused medical and surgical solutions. Through its proprietary network of acquired or managed physician practices and ambulatory surgery centers, and in partnership with independent physician practices and medical institutions throughout the United States and Canada, PainCare is committed to utilizing the most advanced science and technologies to diagnose and treat pain stemming from neurological and musculoskeletal conditions and disorders.

We are a health care services company focused on the treatment of pain. We currently own or manage 24 pain-focused physician practices offering such services as: pain management, minimally invasive spine surgery and ancillary services including; orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint injections and diagnostic imaging services. Our physicians are trained in specialties such as interventional pain management, orthopedics or physiatry, and utilize the latest medical technologies, clinical practices and equipment to offer cost-effective pain relief.

PainCare has defined four reportable segments: pain management, surgery, ancillary service and corporate and other. See the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Note 23” of “ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in the consolidated financial statements, included herein, for financial information about these segments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We have grown our business through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions of complementary physician practices and outpatient surgery centers. To grow our physician practice revenue, our strategy is to acquire or enter into management agreements with profitable, well-established physician practices and expand the range of services they offer. For practices we have acquired, we survey the acquired practice and determine whether to expand the scope of services provided by the practice, including adding additional specialists such as physicians certified in pain management, neurosurgery, orthopedics or physiatry. By providing these additional services within the practice, we believe each practice can improve clinical outcomes, shorten treatment time and improve its profitability.

We also have relationships with physician practices that we do not own, but provide limited management services to, such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs. With these additional resources, the physician practice itself is able to offer a broader range of services to its patient base.

It is estimated that 75-150 million people in the United States have a chronic pain disorder according to a 2005 publication by the American Pain Society and, according to MarketData Enterprises, 2.9 million of those suffering seek treatment by pain specialists. Another 76.5 million Americans reported suffering from acute pain that persisted for more than 24 hours in duration according to the American Pain Foundation in 2006. These studies found that the back was the source of the most pain. As the “baby boom” population ages, the number of people who will require treatment for pain from back disorders, degenerative joint diseases, rheumatologic conditions, visceral diseases and cancer is expected to continue to rise. It is estimated by the National Pain Foundation that the annual cost to Americans suffering pain is $500 billion each year.

The medical community’s awareness of the need for pain management has increased in recent years.Both the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the Veterans Health Administration have adopted Pain as the 5th Vital Sign. This initiative mandates that pain be taken seriously and assessed adequately and treated in the majority of hospitals and clinics nationwide according to the National Pain Foundation. In 2001, JCAHO published standards that incorporated pain management into the standards for accredited health care providers. The JCAHO standards stress patients’ rights to appropriate assessment and management of pain, and require treatment of pain along with the underlying disease or disorder. As a result, we believe that pain management is growing in significance as a medical specialty as is the increased demand for pain treatment.

We have relationships with 59 physician practices and ambulatory surgery center locations. Through our subsidiaries, we operate three types of practice arrangements:

 

   

We employ licensed physicians in 12 practices which we own;

 

   

We have acquired the non-medical assets and we provide general management services to 19 physician practices;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

We provide limited management services to 35 physician practices in areas such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs.

In a typical wholly-owned practice, we acquire all of the assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians. We establish a wholly-owned subsidiary to own and operate this practice. We enter into employment agreements with the selling physicians, usually for a five year term, which provide for base compensation and incentive compensation based upon increases in operating earnings. These contracts are subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances. The physicians are subject to confidentiality and non-competition provisions that typically run for two years following the termination of the physician’s employment agreement.

In a typical managed practice, we acquire all of the non-medical assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians and then enter into a management agreement with the physicians to manage the practice for a fee. The management agreement is usually for a 40 year term and is generally only subject to termination by the physician if we breach the agreement and fail to cure the breach upon at least 30 days’ written notice from the physicians.

In a typical limited management practice, we agree to provide a physician practice with orthopedic rehabilitation or electrodiagnostic services and equipment under a management agreement that is usually for an initial term of five years with two five year renewal options on our part. We provide the equipment, supplies and our management expertise, and the practice provides the space, personnel, billing and collection services. We receive a percentage of the practice’s collections from the service being managed by us.

We are now in the rollout phase of our latest business initiative centered on effecting a new industry paradigm in the delivery of state-of-the-art, pain-focused, medical care and payor administration. Through our new wholly-owned subsidiary, Integrated Pain Solutions (IPS), we plan to leverage our centralized and specialized knowledge base of advanced pain diagnostics, interventional pain management and functional restoration procedures and solutions. IPS is developing, administering and tracking the outcome of proprietary, evidence-based, clinical pathways for the management of acute or chronic pain. This clinical criteria will serve as the basis of the delivery of quality care by highly credentialed, multi-disciplined provider networks contracted and managed by IPS in select U.S. markets.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to become the leading provider of specialty pain care services in North America. To grow our practices, we intend to:

 

   

Focus on pain treatment. All of our operations to date have been specifically focused in the area of pain treatment. We intend to continue to focus on the treatment of pain through acquisition, management, and the provision of services to practices that serve the pain treatment market.

 

   

Deploy additional services to grow physician practices. We intend to enhance the capacity of our practices for organic growth by increasing the range of services offered by our practices. By deploying additional physicians and equipment, we can perform in-house those necessary procedures and services that would ordinarily be referred to other providers, which we believe can result in higher quality care and increased revenues to our practices.

 

   

Utilize advanced medical technologies. Many of our physicians are thought leaders in their respective fields and employ the latest clinical techniques and medical technologies for the treatment of pain. We intend to support the use of new technology in pain treatment through the deployment of additional specialized physicians who are familiar with these techniques and technologies and by providing the latest, state-of-the- art equipment. For example, we deploy MedX rehabilitation equipment to orthopedic rehabilitation facilities, which has demonstrated the ability to improve patient outcomes.

 

   

Adopt a more hands-on approach. We intend to focus on the management and organic growth of our existing national network of pain practices to provide pain management services in a cost efficient manner aimed at maximizing stockholder value.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to evaluate our acquisition program to target profitable acquisitions that are parallel to our core business and have the capacity for growth through the addition of specialized physicians and ancillary services.

 

2


Table of Contents

Given the current status of liquidity, acquisitions in the near term will be made on a highly selective basis and meet parameters acceptable to our lenders.

While historical growth has primarily come from the acquisition of physician practices and the organic growth from those practices previously described, future growth is expected to come from Integrated Pain Solutions (“IPS”).

Our objective is to become the pre-eminent utilization management service provider for patients requiring pain-related treatment. To facilitate growth we intend to:

 

   

Offer a “patient centered” network as part of its menu. Other menu items include individualized guidance, algorithm-based case management, care coaching and evidence based and outcome driven pain management.

 

   

Build programs that balance patient medical conditions with health plan parameters. These programs will include case management, care coaching, quality improvement and physician education.

 

   

Benefit providers by using an algorithm based triage system and accumulate all patient provider and encounter information in a centralized data warehouse. This data will subsequently be biostatistically analyized to determine clinical efficiency leading to the most effective treatment pathways.

Our Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 1030 North Orange Avenue, Suite 105, Orlando, Florida 32801, and our telephone number is (407) 367-0944. Our website is located at www.paincareholdings.com. Our website address is included as an inactive textual reference only.

Risks of Investing in PainCare

Our business involves various risks, including, but not limited to, the acquisition of businesses or the launch of new lines of business, which could increase operating expenses and dilute operating margins; the inability to attract new patients by our owned practices, the managed practices, and the limited management practices; increased competition, which could lead to negative pressure on our pricing and the need for increased marketing; the inability to maintain, establish, or renew relationships with physician practices, whether due to competition or other factors; the inability to comply with regulatory requirements governing our owned practices, the managed practices, and the limited management practices; that projected operating efficiencies will not be achieved due to implementation difficulties or contractual spending commitments that cannot be reduced; and to the general risks associated with our businesses. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

The Offering

 

Common Stock offered by selling stockholders:

  73,309,197 shares

Common Stock outstanding immediately after this offering:

  66,849,164 shares

Use of proceeds:

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering, other than the exercise price payable to us upon the exercise of warrants held by certain of the selling stockholders. We intend to use any such proceeds for general working capital.

American Stock Exchange symbol:

  PRZ

The total number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 66,849,164 shares outstanding as of May 2, 2007, and excludes:

 

   

11,403,867 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants outstanding at May 2, 2007 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.05 per share; and

 

   

7,081,663 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon conversion of convertible debentures; and

 

   

7,648,677 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the earn-out provisions of various acquisition agreements.

 

3


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to buy our common stock. Any of the risks we describe below could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events. You could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the execution of our restructuring plan

BKHM, P.A., our independent registered public accounting firm, has included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, which expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern due to the defaults on our HBK and CPMASC promissory notes and convertible debentures. The inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph in BKHM, P.A.’s report on our financial statements could have a detrimental effect on our stock price and our ability to raise additional capital.

Our financial statements have been prepared on the basis of a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. We have not made any adjustments to the financial statements as a result of the outcome of the uncertainty described above. Accordingly, the value of the Company in liquidation may be different from the amounts set forth in our financial statements.

Our continued success will depend on our ability to continue to raise capital in order to fund the development and commercialization of our products. Failure to raise additional capital may result in substantial adverse circumstances, including delisting of our common stock shares from the American Stock Exchange, which could substantially decrease the liquidity and value of such shares, or ultimately result in our liquidation.

The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with HBK Investments, L.P. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed.

The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for contingent cash payments of up to $6.5 million for the acquisitions as the earnings requirements are met. The Company received a $1 million tax refund and expects to receive an additional $3 million during the third or fourth quarter of 2007. The refund will be used for working capital needs.

Restatement of consolidated financial statements.

On January 11, 2007 we received notification from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that there was no further comment on the restatement of our Form 10-K filings for December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004. Prior to the completion of the SEC’s review of our filings, we received comments from the SEC staff regarding our method of accounting for (i) certain term notes, freestanding and embedded derivatives, and (ii) intangible assets acquired in connection with physician

 

4


Table of Contents

practice and surgery center acquisitions. In connection with the SEC review, we restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005 and September 30, 2005. We also restated the quarters ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006 for our accounting of the initial adoption of FAS 123R, Share-Based Payment.

A number of class action lawsuits have been filed against us and certain of our officers and directors.

We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. The lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

We have received a notice of default from our lenders.

On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the “Waiver Letters”) with HBK Investments L.P. (the “Agent”), HBK Master Fund L.P., (“HBK-MF”) and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. (“Del Mar,” and together with HBK-MF the “Lenders”) pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006 deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”) with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the “Obligations”), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

Since our entry into the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. On March 21, 2007, we received a Notice of Default from the Agent setting forth certain alleged events of default by us under the Loan Agreement, including, but not limited to, a failure by us to make certain required payments. The Notice of Default further provides (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan Agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable. Should the Agent take additional actions to enforce its rights under the Loan Agreement our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. We have entered into a standstill agreement with HBK which expires on May 7, 2007. We are actively engaged in negotiations with HBK in an effort to resolve the outstanding disputes between us.

On March 15, 2007, we received a notice of breach and default (the “CPM Notice”) from The Center for Pain Management, LLC (“CPM”) with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “APA”) entered into by us, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the “Subsidiary”), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the “Members”).

The CPM Notice set forth our failure to make certain installment payments of cash and common stock under the terms of the APA. The CPM Notice further provides that unless we cure the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004

 

5


Table of Contents

(the “Pledge Agreement”) entered into by us and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary. Any actions by CPM or the Members to enforce their rights under the APA and Pledge Agreement may trigger certain defaults under our senior credit facility with HBK, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We have entered into a standstill agreement with CPM and the Members which expires on May 7, 2007. We are actively engaged in negotiations with CPM and the Members in an effort to resolve the outstanding disputes between us.

Pursuant to the terms of the agreements under which we acquired certain of our practices we may be required to make payments in the amount of approximately $3.7 million within the first six months of 2007. Further, our convertible debentures and our secured convertible term notes contain certain provisions and restrictions, which if violated, could result in the full principal amount, $13,455,160 as of December 31, 2006, together with interest and other amounts, becoming immediately due and payable in cash. In addition, there can be no assurance that the lenders under our senior secured credit facility will not exercise certain rights they may have thereunder that might result in us having to make substantial payments to them to induce them to enter into additional forbearance agreements.

We need to continue to improve and implement our controls and procedures.

Requirements adopted by the SEC in response to the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to (i) evaluate and report on a quarterly basis the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, and (ii) assess and report on an annual basis the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. During our assessment with respect to the effectiveness of the foregoing controls as of December 31, 2006, the end of our most recent fiscal year, management identified a number of material weaknesses, which are fully disclosed in Item 9A in this Form 10-K. As a result of the material weaknesses, management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, the end of our most recent fiscal year, were not effective. In an effort to rectify the foregoing material weaknesses, we have modified our method of accounting for certain transactions and have implemented additional controls. In so doing, we restated our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002, December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005, September 30, 2005, March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006.

We continue to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting, and may modify, enhance or supplement them as appropriate in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with all of the SEC control requirements. Any modifications, enhancements or supplements to our controls systems could be costly to prepare or implement, divert the attention of our management from operating our business, and cause our operating expenses to increase over the ensuing year. Further, our stock price may be adversely affected by the current, or any future, determination that our disclosure controls and procedures and/or internal controls over financial reporting were not effective.

If we are unable to complete the disposition of our interests in our ambulatory surgery centers and/or enter into one or more financing transactions, we may not have enough cash to fund our operations.

While we are currently in the process of divesting our interests in our ambulatory surgery centers and are actively negotiating with a number of institutional investors over potential financings, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to effectuate either on terms we deem suitable. To the extent we are able to obtain financing and/or divest our interests in the ambulatory surgery centers we anticipate using a substantial percentage of the proceeds therefrom to reduce our debt obligations and satisfy our payment obligations to our acquired practices. Any financing transaction in which we enter will likely result in a significant ownership dilution to our existing stockholders, on a fully diluted basis, as a result of the current market price for our common stock.

In the event we are unable to accomplish either the divestiture of our ambulatory surgery centers or the closing of additional rounds of financing, we may not have sufficient cash to fund our operations in the short term.

The success of our growth strategy depends on the successful identification, completion and integration of acquisitions.

We have acquired or entered into general management agreements with 21 physician practices and nine ambulatory surgery centers since 2002 and we intend to pursue additional acquisitions and management relationships. Our future success will depend on our ability to identify and complete acquisitions as well as integrate the acquired businesses with our existing operations.

 

6


Table of Contents

More recently, we have developed managed care initiatives through provisions of utilization management, case management, care coaching, and a provider network. There are inherent risks associated with expanding our product services line such as the inability to contract with physicians at a reduced treatment rate for each regional area as well as having the ability to convince insurance providers to reduce the rate of co-payment. . We are entering into a new paradigm of managed care which will require additional demands on our infrastructure in order to become a key competitor within this facet of the health care industry.

Our growth strategy will result in significant additional demands on our infrastructure, and will place a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational, financial and technical resources, and increase demands on our systems and controls. Our growth strategy involves numerous risks, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the possibility that we are not able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms;

 

   

possible decreases in capital resources or dilution to existing stockholders;

 

   

difficulties and expenses incurred in connection with an acquisition;

 

   

the difficulties of operating an acquired business;

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

a limited ability to predict future operating results of acquired practices; and

 

   

the potential loss of key physicians, employees and patients of an acquired practice.

In the event that the operations of an acquired practice do not meet expectations, we may be required to restructure the acquired practice or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired practice. We cannot assure you that any acquisition will be successfully integrated into our operations or will have the intended financial or strategic results.

In addition, acquisitions entail an inherent risk that we could become subject to contingent or other liabilities in connection with the acquisitions, including liabilities arising from events or conduct pre-dating our acquisition and that were not known to us at the time of acquisition. Although we conduct due diligence in connection with each of our acquisitions, this does not mean that we will necessarily identify all potential problems or issues in connection with any given acquisition, some of which could be significant.

Our failure to successfully identify and complete future acquisitions or to integrate and successfully manage completed acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth strategy may not prove viable and expected growth and value may not be realized.

Our strategy is to rapidly grow by acquiring, establishing and managing a network of pain management, minimally invasive spine surgery and orthopedic rehabilitation centers. Identifying appropriate physician groups and proposing, negotiating and implementing economically attractive affiliations with them can be a lengthy, complex and costly process. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying and establishing relationships with orthopedic surgery and pain management groups. If we are successful in implementing our strategy of rapid growth, such growth may impair our ability to efficiently provide non-professional support services, facilities, equipment, non-professional personnel, supplies and non-professional support staff to medical practices. Our future financial results could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to manage growth effectively.

There can be no assurance that physicians, medical providers or the medical community in general will accept our business strategy and adopt the strategy offered by us. The extent to which, and rate at which, these services achieve market acceptance and penetration will depend on many variables including, but not limited to, the establishment and demonstration in the medical community of the clinical safety, efficacy and cost-effectiveness of these services, the advantage of these services over existing technology, and third-party reimbursement practices. There can be no assurance that the medical community and third-party payors will accept our technology. Similar risks will confront any other services developed by us in the future. Failure of our services to gain market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

7


Table of Contents

Integrated Pain Solutions is the nation’s first and foremost pain-focused managed services organization. Our services address the entire continuum of care for persons with acute and chronic pain conditions by offering a comprehensive, integrated array of products. There can be no assurance that the products we offer to pain suffering patients will prove to be a viable source to their healthcare needs. There can be no assurance that the medical community and third-party payors will accept our business strategy.

Our operations have not been profitable in recent periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, net loss was $(26,482,506), $(5,339,378) and $(1,501,482), respectively. There is potential of this trend to continue into the future as the Company reduces its emphasis on acquisitions, divests interest in its ambulatory surgery centers, and focuses its efforts on organic growth and the IPS initiative.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets and any impairment, reduction, or elimination of these intangible assets could hurt our results of continuing operations.

As of December 31, 2006, we had other intangible assets and net goodwill for continuing operations, of approximately $90.6 million, which constituted 55.4% of our total consolidated assets. The net goodwill reflects the amount we pay for our acquired practices in excess of the fair value of other identifiable intangible and tangible assets. Our net goodwill will increase in the future as a result of our acquisitions as we pay the contingent purchase price for the acquisitions according to the terms of the respective purchase agreements. In addition, we expect to acquire additional goodwill in connection with future acquisitions. As prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill; rather it is carried on our balance sheet until it is impaired. Although goodwill is not amortized, the other intangible asset, which is the physician referral network, is amortized over seven years. In addition, both goodwill and other intangibles are tested annually for impairment. Any determination of impairment could require a significant reduction, or the elimination, of goodwill, which could hurt our results of operations. Such impairment charges were identified and recorded in 2006 in the total amount of $34.0 million. Also, the effect of a prolonged downturn in our business will be exacerbated by the impairment, and resulting write-down, of goodwill related to a reduction in the value of our acquired practices.

Our cash flow and financial condition may be adversely affected by the assumption of credit risks.

Our managed and limited management practices bill their patients’ insurance carriers for services provided by the practices. By undertaking the responsibility for patient billing and collection activities, the practices assume the credit risk presented by the patient base, as well as the risk of payment delays attendant to reimbursement through governmental programs or third-party payors. If our practices are unsuccessful in collecting a substantial amount of such fees, it will have a material adverse affect on our financial condition because our compensation from these practices is dependent on the practices’ collections. During the second half of 2006, we performed an analysis of our historical cash collections and adjusted the current collection percentages on several practices. This resulted in a $4.2 million write off of net receivables.

We rely on the services of our physicians. We may not be able to attract and retain qualified physicians we need to support our business.

Our operations are substantially dependent on the services of our practices’ physicians. With respect to our owned practices, we have employment agreements with our physicians that generally have terms of five years, but may be terminated by either party in certain circumstances. Our management agreements with our managed practices generally have a 40 year term, while our agreements with limited management practices have a five year term with options for two additional five year renewal terms which are exercisable at our election. These agreements may be earlier terminated under certain circumstances. Although we will endeavor to maintain and renew such contracts, in the event a significant number of physicians terminate their relationships with us, our business could be adversely affected. While our employment and management agreements contain covenants not to compete with us for a period of generally two years after termination of employment, these provisions may not be enforceable.

We compete with many types of health care providers and government institutions for the services of qualified physicians. If we are unable to attract and retain physicians, our revenues will decrease and our business will suffer.

 

8


Table of Contents

If certain key employees were to leave, we may be unable to operate our business profitably, complete existing projects or undertake certain new projects.

Our key employees and consultants include Merrill Reuter, M.D., Randy Lubinsky, Mark Szporka, and Ron Riewold. We have entered into employment agreements with Randy Lubinsky (Chief Executive Officer and Director), Ron Riewold (President and Director), Mark Szporka (Chief Financial Officer and Director), and Dr. Merrill Reuter (President of one of our subsidiaries and Chairman of the Board). Should the services of Dr. Reuter, Randy Lubinsky, Ron Riewold, or Mark Szporka or other key personnel become unavailable to us for any reason, our business could be adversely affected. There is no assurance that we will be able to retain these key individuals and/or attract new employees of the caliber needed to achieve our objectives. We do not maintain any key employee life insurance policies.

Our employment agreements with certain senior executive officers entitle them to individual annual bonuses equal to a minimum of $200,000 up to a maximum of 150% of salary.

Our employment agreements with our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and President, which expire on December 31, 2010, and were amended effective January 1, 2006, entitle each officer to a minimum annual bonus of $200,000 up to a maximum of 150% of their base salary in any one calendar year.

Increased costs associated with corporate governance compliance may significantly affect our results of operations.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our being subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires changes in some of our corporate governance and securities disclosure and compliance practices, and requires a review of our internal control procedures. We expect these developments to increase our legal compliance and financial reporting costs. In addition, they could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, or qualified executive officers. Finally, director and officer liability insurance for public companies has become more difficult and more expensive to obtain, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur higher costs to obtain coverage that is satisfactory to us and our officers or directors. We are presently evaluating and monitoring regulatory developments and cannot estimate the timing or magnitude or additional costs we may incur as a result.

Changes associated with reimbursement by third-party payors for our services may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition

Our revenues are directly dependent on the acceptance of the services provided by our managed practices and limited management practices as covered benefits under third-party payor programs, including PPOs, HMOs and other managed care entities. The health care industry is undergoing significant changes, with third-party payors taking measures to reduce reimbursement rates or, in some cases, denying reimbursement for previously acceptable treatment modalities. There is no assurance that third-party payors will continue to pay for the services provided by our owned practices under their payor programs or by the managed practices. Failure of third-party payors to adequately cover minimally invasive surgery or other services will have a material adverse effect on us.

Professional liability claims could adversely impact our business.

Our managed practices are involved in the delivery of health care services to the public and are exposed to the risk of professional liability claims. Claims of this nature, if successful, could result in damage awards to the claimants in excess of the limits of any applicable insurance coverage. Insurance against losses related to claims of this type can be expensive and varies widely from state to state. There can be no assurance that our owned and managed practices will not be subject to such claims, that any claim will be successfully defended or, if our practices are found liable, that the claim will not exceed the limits of our insurance. Liabilities in excess of our insurance could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our business is subject to substantial competition which could have a material impact on our business and financial condition.

The health care industry, in general, and the markets for orthopedic, rehabilitation and minimally invasive surgery services in particular, are highly competitive. The practices we own or manage compete with other physicians and rehabilitation clinics who may be better established or have greater recognition in a particular community than the physicians in these practices. These practices also compete against hospitals and large health care companies, such as HealthSouth, Inc. and U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc., with respect to orthopedic and rehabilitation services, and Symbion and AmSurg Corp, with respect to outpatient

 

9


Table of Contents

surgery centers. These hospitals and companies have established operating histories and greater financial resources than us. In addition, we expect competition to increase, particularly in the market for rehabilitation services, as consolidation of the physical therapy industry continues through the acquisition by hospitals and large health care companies of physician-owned and other privately owned physical therapy practices. We will also compete with our competitors in connection with acquisition opportunities.

Failure to obtain managed care contracts and legislative changes could adversely affect our business.

There can be no assurance that our owned or managed practices will be able to obtain managed care contracts. These practices’ future inability to obtain managed care contracts in their markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation. In addition, federal and state legislative proposals have been introduced that could substantially increase the number of Medicare and Medicaid recipients enrolled in HMOs and other managed care plans. We derive, through these practices, a substantial portion of our revenue from Medicare and Medicaid. In the event such proposals are adopted, there can be no assurance that these practices will be able to obtain contracts from HMOs and other managed care plans serving Medicare and Medicaid enrollees. Failure to obtain such contracts could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if our practices are able to enter into managed care contracts, the terms of such agreements may not be favorable to us.

Risks Related to Our Industry

The health care industry is highly regulated and our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us or the owned practices, and the failure of the managed practices and the limited management practices to comply with laws and regulations applicable to them, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices are subject to stringent federal, state and local government health care laws and regulations. If we or they fail to comply with applicable laws, or if a determination is made that in the past we or the managed practices or the limited management practices have failed to comply with these laws, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our license or our physicians’ licenses to operate and our ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other government sponsored and third-party health care programs. In addition, laws and regulations are constantly changing and may impose additional requirements. These changes could have the effect of impeding our ability to continue to do business or reduce our opportunities to continue to grow.

Periodic revisions to laws and regulations may reduce the revenues generated by the owned practices, managed practices and the limited management practices.

A significant amount of the revenues generated by our owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices is derived from governmental payors. These governmental payors have taken and may continue to take steps designed to reduce the cost of medical care. Private payors often follow the lead of governmental payors, and private payors have been taking steps to reduce the cost to them of medical care. A change in the makeup of the patient mix that results in a decrease in patients covered by private insurance or a shift by private payors to other payment structures could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If reductions in reimbursement occur, the revenues generated by the owned practices, the managed practices and the limited management practices could shrink. This shrinkage would cause a reduction in our revenues. Accordingly, our business could be adversely affected by reductions in or limitations on reimbursement amounts for medical services rendered, payor mix changes or shifts by payors to different payment structures.

Because government-sponsored payors generally pay providers based on a fee schedule, and the trend is for private payors to do the same, we may not be able to prevent a decrease in our revenues by increasing the amounts the owned practices charge for services. The same applies to the limited management practices and the managed practices. They cannot increase their charges in an attempt to counteract reductions in reimbursement for services. There can be no assurance that any reduced operating margins could be recouped through cost reductions, increased volume, and introduction of additional procedures or otherwise. We believe that trends in cost containment in the health care industry will continue to result in reductions from historical levels of per-patient revenue.

 

10


Table of Contents

Federal and state healthcare reform may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Federal and state governments have continued to focus significant attention on health care reform. A broad range of health care reform measures have been introduced in Congress and in state legislatures. It is not clear at this time what proposals, if any, will be adopted, or, if adopted, what effect, if any, such proposals would have on our business. Currently proposed federal and state legislation could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our affiliated physicians may not appropriately record or document services they provide.

Our affiliated physicians are responsible for assigning reimbursement codes and maintaining sufficient supporting documentation for the services they provide. The owned practices, managed practices and limited management practices use this information to seek reimbursement for their services from third-party payors. If these physicians do not appropriately code or document their services, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Unfavorable changes or conditions could occur in the geographic areas where our operations are concentrated.

A majority of our revenue in 2006 was generated by our operations in five states. Adverse changes or conditions affecting these particular markets, such as health care reforms, changes in laws and regulations, reduced Medicaid reimbursements and government investigations, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory authorities could assert that the owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices fail to comply with the federal Stark Law. If such a claim were successfully asserted, this would result in the inability of these practices to bill for services rendered, which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we could be required to restructure or terminate our arrangements with these practices. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure the arrangements to comply with the Stark Law, could jeopardize our business.

Section 1877 of Title 18 of the Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law”, prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for the furnishing of Medicare-covered “designated health services” if the physician (or an immediate family member of the physician) has a “financial relationship” with that entity. “Designated health services” include clinical laboratory services; physical and occupational therapy services; radiology services, including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services (including the professional component of such diagnostic testing, but excluding procedures where the imaging modality is used to guide a needle, probe or catheter accurately); radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; home health services; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; and others. A “financial relationship” is defined as an ownership or investment interest in or a compensation arrangement with an entity that provides designated health services. Sanctions for prohibited referrals include denial of Medicare payment and civil monetary penalties of up to $15,000 for each service ordered. Designated health services furnished pursuant to a referral that is prohibited by the Stark Law are not covered by Medicare and payments improperly collected must be promptly refunded.

The physicians in our owned practices have a financial relationship with the owned practices (they receive compensation for services rendered) and may refer patients to the owned practices for physical and occupational therapy services (and perhaps other designated health services) covered by Medicare. Therefore, an exception would have to apply to allow the physicians in our owned practices to refer patients to the owned practices for the provision by the owned practices of Medicare-covered designated health services.

There are several exceptions to the prohibition on referrals for designated health services which have the effect of allowing a physician that has a financial relationship with an entity to make referrals to that entity for the provision of Medicare-covered designated health services. The exception on which we rely with respect to the owned practices is the exception for employees, as all of the physicians employed in our owned practices are W-2 employees of the respective owned practices. Therefore, we believe that the physicians employed by our owned practices can refer patients to the owned practices for the provision of designated health services covered by Medicare. Nevertheless, should the owned practices fail to adhere to the conditions of the employment exception, or if a regulator determines that the employees or the employment relationship do not meet the criteria of the employment exception, the owned practices would be liable for violating the Stark Law, which could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our relationships with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, do not trigger the Stark Law. Nevertheless, if a regulator were somehow to determine that these relationships are subject to the Stark Law, and that the relationships do not meet the conditions of any exception to the Stark Law, such failure would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

11


Table of Contents

The referral of Medicare patients by physicians employed by or under contract with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, to their respective practices, however, does trigger the Stark Law. We believe, nevertheless, that the in-office ancillary exception to the Stark Law has the effect of permitting these physician members of the respective managed practices and limited management practices to refer patients to their respective group practice for the provision by the respective group practice of Medicare-covered designated health services. If the managed practices or limited management practices were found not to comply with the terms of the in-office ancillary exception, they cannot properly bill Medicare for the designated health services provided by them. In such an event, our business could be materially adversely affected because the revenues we generate from these practices are dependent, at least in part, on the revenues or profits generated by those practices.

Regulatory authorities could assert that our owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices, or the contractual arrangements between us and the managed practices or the limited management practices, fail to comply with state laws analogous to the Stark Law. In such event, we could be subject to civil penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the contractual arrangements.

At least some of the states in which we do business also have prohibitions on physician self-referrals that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws and interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. As indicated elsewhere, we enter into management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and other items and services to the practices in exchange for compensation. Although we believe that the practices comply with these laws, and although we attempt to structure our relationships with these practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from violating these laws (or in a manner that we believe does not trigger the law), state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that the practices violate these laws and/or that our agreements with the practices violate these laws. Any such conclusion could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Regulatory authorities or other persons could assert that our relationships with our owned practices, the managed practices or the limited management practices fail to comply with the anti-kickback law. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. If we were subject to penalties or are unable to successfully restructure the relationships to comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute it would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The anti-kickback provisions of the Social Security Act prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully (a) soliciting or receiving any remuneration in return for referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs; or (b) offering or paying any remuneration to induce a person to make referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs, which we refer to as the “Anti-Kickback Statute” or “Anti-Kickback Law.” The prohibited remuneration may be paid directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind.

Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony and criminal conviction results in a fine of not more than $25,000, imprisonment for not more than five years, or both. Further, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) has the authority to exclude violators from all federal health care programs and/or impose civil monetary penalties of $50,000 for each violation and assess damages of not more than three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received.

As the result of a congressional mandate, the Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of DHHS promulgated a regulation specifying certain payment practices which the OIG determined to be at minimal risk for abuse. The OIG named these payment practices “Safe Harbors.” If a payment arrangement fits within a Safe Harbor, it will be deemed not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Merely because a payment arrangement does not comply with all of the elements of any Safe Harbor, however, does not mean that the parties to the payment arrangement are violating the Anti-Kickback Statute.

We receive fees under our agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices for management and administrative services and equipment and supplies. We do not believe we are in a position to make or influence referrals of patients or services reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Because the provisions of the Anti-Kickback Statute are broadly worded and have been broadly interpreted by federal courts, however, it is possible that the government could take the position that we, as a result of our ownership of the owned practices, and as a result of our relationships with the limited management practices and the managed practices, will be subject, directly and indirectly, to the Anti-Kickback Statute.

 

12


Table of Contents

With respect to the managed practices and the limited management practices, we contract with the managed practices to provide general management services and limited management services, respectively. In return for those services, we receive compensation. The OIG has concluded that, depending on the facts of each particular arrangement, management arrangements may be subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute. In particular, an advisory opinion published by the OIG in 1998 (98-4) concluded that in a proposed management services arrangement where a management company was required to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the practice, the proposed arrangement could constitute prohibited remuneration where the management company would be reimbursed for its costs and paid a percentage of net practice revenues.

Our management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices differ from the management agreement analyzed in Advisory Opinion 98-4. Significantly, we believe we are not in a position to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices. In fact, our management agreements do not require us to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the managed practices or the limited management practices, or to provide marketing, advertising, public relation services or practice expansion services to those practices. Because we do not undertake to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices, and the services provided to these practices differ in scope from those provided under Advisory Opinion 98-4, we believe that our management agreements with the managed practices and limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, although we believe we have structured our management agreements in such a manner as not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, we cannot guarantee that a regulator would not conclude that the compensation to us under the management agreements constitutes prohibited remuneration. In such an event, our operations would be materially adversely affected.

The relationship between the physicians employed by the owned practices and the owned practices is subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute as well because the employed physicians refer Medicare patients to the owned practices and the employed physicians receive compensation from the owned practices for services rendered on behalf of the owned practices. Nevertheless, we have tried to structure our arrangements with our physician employees to meet the employment Safe Harbor. Therefore, it is our position that the owned practices’ arrangements with their respective employed physicians do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, if the relationship between the owned practices and their physician employees is determined not to be a bona fide employment relationship, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our agreements with the limited management practices may also raise different Anti-Kickback concerns, but we believe that our arrangements are sufficiently different from those deemed suspect by the OIG so as not to violate the law. In April of 2003, the OIG issued a Special Advisory Bulletin where the OIG addressed contractual arrangements where a health care provider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a related health care business by contracting with an existing provider of a related item or service (“Manager”) to provide the new item or service to the Owner’s existing patient population. In those arrangements, the Manager not only manages the new line of business, but may also supply it with inventory, employees, space, billing and other services. In other words, the Owner contracts out substantially the entire operation of the related line of business to the Manager, receiving in return the profits of the business as remuneration for its federal program referrals to the Manager.

According to the OIG, contractual joint ventures have the following characteristics: (i) the establishment of a new line of business; (ii) a captive referral base; (iii) the Owner lacks business risk; (iv) the Manager is a would be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business; (v) the scope of services provided by the Manager is extremely broad, with the manager providing: day to day management; billing; equipment; personnel; office space; training; health care items, supplies and services; (vi) the practical effect of the arrangement is to enable the Owner to bill insurers and patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager; (vii) the parties agree to a non-compete clause barring the Owner from providing items or services to any patient other than those coming from the Owner and/or barring the Manager from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

We have attempted to draft our agreements with the limited management practices in a manner that takes into account the concerns in the Special Advisory Bulletin. Specifically, under our arrangements, the limited management practice takes business risk. It is financially responsible for the following costs: the space required to provide the services; employment costs of the personnel providing the services and intake personnel; and billing and collections. We do not reimburse the limited management practice for any of these costs. We provide solely equipment, supplies and our management expertise. In return for these items and services, we receive a percentage of the limited management practice’s collections from the services being managed by us. Consequently, we believe that the limited management practice is not being compensated for its referrals.

 

13


Table of Contents

Although we believe that our arrangements with the limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute for the reasons specified above, we cannot guarantee that our arrangements will be free from scrutiny by the OIG or that the OIG would not conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. In the event the OIG were to conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, this would have a material adverse effect on us.

State regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil, and perhaps criminal, penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships to comply with these statutes, could jeopardize our business and results of operations.

Many states in which we do business have corporate practice of medicine laws which prohibit us from exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into management agreements with managed practices and limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and other items and services to the practices in exchange for a service fee. We structure our relationships with the practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the corporate practice of medicine or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of the practices or their physicians. Nevertheless, state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that our agreements violate these laws.

Regulatory authorities or others may assert that our agreements with limited management practices or managed practices, or our owned practices, violate state fee splitting laws. If such a claim were successfully asserted, we could be subject to civil and perhaps criminal penalties, and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual arrangements. This result, or our inability to successfully restructure our relationships to comply with these statutes, could jeopardize our business and results of operations.

The laws of many states prohibit physicians from splitting fees with non-physicians (or other physicians). These laws vary from state to state and are enforced by the courts and by regulatory authorities with broad discretion. The relationship between us on the one hand, and the managed practices and limited management practices, on the other hand, may raise issues in some states with fee splitting prohibitions. Although we have attempted to structure our contracts with the managed practices and the limited management practices in a manner that keeps us from violating prohibitions on fee splitting, state regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in practices that constitute fee-splitting, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

Our use and disclosure of patient information is subject to privacy regulations.

Numerous state, federal and international laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and related rules, or HIPAA. In the provision of services to our patients, we may collect, use, maintain and transmit patient information in ways that may or will be subject to many of these laws and regulations. The three rules that were promulgated pursuant to HIPAA that could most significantly affect our business are the Standards for Electronic Transactions, or Transactions Rule; the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or Privacy Rule; and the Health Insurance Reform Security Standards, or Security Rule. The respective compliance dates for these rules for most entities were October 16, 2002, April 16, 2003 and April 21, 2005. HIPAA applies to covered entities, which include most health care providers that will contract for the use of our services. HIPAA requires covered entities to bind contractors to comply with certain burdensome HIPAA requirements. Other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy of patient information also apply to us, either directly or indirectly.

The HIPAA Transactions Rule establishes format and data content standards for eight of the most common health care transactions. When we perform billing and collection services for our owned practices or managed practices we may be engaging in one or more of these standard transactions and will be required to conduct those transactions in compliance with the required standards. The HIPAA Privacy Rule restricts the use and disclosure of patient information, requires covered entities to safeguard that information and to provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information. The HIPAA Security Rule establishes elaborate requirements for safeguarding patient information transmitted or stored electronically. We may be required to make costly system purchases and modifications to comply with the HIPAA requirements that are imposed on us and our failure to comply may result in liability and adversely affect our business.

 

14


Table of Contents

Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state attorneys general, to regulate the collection, use and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access.

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of private information. These laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Other countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of personal or patient information and, if applicable, these laws could create liability for us or increase our cost of doing business.

New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle health care related data, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not properly comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Because we use our common stock as consideration for our acquisitions, your interest in our company will be significantly diluted. In addition, if the investors in our recent financings convert their debentures and notes, or if we elect to pay principal and/or interest on the debentures and notes with shares of our common stock or anti-dilution rights in these securities are triggered, our existing stockholders will experience significant dilution.

We have used, and we expect in the future to use, our common stock as consideration for our acquisitions. In addition, a significant amount of our acquisitions’ purchase price is contingent upon future performance. We expect to issue a significant amount of our common stock to pay contingent purchase prices for previous acquisitions. In addition, because the value of the stock we issue as payment of contingent consideration is not fixed, to the extent our stock price decreases, our existing stockholders’ interest in our company will be even more diluted by the payment of contingent consideration.

To the extent that our outstanding debentures and notes are converted, a significantly greater number of shares of our common stock will be outstanding and the interests of our existing stockholders will be substantially diluted. In addition, if we complete a financing at a price per share that is less than the conversion price of our debentures and notes, the conversion price of our debentures and notes will be reduced to the financing price. We cannot predict whether or how many additional shares of our common stock will become issuable as a result of these provisions. Hence, such amounts could be substantial. Additionally, we may elect to make payments of principal and interest on the debentures and the notes in shares of our common stock, which could result in increased downward pressure on our stock price and further dilution to our existing stockholders.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including sales by our stockholders with significant holdings, may depress our stock price.

Most of our outstanding shares of common stock are freely tradable. In 2004, we filed registration statements registering the resale of 49,376,123 shares, which includes shares issuable upon conversion of convertible notes and debentures, upon exercise of options and warrants and shares that are issuable pursuant to the earnout provisions of various business acquisitions. The market price of our common stock could drop due to sales of a large number of shares or the perception that such sales could occur, including sales or perceived sales by our directors, officers or principal stockholders. These factors also could make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock.

There is a limited market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock has been volatile.

There is a limited market for our common stock. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for the common stock will be developed or maintained. Historically, the market prices for securities of companies like us have been highly volatile. In fact, since January 1, 2002, our common stock price has ranged from a low of $0.12 to a high of $5.45 (as determined on a reverse-split basis). The market price of the shares could continue to be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various factors and events, including the liquidity of the market for the shares, announcements of potential business acquisitions, and changes in general market conditions.

 

15


Table of Contents

We do not expect to pay dividends.

Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is not expected to declare dividends or make any other distributions in the foreseeable future, but instead intends to retain earnings, if any, for use in business operations. In addition, the securities purchase agreement for our convertible notes contains restrictions on the payment of dividends. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the payment of dividends in considering an investment in our Company.

Provisions of Florida law and our charter documents may hinder a change of control and therefore depress the price of our common stock.

Our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us by various means such as a tender offer or merger not approved by our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions may also entrench our management by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to replace or remove our management or board of directors. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus, and future filings by the Company on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K and future oral and written statements by PainCare and its management may include, certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties that could cause actual future events and results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future events and results. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, and “should”, and variations of these words and similar expressions, are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. PainCare disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement based on the occurrence of future events, the receipt of new information, or otherwise.

Actual future events and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of important factors. Representative examples of these factors include (without limitation) adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets served by PainCare; the extent, timing, and overall effects of competition in the health care business; material changes in the health care industry generally that could adversely affect physician relationships and customer relationships; changes in health care technology; the risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses; the effects of litigation; and the effects of federal and state legislation, rules, and regulations governing the health care industry.

In addition to these factors, actual future performance, outcomes and results may differ materially because of other, more general factors including (without limitation) general industry and market conditions and growth rates, economic

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock offered under this prospectus are for the account of the selling stockholders. Accordingly, we will not receive any proceeds from the sales of these shares other than the exercise price payable to us upon the exercise of warrants held by certain of the selling stockholders. We intend to use any such proceeds for general working capital.

 

16


Table of Contents

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS

Market Information

Our common stock traded on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol HELP from September 29, 1997 to March 18, 2002. On June 16, 2003 our common stock commenced trading on the American Stock Exchange and our symbol was changed to PRZ.

 

(a) Market Information. The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low sale prices of our common stock on the American Stock Exchange.

 

     Common Stock
     High    Low

CALENDAR 2005

     

Quarter ending March 31, 2005

   $ 5.22    $ 2.90

Quarter ending June 30, 2005

   $ 5.45    $ 3.75

Quarter ending September 30, 2005

   $ 4.49    $ 3.50

Quarter ending December 31, 2005

   $ 4.21    $ 3.05

CALENDAR 2006

     

Quarter ending March 31, 2006

   $ 3.74    $ 1.40

Quarter ending June 30, 2006

   $ 2.06    $ 1.40

Quarter ending September 30, 2006

   $ 2.30    $ 1.22

Quarter ending December 31, 2006

   $ 1.72    $ 0.99

CALENDAR 2007

     

Quarter ending March 31, 2007

   $ 1.14    $ 0.30

The last sale price of our common stock on May 2, 2007 as reported on the American Stock Exchange was $0.35 per share.

Shareholders

As of May 2, 2007, we had 66,849,164 shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 8,597 common stockholders of record obtained from ADP Investor Communication Services, including individual and broker-dealer position listings.

Dividends

Since July 2002, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is not expected to declare dividends or make any other distributions in the foreseeable future, but instead intends to retain earnings, if any, for use in business operations. In addition, the securities purchase agreement for our convertible notes contains restrictions on the payment of dividends. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the payment of dividends in considering an investment in our Company.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Our selected consolidated financial data shown below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data shown below are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

17


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
                 2004     2003     2002  
     2006     2005     (Restated)     (Restated)     (Restated)  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues:

          

Pain management

   $ 46,093     $ 43,269     $ 22,317     $ 6,117     $ 2,614  

Surgeries

     5,348       6,165       5,203       3,431       3,409  

Ancillary services

     12,288       14,114       10,398       5,433       1,475  
                                        

Total revenues

     63,729       63,548       37,918       14,981       7,498  

Cost of revenues

     20,270       11,550       6,664       4,587       2,698  
                                        

Gross profit

     43,459       51,998       31,254       10,394       4,800  

General and administrative

     39,829       38,511       20,409       21,315       4,324  

Amortization expense

     2,263       1,529       549       114       42  

Impairment of goodwill

     22,099       —         —         —         —    

Impairment of intangible assets

     11,896       —         —         —         —    

Depreciation expense

     2,361       1,425       837       463       207  
                                        

Operating income (loss)

     (34,989 )     10,533       9,459       (11,498 )     227  

Interest expense

     (3,610 )     (4,308 )     (3,464 )     (531 )     (359 )

Derivative benefit (expense)

     9,997       (7,055 )     (3,256 )     (3,174 )     —    

Other income

     204       457       170       46       174  
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (28,398 )     (373 )     2,909       (15,157 )     42  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     2,931       (5,111 )     (4,410 )     3,674       (234 )
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (25,467 )     (5,484 )     (1,501 )     (11,483 )     (192 )
                                        
Income (loss) from discontinued operations (less applicable income tax benefit of $91,130 and (184,972))      (336 )     145       —         —         —    
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations (plus applicable income tax benefit of $1,112,918)      (1,671 )     —         —         —         —    
                                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,007 )     145        
                                        

Loss before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     (27,474 )     (5,339 )     (1,501 )     (11,483 )     (192 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     992          
                                        

Net loss

   $ (26,482 )   $ (5,339 )   $ (1,501 )   $ (11,483 )   $ (192 )
                                        

Basic earnings per common share:

          

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.02 )

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )     —         —         —         —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.01       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.02 )
                                        

Diluted earnings per common share:

          

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.02 )

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )     —         —         —         —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.01       —         —         —         —    
                                        

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.55 )   $ (0.02 )
                                        

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,600       51,317       32,923       20,773       10,591  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,600       51,317       32,923       20,773       10,591  

Operating and Other Financial Data:

          

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (814 )   $ 9,173     $ 4,119     $ 15     $ (1,170 )

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (18,512 )     (36,474 )     (18,408 )     (7,683 )     (510 )

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     600       30,913       25,466       13,513       3,413  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data for Continuing Operations:

          

Cash

   $ 3,598     $ 22,508     $ 19,101     $ 7,924     $ 2,709  

Working capital (deficiency)

     (36,410 )     (21,585 )     (20,923 )     (14,938 )     2,301  

Total assets

     163,378       183,311       112,929       53,087       13,625  
Total long-term debt and obligations under capital leases, including current portion      49,646       34,367       20,280       11,968       5,584  

Total stockholders’ equity

     97,351       87,323       41,932       12,010       6,657  

 

18


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITIONS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide the reader with information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our consolidated financial statements. The discussion also provides information about the financial results of the various segments of our business to provide a better understanding of how those segments and their results affect the financial condition and results of operations of PainCare as a whole.

Forward Looking Information

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations includes, and future filings by the Company on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K and future oral and written statements by PainCare and its management may include, certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are subject to uncertainties that could cause actual future events and results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future events and results. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, and “should”, and variations of these words and similar expressions, are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. PainCare disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement based on the occurrence of future events, the receipt of new information, or otherwise.

Actual future events and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of important factors. Representative examples of these factors include (without limitation) adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets served by PainCare; the extent, timing, and overall effects of competition in the health care business; material changes in the health care industry generally that could adversely affect physician relationships and customer relationships; changes in health care technology; the risks associated with the integration of acquired businesses; the effects of litigation; and the effects of federal and state legislation, rules, and regulations governing the health care industry.

In addition to these factors, actual future performance, outcomes and results may differ materially because of other, more general factors including (without limitation) general industry and market conditions and growth rates, economic conditions, and governmental and public policy changes.

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page ii of this report for a description of important factors that could cause actual results to differ from expected results. See also Form 10-K, Risk Factors.

Executive Overview

The year 2006 has been marked by profound turmoil. During this period, a significant portion of our time and attention has been devoted to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business such as responding to SEC comment letters regarding our prior year accounting for certain derivative instruments, restating our prior six years of accounting records and responding to various class action suits against our company for the accounting of certain derivative instruments. We have also devoted significant resources to improving fundamental business systems including our corporate governance functions, financial controls, and operational infrastructure.

 

19


Table of Contents

Despite these difficulties, our board of directors, senior management team, and employees worked diligently throughout 2006 and made significant progress in addressing many of the significant obstacles created during 2006:

 

   

We responded to all comment letters received from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and subsequently received formal notification from the SEC indicating that it had completed its review and has no further comment at this time.

 

   

We completed the restatement of our accounting records and filed amended annual reports on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

 

   

The Company has been faced with derivative and class action lawsuits related to financial restatements. The settlement for the derivative lawsuit received court approval and the case was dismissed on April 20, 2007. The Company believes resolution of all remaining litigation is imminent.

 

   

We have begun initiatives to centralize certain accounting functions in an effort to reduce costs and mitigate material weakness.

 

   

We have implemented an aggressive marketing program to help establish a PainCare brand name.

 

   

We recruited seven physicians and nine physician assistants over the past year to increase facility productivity and efficiency.

While we have been primarily focused on responding to the pressing challenges, our business, and the health care market in general, have continued to evolve. On the positive side, health care sector growth continues to outpace the economy in response to an aging U.S. population. In addition, the delivery of health care services is migrating to outpatient environments, which suits our core business model. On the other hand, health care providers are beginning to see price cut pressures brought on by Medicare reform initiatives leading to reduced payments to various health care providers, such as our company.

As a whole, our core business remains sound. We continue to face operational challenges, but we believe our accomplishments in 2006 have positioned us to capitalize on our competencies and move forward with implementing our strategic growth plan.

Our Business

Our business is currently divided into four primary operating segments: pain management, surgery centers, ancillary services, and a fourth segment that manages corporate functions. These four segments correspond to our four reporting segments discussed later in this Item and throughout this annual report.

Pain Management. As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operates through 16 subsidiaries and comprises the majority of our net operating revenues. Our pain management segment provides such services as interventional and non-interventional therapies that treat both the chronic and acute pain patient. Treatments include: therapeutic injections, radiofrequency treatments, and physical and behavioral therapy. From 2004 to 2006, our pain management segment’s revenues more than doubled, dominating our portfolio and remaining the very center of our company’s core business model. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

Surgeries. As of December 31, 2006 our surgeries segment operates through three subsidiaries providing minimally invasive surgical procedures. Our surgical services include full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery. From 2004 through 2006 net operating revenues and operating income remain relatively flat due in large part to only completing one surgical center acquisition and minimal same practice organic growth within this segment over the last two years. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

Ancillary Services. As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operates through five subsidiaries and is our second largest revenue generating segment. This segment offers such services as an intra-articular joint program, physical therapy, nerve conduction testing and pharmacy dispensing. From 2004 to 2006 ancillary services saw a stable growth rate due in large part to highly profitable acquisitions added during these two years. However, our three ambulatory surgical centers

 

20


Table of Contents

(ASC’s) within this segment are currently listed as held for sale. Upon the sale of the ASC locations, our ancillary services segment performance could be materially affected. We have begun to orchestrate various cost cutting initiatives within this segment to further increase the operational performance of these practices.

The following tables illustrate the Net Operating Revenues and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in this Item, “Consolidated Results of Operations,”) from our three primary operating segments and our corporate and other segment:

LOGO

 

Revenues by Segment     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by Segment  
    

2006

vs

2005

   

2006

vs

2004

   

2005

vs

2004

        

2006

vs

2005

   

2006

vs

2004

    2005
vs
2004
 

Pain Management

   6.5 %   106.5 %   93.9 %   Pain Management    -52.1 %   -8.1 %   91.8 %

Ancillary Services

   -12.9 %   18.2 %   35.7 %   Ancillary Services    -42.9 %   -68.4 %   -44.7 %

Surgeries

   -13.3 %   2.8 %   18.5 %   Surgeries    -129.0 %   -126.0 %   -10.6 %

Corporate and Other

   —       —       —       Other    -117.6 %   -152.4 %   196.9 %

We believe that the aging of the U.S. population, changes in technology, and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. We plan to prioritize investment of time and capital based on where realistic growth prospects are strongest, which we currently believe are our pain management and ancillary service segments.

Key Challenges

Although our business is continuing to generate revenues, and market factors appear to favor our pain management and ancillary service business models, we still have several immediate internal and external challenges to overcome before we can realize significant improvements in our business, including:

 

   

Operational Improvements. We are in the process of improving our operational efficiency within all segments. This includes streamlining our operational structure, implementing standardized accounting procedures, and ensuring high quality patient care. We also strive to reduce operational variation across all segments.

 

   

Continuing Litigation. We are party to class action lawsuits which will require considerable management attention and company resources until settlements are reached.

 

21


Table of Contents
   

Price Pressure. We are seeing downward pressure on prices in our markets, from both commercial and government payors. We anticipate continuing price pressure in all our segments. For example, Medicare has frozen ASC pricing through 2009, and beginning in 2007, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 will cap ASC and imaging service payments at hospital outpatient department reimbursement levels. Other pricing changes may have a negative impact on our operating results.

 

   

Divesture of Assets. We are in the process of locating willing and able buyers for our three ambulatory surgical centers currently listed as held for sale.

 

   

Medical Reimbursement Rates. Congress and some state legislatures have proposed significant changes in the health care system. Many of these changes have the potential to result in limitations on and, in some cases, significant reductions in the levels of, reimbursement rates to health care providers for services under many government reimbursement programs.

 

   

Restatement and Sarbanes-Oxley Related Costs. We paid approximately $2.4 million in 2006 in connection with the restatement of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and internal controls over financial reporting. We anticipate incurring additional related costs in the future, although we expect these costs to decline over time.

Strategic Plan

Although management’s attention recently has been focused on a range of tactical issues relating to PainCare’s success, our senior management team has spent time developing a comprehensive strategic plan that is focused on PainCare’s future, not its past. The plan, which has been approved by our board of directors, is divided into the following three phases:

 

   

Operations Management. In an effort to enhance our operational structure and strengthen our core business strategy, the Company has set forth several initiatives to solidify our financial foundation. Such initiatives involve centralizing certain accounting functions in order to reduce overhead, re-syndicate the proposed sale of our ambulatory surgical centers (ASC’s) in an effort to attract potential buyers, and pay- down existing debt facilities upon the sales of the ASC’s.

 

   

Organic Growth. In order to grow currently owned physician practices, the Company intends to enhance the capacity of the practices for organic growth by increasing the range of services offered. By deploying additional physicians and equipment, practices can perform necessary procedures and services in-house that would ordinarily be referred to other providers, resulting in higher quality care and increased revenues. An example of organic growth would be to deploy imaging modalities such as mobile MRI equipment, or additional services such as in-office pharmaceutical dispensing.

 

   

Acquisition Strategy. PainCare has grown its business through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions of complimentary physician practices. Through an extensive, multi-point due diligence evaluation process that the Company performs prior to acquisition, including such criteria as clinical quality, physician reputation, profitability and procedure and revenue growth rates, PainCare intends to acquire practices that the Company believes to be well-established with the capacity for future profitability and organic growth.

We are in the first phase of our strategic plan and we are already making significant strides. We have turned certain accounting functions into a centralized procedure, thus reducing the reliance on the assistance of outside accounting firms in construction of certain subsidiary financial statements. We have also retained the Bloom Organization, LLC (“Bloom”) to sell our interests in three of our ambulatory surgical centers. Each ambulatory surgical center is marketed separately and Bloom believes that these transactions can be completed by the end of the second quarter of 2007.

We believe our strategic plan capitalizes on our strengths, market direction, and legitimate growth opportunities. We are implementing a realistic operations plan and creating the appropriate infrastructure, organization policies, protocols, systems, and reports to support it. Finally, we are setting priorities based on resources and with our long-range goals of quality, profitability, and stockholder value.

 

22


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

We are a health care services company focused on the treatment of pain. We provide services through a national network of pain management, surgery centers, ancillary service, and other health care providing facilities. During 2006, 2005 and 2004, we derived consolidated revenues from the following payor sources:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Government

   23.6 %   21.4 %   20.2 %

Private Insurance

   48.8 %   47.6 %   51.9 %

Workers Compensation

   14.6 %   10.5 %   8.6 %

Self Pay

   2.3 %   3.0 %   3.0 %

Other

   10.7 %   17.5 %   16.3 %
                  

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                  

We provide our patient services through three primary operating segments and certain other services through a fourth operating segment. These four segments correspond to our four reporting segments discussed in this Item, “Segment Results of Operations” and throughout this annual report.

When reading our consolidated statement of operations, it is important to recognize the following items are included within our results of operations:

 

   

Impairments. During 2006 we recorded an impairment charge of $34.0 million to reduce the carrying value of amortizable intangibles or certain operating facilities to their estimated fair market value. These charges are discussed in more detail in this Item, “Segment Results of Operations,” Note 1, “Goodwill” and Note 8, “Other Intangible Assets,” to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Professional restatement fees. During 2006 professional fees associated with the restatement of our previously issued 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000 consolidated financial statements approximated $2.4 million.

 

   

Disposal of a business unit. The Company entered into and signed a rescission agreement with Amphora, LLC on December 11, 2006. At December 31, 2006, all consolidated transactional information pertaining to Amphora has been classified as loss on disposal.

 

   

Assets held for sale. The Company determined during the fourth quarter of 2006 that it would sell three ambulatory surgical centers, (“ASC’s”), reported within the Ancillary Services segment, to restructure the Company’s balance sheet. Originally the Company planned to sell the ASC’s as a single package deal, but on January 2, 2007, the Company was advised to syndicate these ASC’s in an effort to make them more attractive to a larger spectrum of potential suitors. These subsidiaries are now listed as assets held for sale on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additional details regarding assets held for sale can be found in this Item, “Results of Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale,” and within this annual report.

From 2004 through 2006, our consolidated results of operations were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,     Percentage change  
     2006     2005     2004     2006 vs.
2005
    2005 vs.
2004
 
Net operating revenues from continuing operations    $ 63,728,882     $ 63,548,313     $ 37,917,900     0.3 %   67.6 %
                                    
Operating expenses from continuing operations:           

Salaries, benefits and bonuses

     31,052,760       22,162,326       12,765,955     40.1 %   73.6 %

Payroll tax and expense

     3,571,094       2,000,477       1,504,020     78.5 %   33.0 %

Professional fees

     7,889,457       4,814,176       2,135,045     63.9 %   125.5 %

Supplies

     5,059,221       2,818,810       1,479,022     79.5 %   90.6 %

Interest expense

     3,609,655       4,308,502       3,463,677     -16.2 %   24.4 %

Other operating expenses

     12,323,169       17,807,642       9,017,991     -30.8 %   97.5 %

Depreciation and amortization

     4,624,388       2,954,231       1,386,713     56.5 %   113.0 %

Derivative( benefit) expense

     (9,997,201 )     7,055,502       3,256,372     -241.7 %   -116.7 %

Impairment of goodwill

     22,098,675       —         —       100 %   N/A  

Impairment of intangible assets

     11,895,837       —         —       100 %   N/A  
                                    

Total operating expenses

     92,127,055       63,921,666       35,008,795     44.1 %   82.6 %
                                    

Gain (loss) from continuing operations before income tax benefit (expense)

     (28,398,173 )     (373,353 )     2,909,105     -7,506.3 %   -112.8 %

Income tax benefit (expense)

     2,930,928       (5,110,651 )     (4,410,587 )   157.3 %   15.9 %

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,007,186 )     144,626       —       -1,487.8 %   100 %

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax

     991,925       —         —       100 %   N/A  
                                    

Net loss

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )   -396.0 %   -255.6 %
                                    

 

23


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses as a Percent of Net Operating Revenues

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Salaries, benefits and bonuses

   48.7 %   34.9 %   33.7 %

Payroll tax expense

   5.6 %   3.1 %   4.0 %

Professional fees

   12.4 %   7.6 %   5.6 %

Supplies

   7.9 %   4.4 %   3.9 %

Interest expense

   5.7 %   6.8 %   9.1 %

Other operating expenses

   19.3 %   28.0 %   23.8 %

Depreciation and amortization

   7.3 %   4.6 %   3.7 %

Derivative (benefit) expense

   -15.7 %   11.1 %   8.6 %

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets

   53.3 %   —       —    
                  

Total operating expenses as a % of net operating revenues

   144.5 %   100.5 %   92.4 %
                  

* All numbers presented within the tables above are exclusive of all practices listed as discontinued operations and assets held for sale.

Net Operating Revenues

Our consolidated net operating revenues primarily include revenues derived from patient care services provided by one of our three primary consolidated operating segments.

Net operating revenues from continuing operations remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

Net operating revenues from continuing operations increased $25.6 million, or 67.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net operating revenues was primarily due to acquisitions recorded in the latter half of 2004 representing same practice growth of approximately $17.1 million in net operating revenues in 2005 compared to their contributions in 2004.

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

Salaries, benefits and bonuses represent the most significant expense and include all amounts paid to full and part-time employees, including all related costs of benefits and bonuses provided to employees. It also includes amounts paid for contract labor.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $8.9 million, or 40.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase was primarily due to the additional employees associated with our two acquisitions during 2006 which remain as continuing operations at year end. In addition, we have recruited several physicians at various locations as well as added support staff across all segments of our operations.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $9.4 million, or 73.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase was primarily due to the additional employees associated with the additional four acquisitions during 2005 which remain as continuing operations at year end.

 

24


Table of Contents

Payroll Tax and Expense

Payroll tax and expense includes the employer portion of payroll tax charged to all employers as well as all associated expenses incurred with the payroll process.

Payroll tax and expense increased $1.6 million, or 78.5%, from 2005 to 2006. This was primarily due to the additional employees recruited on all operational levels of the Company.

Payroll tax and expense increased $496,457, or 33.0%, from 2004 to 2005. Again, this increase was primarily due to the additional employees recruited on all operational levels of the Company.

Professional Fees

Professional fees include those fees associated with outside contractors performing professional development services. Professional fees also include professional consulting fees associated with operational initiatives, such as strategic planning.

From 2005 to 2006, professional fees increased $3.1 million, or 63.9%. This increase in professional fees is primarily due to an increased reliance on outside consulting firms to assist with operational functions such as Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and certain legal and accounting fees.

From 2004 to 2005, professional fees increased $2.7 million, or 125.5%. This increase in professional fees is primarily due to legal, accounting and various other professional fees incurred at the subsidiary level.

Supplies

Supplies include costs associated with supplies used while providing patient care at our facilities. Examples include bandages, syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals, and numerous other items. In each year, our pain management and ancillary service segments comprised the majority of our supply expense.

From 2005 to 2006, supplies increased $2.2 million, or 79.5%. This increase is primarily due to an increase in supplies expense in our pain management and ancillary services segments due to increased costs associated with supplies as well as increased service offering and current year acquisitions leading to an increase in supplies expense.

From 2004 to 2005, supplies increased $1.3 million, or 90.6%. This increase is primarily due to additional supplies expense associated with the increasing costs of such supplies, current year acquisitions, and increased supplies associated with a broader range of patient services.

Interest Expense

Interest expense related to expenses associated with debt obligations, waiver fees associated with a breach of debt covenants and amounts paid in regard to various other debt instruments.

Interest expense remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

Interest expense remained relatively flat from 2004 to 2005.

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses include costs associated with managing and maintaining our operating facilities as well as the general and administrative costs related to the operations of our corporate office. These expenses include such items as repairs and maintenance, utilities, contract services, rent, and insurance.

Other operating expenses decreased $5.5 million, or 30.8%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease primarily relates to a reduction in expenses classified as other operating expenses in 2006 versus 2005.

 

25


Table of Contents

Other operating expenses increased $8.8 million, or 97.5% from 2004 to 2005. This increase primarily relates to a $1.5 million increase in rent and a $2.4 million increase in compensation expense relating to variable options from 2004 to 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization relate to the monthly and quarterly charge of our fixed and intangible assets. Such assets include property, plant and equipment, medical equipment and office equipment. Our intangible assets primarily relate to the physician referral network.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.7 million, or 56.5%, from 2005 to 2006. This is primarily due to fixed assets additions during 2006 leading to higher depreciation expense.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.6 million, or 113.0%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to additional fixed assets associated with current year acquisitions as well as the amortization charge of intangible assets.

Derivative (Benefit) Expense

Derivative (benefit)/expense is directly related to our current stock price. As our stock price increases, our derivative expense increases and as our stock price decreases, our derivative expense then becomes derivative income. During 2006 we recorded derivative benefit of $10.0 million versus derivative expense of $7.1 million in 2005.

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The expenses associated with impairment of goodwill and intangible assets relates to impairment charges taken against; subsidiary goodwill, our MedX contract right, our three owned EDX contract rights, two of our subsidiaries, and an impairment charge against our contract with Denver Pain Management.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets increased $34.0 million from 2005 to 2006. The increase in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is due to charges relating to the write-down of goodwill to the subsidiaries respective fair market value of such goodwill and intangible assets.

Minority Interest in Earnings of Consolidated Affiliates

Minority interests in earnings of consolidated affiliates represent the share of net income or loss allocated to members or partners in our consolidated entities. For 2004 through 2006, the number and average of external ownership interest in these consolidated entities were as follows:

 

     As of and for the years
ended December 31,
     2006     2005     2004

Active consolidated affiliates

   2     2     —  

Average external ownership interest

   70.3 %   70.3 %   —  

Of our active consolidated affiliates at December 31, 2006, approximately 100% are in our ancillary services segment. As of October 19, 2006 we listed all assets and liabilities associated with our ambulatory surgical centers as available for sale. Also, on December 11, 2006 we rescinded the acquisition of Amphora, LLC, in which we had 60% ownership interest.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

We realized a $2.9 million income tax benefit from continuing operations in 2006 as compared to an $5.1 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2005. Deferred tax expense increased by approximately $1.5 million to reflect the change in the noncurrent deferred taxes associated with amortization of goodwill and other assets and allowance for doubtful accounts.

We realized a $5.1 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2005 as compared to a $4.4 million income tax expense from continuing operations in 2004. Additionally, Paincare and its subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in a number of states, some of which result in current state income tax liabilities.

 

26


Table of Contents

Net loss from continuing operations increased $4.0 million, or 265.2%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net loss from continuing operations resulted in additional income tax expense of approximately $700,000 from 2004 to 2005.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

Management continues to believe that an understanding of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of operating performance, leverage capacity, our ability to service our debt, and our ability to make capital expenditures for our stockholders.

In general terms, the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, per our credit agreement, is defined as consolidated net earnings (or loss), minus extraordinary gains and interest income, plus interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization for such period, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

We use Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis to assess our operating performance. We believe it is meaningful because it provides investors a basis using criteria that are used by our internal decision makers. Our internal decision makers believe Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure, because it represents a transparent view of our recurring operating performance and allows management to readily view operating trends, perform analytical comparisons and benchmarking between segments. Additionally, our management believes the inclusion of professional fees associated with litigation, accounting restatement, audit and tax work associated with the restatement process, and the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 and other non-ordinary course charges distort within EBITDA their ability to efficiently assess and view the core operating trends on a consolidated basis and within segments. We reconcile consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to gain/(loss) from continuing operations.

We also use Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a consolidated basis as a liquidity measure. We believe this financial measure on a consolidated basis is important in analyzing our liquidity because it is also a component of certain material covenants contained within and defined by our credit agreement. These covenants are material terms of these agreements because they govern our credit agreement, which in turn represent a substantial portion of our capitalization. Non-compliance with these financial covenants under our credit facilities—our interest coverage ratio and our leverage ratio—could result in the lenders requiring us to immediately repay all amounts borrowed. Any such acceleration could also lead the investors in our public debt to accelerate their maturity. In addition, if we cannot satisfy these financial covenants in the indenture governing the credit agreements, we cannot engage in certain activities, such as incurring additional indebtedness, making certain payments, acquiring and disposing of assets. Consequently, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is critical to our assessment of our liquidity.

However, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and the items excluded from Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. Therefore, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for net gain/(loss) from continuing operations or cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities. Because Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and is thus susceptible to varying calculations, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Revenue and expenses are measured in accordance with the policies and procedures described in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

27


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Loss from Continuing Operations to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006
(Unaudited)
   

2005

(Unaudited)

    2004
(Unaudited)
 

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (25,467,245 )   $ (5,484,004 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Provision for income tax expense (benefit)

     (2,930,928 )     5,110,651       4,410,587  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,624,388       2,954,231       1,386,713  

Impairment of goodwill

     22,098,675       —         —    

Impairment of other assets

     11,895,837       —         —    

Interest expense

     3,609,655       4,308,502       3,463,677  

Other income

     (203,229 )     (457,250 )     (170,568 )
                        

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA before medical malpractice legal settlement and professional fees restatement and non-cash compensation

     13,627,153       6,432,130       7,588,927  

Medical malpractice legal settlement

     550,000       —         —    

Professional fees—restatement

     2,400,000       —         —    

Non-cash compensation

     (7,975,675 )     2,382,259       356,590  
                        

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 8,601,478     $ 8,814,389     $ 7,945,517  
                        

Reconciliation of Consolidated Adjustment EBITDA to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006
(Unaudited)
    2005
(Unaudited)
   

2004

(Unaudited)

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 8,601,478     $ 8,814,389     $ 7,945,517  

Professional fees—restatement

     (2,400,000 )     —         —    

Medical malpractice legal settlement

     (550,000 )     —         —    

Interest expense and amortization of debt and discount and fees

     (3,609,655 )     (4,308,502 )     (3,463,677 )

Other income

     203,229       457,250       170,568  

Amortization of debt issue costs, debt discounts, and fees

     2,176,744       1,383,324       1,805,846  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     —         (475,717 )     —    

Stock issued for interest payments

     325,407       991,146       383,053  

Current portion of income tax provision

     5,729,369       (3,997,085 )     (3,661,964 )

Mark to market derivative

     (9,997,201 )     7,055,502       3,256,372  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         88,651       —    

Non-cash transactions

     (835 )     28,143       30,415  

Net cash provided by operating activities attributed to discontinued operations

     (292,529 )     562,354       —    

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired

     (999,870 )     (1,426,358 )     (2,347,104 )
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

   $ (813,863 )   $ 9,173,097     $ 4,119,026  
                        

Our Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA approximated 13.5%, 13.9%, and 21.0% of net operating revenues in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased $212,911, or 2.4%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to the impairment of intangible assets leading to a reduction in operating earnings and subsequent tax benefit for 2006 versus tax expense in 2005.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased $868,872, or 10.9%, from 2004 to 2005. The decrease in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is primarily due to a reduction in income from continuing operations from 2004 to 2005.

Segment Results of Operations

Our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by PainCare. We currently provide various patient care services through three operating segments and certain other services through a fourth segment, which correspond to our four reporting business segments: (1) pain management, (2) surgery, (3) ancillary services, and (4) corporate and other. For additional information regarding our business segments, including a detailed description of the services we provide and financial data for each segment, please see Item 1, Business , and Note 23, Segment Reporting, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. Future changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the reportable segments disclosed.

 

28


Table of Contents

Pain Management

Our pain management segment provides treatment through interventional and non-interventional therapies treating both the chronic and acute pain patient. Our pain management facilities are located in eight states in the United States and one province in Canada.

As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operated 16 facilities (three of which are wholly owned and 13 of which are managed contracts). Our pain management segment provides services to patients such as therapeutic injections, radiofrequency treatments and both physical and behavioral therapy.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our pain management segment comprised approximately 72.3%, 68.1% and 58.9%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. Operating results for 2004 through 2006 were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 
     2006     2005     2004  

Net operating revenues

   $ 46,093     $ 43,269     $ 22,317  

Operating expenses

     68,275       24,751       12,202  
                        

Operating income (loss)

   $ (22,182 )   $ 18,518     $ 10,115  
                        
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, pain management’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:   
     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Government

     29.6 %     25.2 %     26.2 %

Private Insurance

     48.2 %     48.3 %     58.8 %

Workers Compensation

     15.8 %     14.8 %     11.9 %

Personal Injury

     —         5.9 %     —    

Self Pay

     3.4 %     3.5 %     3.1 %

Other

     3.0 %     2.3 %     —    
                        

Total

     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                        

Net Operating Revenues

Our pain management segment’s net operating revenues increased $2.8 million, or 6.5%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase was primarily due to two pain management acquisitions during 2006. Total net operating revenues for the two additional pain management facilities added $4.8 million to the pain management segment.

Net operating revenues of our pain management segment increased $21.0 million, or 93.9%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to the realization, in 2005, of a full years net operating revenues regarding four facilities that were added in the latter half of 2004 verse a partial year realization of net operating revenues in 2004. These same four facilities accounted for $3.9 million, or 17.4%, of net operating revenues in 2004 verse $17.4 million, or 40.2% of net operating revenues in 2005.

 

29


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Pain Management

Operating Expenses

(% of Total Pain Management Operating

Expenses)

LOGO

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, non-physician providers, general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits. Salaries, benefits and bonuses equated to 37.5%, 45.0%, and 31.2% of pain management’s total operating expenses from 2004 through 2006, respectively, making it critical to monitor and manage these expenses.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $6.7 million, or 60.7%, from 2005 to 2006 primarily due to an increase in both physician salaries of approximately $3.1 million and non-physician provider salaries of approximately $1.4 million.

From 2004 to 2005 salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $5.7 million, or 103.7% . The increase in salaries, benefits and bonuses was due to an increase of approximately $1.5 million in non-physician provider salaries and $2.6 million in salaries of general employee staff.

Supplies

Supplies expense relates to the necessary supplies needed to provide patient care. These supplies include all forms of medical supplies such as syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals and bandages as well as general office supplies.

From 2005 to 2006, supply expense increased $2.2 million, or 103.7% . The increase in supplies expense was primarily due to expanded service lines requiring a greater volume of supplies.

From 2004 to 2005, supply expense increased $1.2 million, or 126.5% . The increase in supplies expense was primarily due to expanded service lines and increased costs of supplies.

All Other Operating Expenses

All other operating expenses increased $24.2 million, or 210.6%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to the addition of two pain management facilities in October 2005 as well as two pain management facilities at the beginning of 2006.

All other operating expenses increased $3.3 million, or 40.2%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in other operating expenses was primarily due to the addition of one pain management facility in December 2004, and three pain management facilities in 2005.

Operating Earnings

Net operating earnings for our pain management segment decreased $30.3 million, or 162.7%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease is attributed to a disproportionate increase in our total operating expenses of 134.0% versus an increase in net operating revenues of only 6.5% . A portion of these increased expenses relates to the recruiting, training and maintaining of key employees as well as the additional expenses incurred with four pain management acquisitions since October of 2005.

 

30


Table of Contents

Net operating earnings for our pain management segment increased $10.8 million, or 139.8%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is attributed to an increase in net operating revenues of 93.9% versus an increase in total operating expenses of 69.4% . In addition, we recorded three pain management acquisitions during 2005 and four acquisitions in the latter half of 2004.

Surgery

Our surgeries segment provides patient services such as full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery. Our surgical facilities are located in three states in the United States. It should be noted that our surgery segment is exclusive of our three ambulatory surgical centers listed as held for sale. Information pertaining to the financial reporting of the ambulatory surgical centers can be found within the ancillary service segment as outlined later in this Item.

As of December 31, 2006 our surgery segment operated three facilities (one of which is wholly owned and two of which are managed contracts). For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our surgeries segment comprised approximately 8.4%, 9.7% and 13.7%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. For 2004 through 2006, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,(in thousands)
     2006     2005    2004

Net operating revenues

   $ 5,348     $ 6,165    $ 5,203

Operating expenses

     5,942       4,273      3,281
                     

Operating income (loss)

   $ (594 )   $ 1,892    $ 1,922
                     

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, surgery’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Government

   10.1 %   12.7 %   11.0 %

Private Insurance

   34.9 %   70.1 %   82.0 %

Workers Compensation

   34.6 %   8.3 %   4.3 %

Personal Injury

   19.0 %   0.5 %   —    

Self Pay

   1.4 %   8.4 %   2.7 %
                  

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                  

Net Operating Revenues

Our surgery segment’s net operating revenues decreased $817,499, or 13.3%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease is primarily due to a change in accounts receivable net realizable value of $1.3 million, or 196.7% from 2005 to 2006.

Our surgery segment’s net operating revenues increased $962,409, or 18.5%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to the increase in patient volume from 2004 to 2005.

 

31


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Surgery

Operating Expenses

(% of Total Surgery Operating Expenses)

LOGO

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, physician assistants (non-physician providers), general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $934,715, or 37.4%, from 2005 to 2006. This increase is primarily due to an increase in physician based salaries of approximately $800,000.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $550,909, or 28.3%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase in personnel as well as an increase in existing staff pay.

Supplies

Supplies expense relates to the necessary supplies needed to provide patient care. These supplies include all forms of medical supplies such as syringes, linens, injectable pharmaceuticals and bandages, as well as general office supplies. Our surgery segment did not experience any notable increases in supplies expense on a year-over-year basis.

All Other Operating Expenses

All other operating expenses increased $597,929, or 39.2%, from 2005 to 2006. The increase in all other operating expenses relates to an overall increase in all expense accounts from 2005 to 2006.

All other operating expenses decreased $303,371, or 16.6%, from 2004 to 2005. The decrease in all other operating expenses is primarily related to decreases in all expense accounts from 2004 to 2005.

Operating Earnings

Net operating earnings for our surgery segment decreased $2.4 million, or 125.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net operating earnings is primarily due to an approximate $2.2 million decrease in same practice earnings from 2005 to 2006.

Net operating earnings for our surgery segment increased $691,277, or 57.0%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net operating earnings was due to an increase in net operating revenues of 18.5% while expenses remained relatively flat from 2004 to 2005.

 

32


Table of Contents

Ancillary Services

Our ancillary services segment provides patient services such as orthopedic rehabilitation, diagnostic imagery, electrodiagnostic imaging and intra-articular joint rehabilitation program. Our ancillary services segment facilities are located in four states in the United States. It should be noted that our ambulatory surgery centers currently listed as held for sale are reported under ancillary services segment.

As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operated five facilities (two of which are wholly owned and three of which are managed contracts). For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, our ancillary services segment comprised approximately 19.3%, 22.2% and 27.4%, respectively, of consolidated net operating revenues. Operating results from 2004 through 2006 were as follows:

 

    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2006     2005   2004

Net operating revenues from continuing operations

  $ 12,288     $ 14,114   $ 10,398

Operating expenses from continuing operations

    8,258       10,321     5,699
                   

Operating earnings from continuing operations

  $ 4,030     $ 3,793   $ 4,699
                   
    For the years ended December 31, (in thousands)*
    2006     2005   2004

Net operating revenues from discontinued operations

  $ 20,411     $ 5,115   $ —  

Operating expenses from discontinued operations

    22,418       4,971     —  
                   

Operating earnings from discontinued operations

  $ (2,007 )   $ 144   $ —  
                   

* This chart is intended to give reference to all facilities listed as either discontinued or held for sale

During 2006, 2005 and 2004, ancillary service’s net operating revenues were derived from the following payor sources:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  

Government

  19.2 %   24.9 %   22.4 %

Private Insurance

  55.9 %   63.9 %   64.2 %

Workers Compensation

  3.8 %   4.6 %   5.0 %

Personal Injury

  2.8 %   5.6 %   —    

Self Pay

  1.3 %   1.0 %   8.4 %

Other

  17.0 %   —       —    
                 

Total

  100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                 

Net Operating Revenues

From 2005 to 2006, net operating revenues decreased $1.8 million, or 12.9% . This decrease is attributed to a reduction in net operating revenues generated from our same practice operations.

From 2004 to 2005, net operating revenues increased $3.7 million, or 35.7% . This increase relates to $3.8 million in additional revenues associated with same practice operations.


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Ancillary Service

Operating Expenses

(% of Total Ancillary Services Operating Expenses)

LOGO

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

Salaries, benefits and bonuses consist of salaries paid to physicians, non-physician providers, general support staff, employee bonuses and any related employee benefits.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $2.5 million, or 76.2% from 2004 to 2005. This increase is primarily due to an increase of approximately $1.2 million in physician assistant salaries and $1.2 million in salaries of general staff.

Supplies

Supplies expense did not experience any notable increase on a year-over-year basis for our ancillary services segment.

All Other Operating Expenses

All other operating expenses remained relatively flat from 2005 to 2006.

All other operating expenses increased $1.8 million, or 26.8% from 2004 to 2005. The increase in all other operating expenses relates to an increase in general business expenditures.

Operating Earnings

Net operating earnings decreased $3.6 million, or 66.9%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in operating earnings is primarily due to $1.9 million reduction in net operating revenues from 2005 to 2006.

Net operating earnings increased $1.8 million, or 51.8%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in operating earnings is primarily due to an increase in net operating revenues of $3.7 million from 2004 to 2005.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and other only includes cost functions that are managed directly by our corporate office and that do not fall within one of our three operating segments discussed above.

All of our corporate costs that relate to overhead are contained within this segment. These costs include among others: accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, and legal which provide support functions to our three other operating segments.

 

34


Table of Contents

From 2004 through 2006, this segment’s operating results were as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,(in thousands)  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net operating revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Operating expenses

     16,242       13,670       7,277  
                        

Operating income (loss)

   $ (16,242 )   $ (13,670 )   $ (7,277 )
                        

Corporate and other’s primary operating expense is salaries, benefits and bonuses. Salaries, benefits and bonuses represents the most significant cost to the segment and includes all amounts paid to full- and part-time employees at our corporate headquarters, as well as the related costs and benefits provided to these employees. All general and administrative costs related to the operation of our corporate office are included in operating expenses. The most significant general and administrative expenses relate to salaries, interest, and amortization expense.

Operating Expenses

Corporate and Other

Operating Expenses

(% of Total Corporate and Other Operating

Expenses)

LOGO

Salaries, Benefits and Bonuses

Salaries, benefits and bonuses increased $1.0 million, or 35.5% from 2005 to 2006. The following key positions were added at our corporate headquarters during 2006: vice president of finance, general counsel, assistant controller and an internal auditor. Several other employees holding non-key positions were added during 2006 as well.

Salaries, benefits and bonuses did not materially change from 2004 to 2005.

All Other Operating Expenses

All other operating expenses decreased $6.3 million, or 24.1%, from 2005 to 2006. This decrease primarily relates to a change in derivative expense of $7.1 million in 2005 to a derivative benefit of $10.0 million in 2006 creating a decrease in all other operating expenses of $17.1 million. This decrease of $17.1 million is off-set by increases in professional fees, legal fees and amortization expense recorded during 2006.

 

35


Table of Contents

All other operating expenses increased $16.7 million, or 174.0%, from 2004 to 2005. This increase primarily relates to an increase in derivative expense of $7.1 million and an increase in compensation expense of variable options amounting to $2.4 million.

Operating Earnings

From 2005 to 2006, operating earnings increased $15.1 million, or 48.3% . This increase in operating earnings is primarily due to a derivative benefit of $10.0 million in 2006 verse a derivative expense of approximately $7.1 million in 2005. This decrease in derivative expense is off-set by an increase of $2.5 million in interest expense and increases in professional fees, legal fees and amortization expense. Also, there was a $5.6 million income tax benefit in 2006 versus a $5.1 million tax expense in 2005.

From 2004 to 2005, operating earnings decreased $17.2 million, or 122.9% . This decrease in operating earnings is primarily due to an increase of $2.4 million, $4.1 million and $7.1 million in compensation expense, interest expense and derivative expense, respectively.

Results of Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

PainCare Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, provides healthcare services for the treatment of pain through physician practices and surgery centers in North America and Canada. PainCare’s surgery segment constitutes a component of the entity because the operations of and cash flows of the surgery segment can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity.

With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 to exit the ambulatory surgical center acquisition strategy, and has since committed to a plan to sell our interests in our three ambulatory surgical centers (ASC’s). PainCare’s ASC’s are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from continuing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. The scenario meets the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 . Therefore PainCare will report the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations.

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired if the fair value less costs to sell of the assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. During 2006, the Company developed a plan to sell our three ASC’s with the intention of using the proceeds to pay off debt obligations. The Company plans to sell those ASC’s during the first half of 2007 and has estimated the sales value, net of related costs to sell, at amounts derived from preliminary discussions with our investment bankers. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,297,013 in 2006 attributed to one of the ASC’s. The impairment was based on the Company’s best estimate of the fair value of the ASC less costs to sell. The amount included in discontinued operations could be adjusted in the near term if experience differs from current estimates.

The results of the discontinued operations of Amphora and the three ASC’s are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 as follows:

 

     2006     2005  
     Amphora     ASC’s     Total     ASC’s  

Net Revenue

   $ 3,812,504     $ 16,598,101     $ 20,410,605     $ 5,115,484  

Cost of revenue and operating expenses

     2,266,710       11,531,482       13,798,192       3,068,079  
                                

Operating income (loss)

     1,545,794       5,066,619       6,612,413       2,047,405  

Other income (loss)

     —         (4,633,752 )     (4,633,752 )     (1,500,114 )
                                

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority interest

     1,545,794       432,867       1,978,661       547,291  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     483,973       (392,843 )     91,130       (184,972 )
                                

Income (loss) before minority interest

     1,061,821       825,710       1,887,531       732,263  

Minority interest in earnings of discontinued operations

     618,318       1,605,678       2,223,996       587,637  
                                

Income from discontinued operations

     443,503       (779,968 )     (336,465 )     144,626  

Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     (1,670,721 )     —         (1,670,721 )     —    
                                

Total income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (1,227,218 )   $ (779,968 )   $ (2,007,186 )   $ 144,626  
                                

 

36


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities of Amphora and the ASC’s included in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     2006    2005

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 389,905    $ 205,385

Accounts receivable

     6,629,433      4,624,705

Deposits and prepaids

     350,486      442,953

Deferred taxes

     1,113,086      —  
             

Current assets of discontinued operations

     8,482,910      5,273,043
             

Property and equipment, net

     1,110,898      889,640

Goodwill

     26,040,567      13,928,431

Other assets

     740,888      457,454

Non-current deferred tax asset

     852,711      735,287
             

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

     28,745,064      16,010,812
             

Total assets of discontinued operations

     37,227,974      21,283,855
             

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     533,973      434,754

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     18,367      122,597
             

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     552,340      557,351
             

Capital lease obligations

     32,609      41,749
             

Long term liabilities of discontinued operations

     32,609      41,749
             

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

     584,949      599,100
             

Minority interests related to discontinued operations

     2,191,797      1,763,838
             

Book value of net assets

   $ 34,451,228    $ 18,920,917
             

The discontinued operations of the ASC’s were allocated the debt of $27,084,377 and $22,385,987 computing for the purpose of interest expense for 2006 and 2005, respectively. This was allocated because the Company is required by our senior lender HBK Investments to repay their note upon the sale of the ASC’s. As a result, interest expense of $4,646,963 and $1,500,914, respectively, for 2006 and 2005 has been included in the results of the discontinued operations recorded as held for sale.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Current situation

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a working capital deficit of $(36,409,560), including $3,597,714 of cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations. During 2006, the Company sold 3,305,033 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of $9,496,308. The Company’s cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was ($521,334), $8,577,513 and $4,119,026, respectively for continuing operations.

The Company expects to utilize cash and cash equivalents to fund its operating activities. We have significantly curtailed our acquisition model and have a plan to reduce expenses prospectively. The Company is continuing to pursue fund-raising possibilities through either the sale of its securities, debt financing or asset dispositions. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing on reasonable terms or if the level of cash and cash equivalents falls below anticipated levels, the Company will not have the ability to continue as a going concern beyond the second quarter of 2007.

Selling securities to satisfy its capital requirements may have the effect of materially diluting the current holders of the Company’s outstanding stock. The Company may also seek additional funding through other financing vehicles. There can be no assurances that such funding will be available at all or on terms acceptable to the Company .

 

37


Table of Contents

Senior Credit Facility

On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the “Waiver Letters”) with HBK Investments L.P. (the “Agent”), HBK Master Fund L.P., (“HBK-MF”) and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. (“Del Mar,” and together with HBK-MF the “Lenders”) pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006 deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”) with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the “Obligations”), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

Since our entry into the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. On March 21, 2007, we received a Notice of Default from the Agent setting forth certain alleged events of default by us under the Loan Agreement, including, but not limited to, a failure by us to make certain required payments. The Notice of Default further provides (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan Agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable. Should the Agent take additional actions to enforce its rights under the Loan Agreement our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. We have entered into a standstill agreement with HBK which expires on May 7, 2007. We are actively engaged in negotiations with HBK in an effort to resolve the outstanding disputes between us.

CPM Notice of Default

On March 15, 2007, we received a notice of breach and default (the “CPM Notice”) from The Center for Pain Management, LLC (“CPM”) with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “APA”) entered into by us, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the “Subsidiary”), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the “Members”).

The CPM Notice set forth our failure to make certain installment payments of cash and common stock under the terms of the APA. The CPM Notice further provides that unless we cure the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “Pledge Agreement”) entered into by us and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary. Any actions by CPM or the Members to enforce their rights under the APA and Pledge Agreement may trigger certain defaults under our senior credit facility with HBK, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We have entered into a standstill agreement with CPM and the Members which expires on May 7, 2007. We are actively engaged in negotiations with CPM and the Members in an effort to resolve the outstanding disputes between us.

Convertible Debentures

Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with it’s primary lender. As of May 2, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

 

38


Table of Contents

Historic Sources and Uses of Cash

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash from operations, and our revolving credit agreement. Historically, our primary sources of funding have been cash flows from operations and borrowing under our long-term debt agreements. Funds were used for working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and business acquisitions. The following chart shows cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing and financing activities for 2006, 2005 and 2004:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (813,863 )   $ 9,173,097     $ 4,119,026  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,512,052 )     (36,474,158 )     (18,407,883 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

     600,368       30,913,386       25,465,930  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (18,725,547 )   $ 3,612,325     $ 11,177,073  
                        

2006 compared to 2005

Operating activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $10.0 million, or 108.9%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities primarily relates to the increased expenses relating to: restatement of prior year financials, adding additional corporate staff and increases in professional fees.

Investing activities.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $17.9 million, or 49.2%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in cash used in investing activities primarily relates to recording four acquisitions in 2006 compared to six acquisitions in 2005.

Financing activities.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $30.3 million, or 98.1%, from 2005 to 2006. The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities relates to our revolving credit line with HBK. In 2005 we initiated a note payable agreement with HBK which contributed $28.2 million in cash. In 2006, we did not receive any additional funds under our revolving loan but we borrowed $3.0 million on August 2, 2006 with a convertible debenture, sold $4.0 million in stock and paid down approximately $4.0 million in debt.

2005 compared to 2004

Operating activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $5.1 million, or 122.7%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities primarily relates to increases in revenues generated from the additional consolidating entities added during 2005.

Investing activities.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $18.1 million, or 98.1%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in cash used in investing activities primarily relates to the initial cash consideration paid regarding the acquisitions recorded during 2005 as well as first year cash consideration paid to the acquisitions recorded during 2004 and second year cash consideration paid to the acquisitions recorded during 2003.

Financing activities.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $5.4 million, or 21.4%, from 2004 to 2005. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities relates to $28.2 million received in 2005 regarding our revolving loan with HBK compared to $26.8 million cash received in 2004 relating to proceeds from the issuance of debentures and common stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Achieving optimal returns on cash often involves making long-term commitments. SEC regulations require that we present our contractual obligations, and we have done so in the table that follows. However, our future cash flow prospects cannot reasonably be assessed based on such obligations, as the most significant factor affecting our future cash flows is our ability to earn and collect cash from our patients and third-party payors. Future cash outflows, whether they are contractual obligations or not, will vary based on our future needs. While some such outflows are completely fixed (for example, commitments to repay principal and interest on capital obligations), most will depend on future events (for example, a facility has a lease for property that includes a base rent amount and an annual increase based on a percentage of the consumer price index). Further, normal operations involve significant expenditures that are not based on “commitments.” Examples of such expenditures include amounts paid for income taxes or for salaries and benefits.

Our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006, are as follows:

 

Contractual Obligations

  

Total

  

Less than 1

Year

  

One-3

Years

  

Three-5

Years

  

5+

Years

              

Long-term debt

   $ 34,115,378    $ 34,115,378    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Convertible debentures

     12,415,480      12,415,480      —        —        —  

Capital leases

     3,115,178      1,344,055      1,583,279      187,844   

Operating leases

     10,197,276      2,747,160      3,508,667      2,568,558      1,372,891

Acquisition consideration

     4,026,209      4,026,209      —        —        —  

Employment agreements

     2,400,000      600,000      1,200,000      600,000      —  
                  

Total contractual obligations

   $ 66,269,521            

Financial restructuring plan and working capital needs

The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with HBK Investments, L.P. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed.

The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for contingent cash payments of up to $6.5 million for the acquisitions as the earnings requirements are met. The Company is expected to receive a total of approximately $4 million as a tax refund during the third or fourth quarter of 2007. The refund will be used for working capital needs. The Company has also accrued $1.3 million of penalties associated with the late filing of a registration statement.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgment that affects the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors we believe to be relevant at the time we prepared our consolidated financial statements. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1,Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, as they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our board of directors.

 

40


Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company consolidates PSHS Alpha Partners as it has a 67.5% ownership interest in this entity, and it consolidates PSHS Beta Partners as it has a 73% ownership interest. The other parties’ interest in these entities are reported as minority interests in the consolidated financial statements. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The two entities with minority stockholders are included in discontinued operations since the Company unveiled a plan to sell these facilities during the fourth quarter of 2006.

The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine where a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $991,925 and $0, net of tax, for 2006 and 2005, respectively, and resulted from the change in accounting principle from APB No. 25 to SFAS 123R. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulted from the requirement of SFAS 123R to reduce the amount of stock-based compensation expense by an estimated forfeiture rate or, in other words, the estimated number of shares that are not expected to vest as a result of an employee terminating prior to becoming fully vested in an award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we did not reduce stock-based compensation expense based on an estimated forfeiture rate but rather recorded an adjustment to stock-based compensation as actual forfeitures occurred. Additionally, at adoption the company previously recorded the options mark to market at intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires these to be recorded at fair value. The options were revalued on January 1, 2006 using the Company’s fair value methodologies and the difference is recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is generally one time in nature and not expected to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease, including renewal periods when appropriate, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. The useful lives of operating equipment range from five to ten years, and the depreciation period for leasehold improvements ranges from three to ten years.

Advertising Costs

Advertising expenditures relating to marketing efforts consisting primarily of marketing material, brochure preparation, printing and trade show expenses are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1,816,794, $1,478,285, and $866,557 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes using the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the

 

41


Table of Contents

financial statement and income tax basis of its assets and liabilities. The Company estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets.

The recording of a net deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future, otherwise a valuation allowance must be recorded to reduce this asset to its net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and, if necessary, ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income in the period such determination is made.

Fair Value Disclosures

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, deposits, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate the respective fair values of these instruments due to their current nature.

The carrying value of acquisition consideration payable consists of the value of cash and Company stock to be paid per contractual obligations and approximates fair value due to the current nature of the cash obligation and the stock which is recorded at fair value.

The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at interest rates applicable to similar instruments.

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net-cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net-cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts with high quality, credit-worthy financial institutions. Funds with these institutions exceeded the federally-insured limits by approximately $1,533,339 on December 31, 2006.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company controls credit risk associated with its receivables through pre-approvals with insurance providers. Generally, the Company requires no collateral from its customers.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, contractual allowances and uncollectible accounts, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, derivative liabilities, income taxes, litigation and contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for judgments about results and the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results and values may differ significantly from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents denominated in Canadian dollars that translate to U.S. dollar amounts of approximately $129,994 and $147,239, respectively.

 

42


Table of Contents

The Company also has a qualified cash requirement from the HBK Investments credit facility. This requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated balance of $2,000,000 in cash and cash equivalents at all times.

Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, but not to exceed one vote per share, or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as shall be fixed and determined in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As reflected in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income is a measure of net income (loss) and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with stockholders. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive losses for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $(26,483,341), $(5,323,127) and $(1,471,067), respectively.

Foreign Currency

The Company operates a subsidiary in Canada, which is subject to different monetary, economic and regulatory risks than its domestic operations. The subsidiary uses a functional currency other than U.S. dollars, and the balance sheet accounts are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. The foreign entity’s revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates that prevailed during the reporting period. The resulting net translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Exchange gains and losses on transactions and equity investments denominated in a currency other than their functional currency are included in results of operations as incurred.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s various credit facilities are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. Net deferred financing costs were $2,536,302 and $1,688,431 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included as a reduction to the liability as reflected in Note 10 “ Notes Payable “ and Note 11 “ Convertible Debentures .”

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of net patient fee-for-service revenue. Net patient fee-for-service revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Net patient service revenue is recorded net of contractual adjustments and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Allowances for contractual adjustments and bad debts are provided for accounts receivable based on estimated collection rates. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on the patient mix at each location, the impact of contract pricing and historical collection information.

Substantially all of the accounts receivable are due under fee-for-service contracts from third party payers, such as insurance companies and government-sponsored healthcare programs or directly from patients. Services are generally provided pursuant to contracts with healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable for services rendered have been recorded at their established charges and reduced by the estimated contractual adjustments and bad debts. Contractual adjustments result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and reimbursements by government-sponsored healthcare programs and insurance companies. Receivables generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. The Company continuously monitors collections from its customers and maintains an allowance for bad debts based upon any specific payor collection issues that have been identified, the historical collection experience including each practice’s experiences, and the aging of patient accounts receivable balances. The Company is not aware of any claims, disputes or unsettled matters with third-party payors which could have a material effect on the financial statements. The Company either uses in-house billing or local billing companies in each location it operates. Therefore, the Company analyzes

 

43


Table of Contents

its accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts on a site-by-site basis as opposed to a company-wide basis. This allows the Company to be more detailed and more accurate with its collection estimates. While such credit losses have historically been within expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse impact on operating results.

The estimated contractual allowance rates for each facility are reviewed periodically. The Company adjusts the contractual allowance rates, as changes to the factors discussed above become known. As these factors change, the historical collection experience is revised accordingly in the period known. These allowances are reviewed periodically and adjusted based on historical payment rates. Depending on the changes made in the contractual allowance rates, net revenue may increase or decrease.

Changes in contractual allowances for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year (including balances from purchased business combinations)

   $ 30,658,843     $ 14,788,745  

Increase for contractual allowance

     87,951,661       40,263,885  

Decrease to the contractual allowance for the current year

     (98,735,556 )     (24,393,787 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 19,874,948     $ 30,658,843  
                

A summary of the activity in the allowance for uncollectible accounts is as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,763,777     $ 335,459  

Additions charged to provision for bad debts

     3,529,695       2,788,601  

Accounts receivable written off (net of recoveries)

     (3,058,387 )     (1,360,283 )
                

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,235,085     $ 1,763,777  
                

The Company’s payor mix and aging table for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

Financial Class

   Balance on
December 31,
2006
   Current    31-60 Days    61-90 Days    91 + Days

Private Insurance

   $ 7,147,195    $ 1,928,021    $ 1,268,546    $ 659,248    $ 3,291,380

Self-Pay

     339,184      91,498      60,201      31,286      156,199

Workers-Comp

     2,145,160      578,676      380,742      197,867      987,875

Government

     3,464,006      934,447      614,822      319,515      1,595,222

Other

     1,562,845      421,592      277,387      144,155      719,711
                                  

Total

     14,658,390      3,954,234      2,601,698      1,352,071      6,750,387

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     2,235,085      105,726      127,230      128,974      1,873,155
                                  

Net realizable value

   $ 12,423,305    $ 3,848,508    $ 2,474,468    $ 1,223,097    $ 4,877,232
                                  

 

Aging Category

   Amount    Percentage
estimated
for allowance
for doubtful
accounts
    Required
balance in
allowance
for doubtful
accounts

Current

   $ 3,954,234    2.7 %   $ 105,726

31-60 days

     2,601,699    4.9 %     127,230

61-90 days

     1,352,071    9.5 %     128,974

Over 91 days

     6,750,387    27.7 %     1,873,155
           

Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts

 

  $ 2,235,085
           

 

44


Table of Contents

The Company’s payor mix and aging table for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 were as follows:

 

Financial Class

   Balance on
December 31,
2005
   Current    31-60 Days    61-90 Days    91 + Days

Medicare

   $ 1,588,876    $ 658,177    $ 281,062    $ 117,867    $ 531,770

Private insurance

     12,738,637      5,276,860      2,253,383      944,989      4,263,405

Self-pay

     1,056,948      437,832      186,967      78,407      353,742

Workers compensation

     2,606,677      1,079,792      461,104      193,371      872,410

Government

     2,415,551      1,000,618      427,296      179,193      808,444

Medicaid

     262,510      108,742      46,436      19,474      87,858

Other

     2,357,983      976,772      417,112      174,922      789,177
                                  

Total

     23,027,182      9,538,793      4,073,360      1,708,223      7,706,806

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,763,777      333,355      305,287      162,191      962,944
                                  

Net realizable value

   $ 21,263,405    $ 9,205,438    $ 3,768,073    $ 1,546,032    $ 6,743,862
                                  

 

Aging Category

   Amount    Percentage
estimated
for allowance
for doubtful
accounts
   

Required
balance

in allowance
for doubtful
accounts

Current

   $ 9,538,793    3.5 %   $ 333,355

31-60 days

     4,073,360    7.5 %     305,287

61-90 days

     1,708,223    9.5 %     162,191

Over 91 days

     7,706,806    12.5 %     962,944
           

Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts

        $ 1,763,777
           

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For any amount of those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The requirements of FIN 48 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is evaluating the impact of FIN 48 and does not believe there will be an impact during the first quarter of 2007.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the disclosures related to fair value measurements that are included in a company’s financial statements. SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value measurements in financial statements, but emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and not an entity-specific measurement that should be based on an exchange transaction in which a company sells an asset or transfers a liability (exit price). SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy in which observable market data would be considered the highest level, while fair value measurements based on an entity’s own assumptions would be considered the lowest level. For calendar year companies like the Company, SFAS No. 157 is effective beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

In November 2006, the FASB approved EITF 06-06, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification (or Exchange) of Convertible Debt Instruments” which modifies EITF 96-19 to require a change in the value of an embedded conversion feature of a modified debt to be tested in a separate calculation. Early adoption of EITF 06-06 is permitted, and the Company has elected early adoption and applied the provisions of EITF 06-06 to record the results of the December 2006 refinancing of its subordinated convertible notes.

In December 2006, the FASB approved EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements,” which establishes the standard that contingent obligations to make future payments under a registration rights arrangement shall be recognized and measured separately in accordance with Statement 5 and FASB Interpretation No. 14, Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a Loss . Early adoption of EITF 00-19-2 is permitted, and the Company has elected such early adoption. As a result we have recorded an estimate of the expected registration statement penalties of $1.3 million.

Business Outlook

We were forced to devote a significant portion of our time and attention in 2006 to matters primarily outside the ordinary course of business, and those efforts have continued in 2007, although to a much lesser extent. At the same time, we expect to experience volume volatility, payor pressure, and increased competition in our markets. Accordingly, we anticipate our operating results will show a decline between 2006 and 2007 based on various factors.

 

 

Ancillary Services. In 2007, our ancillary services segment will continue to experience potential divestures from the three surgery centers currently listed as assets held for sale.

 

 

Pain Management. In 2007, our focus within the pain management segment will be on increasing volume growth and financial control. We expect to see margin expansion through financial control of expenses, and by providing additional ancillary services to existing facilities as well as possible expansion to satellite locations.

 

 

Surgeries. In 2007, our focus within the surgeries segment will be to increase the productivity of our same practice operations as well as perform segment analyses on the possible expansion of potential revenue generating ancillary services.

 

 

Corporate. In 2007, we will strive to control costs associated with corporate segment, but this may prove difficult due to our continued investment in our infrastructure (both people and technology). We will also continue to focus on the remediation of weaknesses in our internal controls. We will continue to replace the work performed by external consultants with PainCare employees, and we will continue to add resources to provide the necessary level of support to our facilities and meet our operational needs.

 

46


Table of Contents

While we expect our 2007 operating results will be consistent with the fact that PainCare is in a reorganization period, we are optimistic about the long-term positioning of PainCare. We continue to offer high quality services in growing segments of the health care industry which should provide long-term growth opportunities. In addition, we are stabilizing operations of our core business strategy of stabilized growth through highly profitable acquisitions and implementing additional ancillary services across all practices.

Whatever market conditions we face, we will continue to seek opportunities to improve operations, stabilize our finances, and develop new relationships with doctors as potential future acquisitions in our industry, with the ultimate goal of providing sustainable growth and return for our stockholders.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk generally represents the risk of loss that may result from the potential change in value of a financial instrument as a result of fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. We do not currently have any trading derivatives nor do we expect to have any in the future. We have established policies and internal processes related to the management of market risks, which we use in the normal course of our business operations.

Interest Rate Risk

Our interest rate risk, in the borrowings under our credit facility, is based on variable market interest rates. As of December 31, 2006, we had $27.8 million of variable rate debt outstanding under our credit facility. At December 31, 2006, the revolving credit line bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.25% or Prime plus 4.5%. On March 21, 2007 the Company received from the Agent for the debt notification that the interest rate would change to the default rate of LIBOR plus 10.25%. Additionally, the Company has estimated a rate increase of approximately 13.45% based on the average rate increase over the previous year under the variable debt. The combination of these two factors would yield a hypothetical average interest rate of 16.54% for the next year. These increases would correspondingly decrease our pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows by approximately $1,076,131. The actual change in the pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows for the default rate is approximately $832,500. The hypothetical change in the increase to pre-tax earnings and operating cash flows is $243,631.

Intangible Asset Risk

We have a substantial amount of intangible assets. We are required to perform goodwill impairment tests whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position. At December 31, 2006, we performed the impairment tests and determined impairment was needed for both goodwill and the other intangible assets. The total impairment was $33,994,512 for continuing operations and $2,297,013 for discontinued operations.

Equity Price Risk

We do not own any equity investments, other than in our subsidiaries. As a result, we do not currently have any direct equity price risk.

Commodity Price Risk

We do not enter into contracts for the purchase or sale of commodities. As a result, we do not currently have any direct commodity price risk.

WHAT WE DO

Overview

PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) is a provider of pain-focused medical and surgical solutions. Through its proprietary network of acquired or managed physician practices and ambulatory surgery centers, and in partnership with

 

47


Table of Contents

independent physician practices and medical institutions throughout the United States and Canada, PainCare is committed to utilizing the most advanced science and technologies to diagnose and treat pain stemming from neurological and musculoskeletal conditions and disorders.

We are a health care services company focused on the treatment of pain. We currently own or manage 24 pain-focused physician practices offering such services as: pain management, minimally invasive spine surgery and ancillary services including; orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint injections and diagnostic imaging services. Our physicians are trained in specialties such as interventional pain management, orthopedics or physiatry, and utilize the latest medical technologies, clinical practices and equipment to offer cost-effective pain relief.

PainCare has defined four reportable segments: pain management, surgery, ancillary service and corporate and other. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations “ and “Note 24” of “ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements “ for financial information about these segments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

We have grown our business through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions of complementary physician practices and outpatient surgery centers. To grow our physician practice revenue, our strategy is to acquire or enter into management agreements with profitable, well-established physician practices and expand the range of services they offer. For practices we have acquired, we survey the acquired practice and determine whether to expand the scope of services provided by the practice, including adding additional specialists such as physicians certified in pain management, neurosurgery, orthopedics or physiatry. By providing these additional services within the practice, we believe each practice can improve clinical outcomes, shorten treatment time and improve its profitability.

We also have relationships with physician practices that we do not own, but provide limited management services to, such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs. With these additional resources, the physician practice itself is able to offer a broader range of services to its patient base.

It is estimated that 75-150 million people in the United States have a chronic pain disorder according to a 2005 publication by the American Pain Society and, according to MarketData Enterprises, 2.9 million of those suffering seek treatment by pain specialists. Another 76.5 million Americans reported suffering from acute pain that persisted for more than 24 hours in duration according to the American Pain Foundation in 2006. These studies found that the back was the source of the most pain. As the “baby boom” population ages, the number of people who will require treatment for pain from back disorders, degenerative joint diseases, rheumatologic conditions, visceral diseases and cancer is expected to continue to rise. It is estimated by the National Pain Foundation that the annual cost to Americans suffering pain is $500 billion each year.

The medical community’s awareness of the need for pain management has increased in recent years.Both the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the Veterans Health Administration have adopted Pain as the 5th Vital Sign. This initiative mandates that pain be taken seriously and assessed adequately and treated in the majority of hospitals and clinics nationwide according to the National Pain Foundation. In 2001, JCAHO published standards that incorporated pain management into the standards for accredited health care providers. The JCAHO standards stress patients’ rights to appropriate assessment and management of pain, and require treatment of pain along with the underlying disease or disorder. As a result, we believe that pain management is growing in significance as a medical specialty as is the increased demand for pain treatment.

We have relationships with 59 physician practices and ambulatory surgery center locations. Through our subsidiaries, we operate three types of practice arrangements:

 

 

We employ licensed physicians in 12 practices which we own;

 

 

We have acquired the non-medical assets and we provide general management services to 19 physician practices;

 

 

We provide limited management services to 35 physician practices in areas such as in-house physical therapy, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint injection programs.

In a typical wholly-owned practice, we acquire all of the assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians. We establish a wholly-owned subsidiary to own and operate this practice. We enter into employment agreements with the selling

 

48


Table of Contents

physicians, usually for a five year term, which provide for base compensation and incentive compensation based upon increases in operating earnings. These contracts are subject to earlier termination in certain circumstances. The physicians are subject to confidentiality and non-competition provisions that typically run for two years following the termination of the physician’s employment agreement.

In a typical managed practice, we acquire all of the non-medical assets of a physician practice from the owner physicians and then enter into a management agreement with the physicians to manage the practice for a fee. The management agreement is usually for a 40 year term and is generally only subject to termination by the physician if we breach the agreement and fail to cure the breach upon at least 30 days’ written notice from the physicians.

In a typical limited management practice, we agree to provide a physician practice with orthopedic rehabilitation or electrodiagnostic services and equipment under a management agreement that is usually for an initial term of five years with two five year renewal options on our part. We provide the equipment, supplies and our management expertise, and the practice provides the space, personnel, billing and collection services. We receive a percentage of the practice’s collections from the service being managed by us.

We are now in the rollout phase of our latest business initiative centered on effecting a new industry paradigm in the delivery of state-of-the-art, pain-focused, medical care and payor administration. Through our new wholly-owned subsidiary, Integrated Pain Solutions (IPS), we plan to leverage our centralized and specialized knowledge base of advanced pain diagnostics, interventional pain management and functional restoration procedures and solutions. IPS is developing, administering and tracking the outcome of proprietary, evidence-based, clinical pathways for the management of acute or chronic pain. This clinical criteria will serve as the basis of the delivery of quality care by highly credentialed, multi-disciplined provider networks contracted and managed by IPS in select U.S. markets.

Business Strategy

Our objective is to become the leading provider of specialty pain care services in North America. To grow our practices, we intend to:

 

 

Focus on pain treatment. All of our operations to date have been specifically focused in the area of pain treatment. We intend to continue to focus on the treatment of pain through acquisition, management, and the provision of services to practices that serve the pain treatment market.

 

 

Deploy additional services to grow physician practices. We intend to enhance the capacity of our practices for organic growth by increasing the range of services offered by our practices. By deploying additional physicians and equipment, we can perform in-house those necessary procedures and services that would ordinarily be referred to other providers, which we believe can result in higher quality care and increased revenues to our practices.

 

 

Utilize advanced medical technologies. Many of our physicians are thought leaders in their respective fields and employ the latest clinical techniques and medical technologies for the treatment of pain. We intend to support the use of new technology in pain treatment through the deployment of additional specialized physicians who are familiar with these techniques and technologies and by providing the latest, state-of-the- art equipment. For example, we deploy MedX rehabilitation equipment to orthopedic rehabilitation facilities, which has demonstrated the ability to improve patient outcomes.

 

 

Adopt a more hands-on approach. We intend to focus on the management and organic growth of our existing national network of pain practices to provide pain management services in a cost efficient manner aimed at maximizing stockholder value.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to evaluate our acquisition program to target profitable acquisitions that are parallel to our core business and have the capacity for growth through the addition of specialized physicians and ancillary services.

Given the current status of liquidity, acquisitions in the near term will need to be done on a highly selective basis and meet parameters acceptable to our lenders.

While historical growth has primarily come from the acquisition of physician practices and the organic growth from those practices previously described, future growth is expected to come from Integrated Pain Solutions (“IPS”).

 

49


Table of Contents

Our objective is to become the pre-eminent utilization management service provider for patients requiring pain-related treatment. To facilitate growth we intend to:

- Offer a “patient centered” network as part of its menu. Other menu items include individualized guidance, algorithm-based case management, care coaching and evidence based and outcome driven pain management.

- Build programs that balance patient medical conditions with health plan parameters. These programs will include case management, care coaching, quality improvement and physician education.

- Benefit providers by using an algorithm based triage system and accumulate all patient provider and encounter information in a centralized data warehouse. This data will subsequently be biostatistically analyzed to determine clinical efficiency leading to the most effective treatment pathways.

Industry Background

In an effort to implement our core business strategy we continue to focus on evaluating our business and the broader health care market with the goal of positioning PainCare as a leading provider of pain-focused medical and surgical solutions and services. As we continue to develop our strategic plan, we will evaluate the role of each segment of our business. We have received inquiries from parties interested in acquiring three of our ambulatory surgical centers. An important consideration in our decision to divest any material assets from our portfolio would be whether the transaction would help to deleverage the company.

Industry Trends

As a provider of pain management, rehabilitative health care, ambulatory surgery, and diagnostic services, our revenues and growth are affected by trends in health care spending. According to estimates published by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Office of the Actuary, the healthcare sector is continuing to grow in relation to the overall gross domestic product (GDP). As a percent of GDP, healthcare spending is expected to reach 16.2% in 2005 and by 2015 healthcare spending in the U.S. is projected to reach $4.0 trillion or 20% of GDP. Healthcare is expected to continue to grow at a steady pace of 7.2% per year on average.

Demographic factors contribute to long-term growth projections in health care spending. According to the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2005 interim projections, there were approximately 36.8 million Americans age 65 or older. The number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to increase to approximately 40 million in 2010 and approximately 54 million in 2020. By 2030 the number of Americans age 65 or older is expected to reach 70 million.

We believe that the aging of the U.S. population and the continuing growth in health care spending will increase demand for the types of services we provide. First, many of the health conditions associated with aging-such as neurological disorder, diseases and injury to the muscles, bones and joints-will increase the demand for our pain management and rehabilitative services. Second, pressure from payors to provide efficient, high-quality health care services is forcing many procedures traditionally performed in acute care facilities out of the acute care environment.

Operating Segments

Our internal financial reporting and management structure is focused on the major types of services provided by PainCare. We currently provide various patient care services through three operating segments and certain other services through a fourth segment, which correspond to our four reporting business segments: (1) pain management, (2) surgeries, (3) ancillary services, and (4) corporate and other. Although we have no current plans to change our operating segments, we are continually evaluating and looking to optimize our operational structure and the mix of services we provide, which may lead to future changes in our operating segments.

Our consolidated net operating revenues from continuing operations were $63.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. We had a diversified payor mix across all our reporting segments, with Private Insurance representing the highest percentage of revenues.

 

50


Table of Contents

For additional information regarding our business segments and related information, see the section, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, “ Segment Results of Operations,” and Note 24, Operating Segment and Geographic Information , to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Pain Management

Our pain management segment provides treatment through interventional and non-interventional therapies that treat both the chronic and acute pain patient. Our pain management facilities are located in eight states in the United States and one province in Canada.

As of December 31, 2006 our pain management segment operated 16 facilities (four of which are wholly owned and 12 of which are managed contracts). Our pain management segment provides services to patients who are in need of such services as therapeutic injections, radio frequency treatments and both physical and behavioral therapy.

Pain management has emerged as a separate specialty in medicine. Methods used to treat chronic or acute pain are continually evolving. Some of the more common approaches to the treatment of pain include the following:

 

 

Analgesics. Pharmaceutical treatments for pain include nonopioid analgesics, including nonsteriodial anti- inflammatory drugs, or NSAIDS, such as aspirin and acetaminophen, opioid analgesics, such as morphine, and other drugs that have analgesic properties that are useful in treating pain, such as certain antiepileptic and antidepressant drugs;

 

 

Diagnostic Injection.Injection of anesthetics and anti-inflammatory agents directly into the area surrounding the pain generating nerve can relieve pain symptoms and often allow the nerve area to heal and repair itself. These injections, often referred to as “epidural or facet blocks,” allow the pain specialist to identify the specific anatomic structure that is generating the pain response;

 

 

Implantable Pumps. Implantable pain pumps are devices inserted in the patient’s body that deliver a constant dose of anesthetic to a particular region of the body. The pain specialist can alter the level of anesthetic delivered depending on patient need. Implantable pumps are often used to treat cancer pain or severe back pain;

 

 

Neuromodulation Devices.Neuromodulation devices such as implantable stimulators or pumps are used to treat chronic pain by altering nervous system activity either electrically or pharmacologically; and

 

 

Radio Frequency Nerve Ablation. RF Nerve Ablation is a procedure used to temporarily deactivate minor nerves around the spine by heating surrounding tissue with a special probe to deactivate the pain generating nerve fibers.

Acute and Chronic Pain

It is estimated that 75-150 million people in the United States have a chronic pain disorder according to a 2005 publication by the American Pain Society and, according to MarketData Enterprises, 2.9 million of those suffering seek treatment by pain specialists. Another 76.5 million Americans reported suffering from acute pain that persisted for more than 24 hours in duration according to the American Pain Foundation in 2006. These studies found that the back was the source of the most pain. As the “baby boom” population ages, the number of people who will require treatment for pain from back disorders, degenerative joint diseases, rheumatologic conditions, visceral diseases and cancer is expected to continue to rise. It is estimated by the National Pain Foundation that the annual cost to Americans suffering pain is $500 billion each year.

The medical community’s awareness of the need for pain management has increased in recent years.Both the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and the Veterans Health Administration have adopted Pain as the 5th Vital Sign. This initiative mandates that pain be taken seriously and assessed adequately and treated in the majority of hospitals and clinics nationwide according to the National Pain Foundation. In 2001, JCAHO published standards that incorporated pain management into the standards for accredited health care providers. The JCAHO standards stress patients’ rights to appropriate assessment and management of pain, and require treatment of pain along with the underlying disease or disorder. As a result, we believe that pain management is growing in significance as a medical specialty as is the increased demand for pain treatment.

 

51


Table of Contents

Clinical Approaches to Pain Treatment

The standard of care for treatment of chronic or acute pain may vary greatly depending on the underlying cause of the patient’s pain. A patient who is suffering from pain generally receives a clinical assessment, including a review of the patient’s medical history, to attempt to determine the cause of the patient’s pain.

Diagnosis. To assist in determining the pain’s origin, the physician may employ one or more imaging modalities, such as x-ray, computed tomography or CT scan, or magnetic resonance imagery or MRI. In addition, the physician may order an electrodiagnostic medical consultation, which can be helpful to establish an accurate diagnosis of a clinical problem that suggests neuromuscular disorder. Electrodiagnosis involves the placement of electrodes in proximity to the patient’s nervous system, and the application of electrical pulses that stimulate nerve function. By identifying those nerves that are generating the pain response, the physician can more accurately determine the cause of the patient’s pain and determine the appropriate treatment.

Orthopedic Rehabilitation. One of the most frequent causes of chronic pain is injury or disease affecting the spine. Orthopedic rehabilitation is often the first approach to the treatment of back pain and is frequently used following surgical treatment to post-operatively restore the patient’s muscle function. Depending on the underlying cause of the patient’s back pain and its severity, the physician may recommend orthopedic rehabilitation, which may include:

 

 

Hot and cold packs;

 

 

Electric stimulation or electrotherapy;

 

 

Massage;

 

 

Exercise;

 

 

Ultrasound therapy; and

 

 

Physical therapy sessions, utilizing specialized orthopedic rehabilitation equipment.

Surgeries

As of December 31, 2006 our surgery centers segment operated three managed facilities in Florida, Louisiana and Virginia. Our surgical services offered include full spectrum orthopedic surgery, minimally invasive spine surgery and foot and ankle surgery.

Minimally Invasive Surgery. In contrast to traditional open surgery approaches, minimally invasive surgery techniques have been developed that require only a small incision and the use of endoscopic instruments to perform the operation. Some of the minimally invasive surgical treatments for back pain include:

 

 

Discogram,a diagnostic procedure that involves injecting a dye into the disc of the spine, and using an x-ray to determine whether the disc has been damaged;

 

 

Intra-Discal Electro-Thermal AnnuloplastyorIDET,which is used to treat patients with pain due to disc herniation in the lower back. Using an x-ray for guidance, a small thermal catheter is inserted into the herniated disc and gradually heated, raising the temperature inside the disc. The heat contracts and thickens the protein of the disc wall as well as deactivating many of the nerve endings responsible for the pain in the damaged disc;

 

 

Percutaneous Discectomy,which employs a mechanical or laser-based probe inserted into a herniated spinal disc, which removes material from the disc to relieve pressure and associated pain;

 

 

Nucleoplasty,for the treatment of pain from mildly herniated discs causing pressure on adjacent nerve roots. Using an x-ray for guidance, a needle and specialized device are inserted into the herniated disc applying heat to remove the excess tissue and seal the disc; and

 

52


Table of Contents
 

Kyphoplasty,which is used to treat vertebral compression fractures associated with osteoporosis. Again using an x-ray for guidance, the bone is drilled and a balloon is inserted and inflated in the fracture area. The space created by the balloon is filled with orthopedic cement, binding the fracture and relieving pain.

Inpatient Spine Surgery.If the patient does not respond to orthopedic rehabilitation, or if the extent of the disease or injury is too great, the physician may elect surgical treatment for back pain. Traditional surgical treatments for back pain include surgeries such as:

 

 

Spinal fusion, which involves fusing one or more vertebrae together using screws, rods or grafts;

 

 

Anterior discectomy, which involves removal of a spinal disc;

 

 

Anterior corpectomy, which involves removing a portion of the entire vertebra or disc; and

 

 

Laminectomy, where a portion of the entire vertebra is removed to repair a disc, access the spinal cord or relieve degeneration of the spine.

These techniques are typically performed in an inpatient hospital setting and involve exposing a large area of the patient’s spine. Following the operation, a long recovery period with extensive rehabilitation is typically required. We believe that there are many advantages to minimally invasive surgery over traditional open surgery, including shorter time involved, reduced cost and faster patient recovery and return to normal activities.

Ancillary Services

As of December 31, 2006 our ancillary services segment operated five managed facilities in Florida, Illinois, Michigan and Maryland. Three of our ancillary service facilities are consolidated through managed contracts and two facilities are owned on a partnership basis. Our partnership interest in both Lake Worth Surgical Center and Coral Gables Surgical Center is 67.5% and 73.0%, respectively. For management reporting purposes, it should be noted that the three ambulatory surgery centers currently listed as held for sale are included in the ancillary services segment which relates to discontinued operations. See Item 7. Management Discussion and Analysis for further analysis. Our ancillary service segment provides the following services:

 

 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Services. We have a program for the deployment of orthopedic rehabilitation services to the physician practice that facilitates advanced strength testing and restoration of function within the physician office environment. As needed, we will establish an in-house, fully staffed and provisioned rehabilitation clinic, with additional physiatrists, physical therapists or technicians as practice requirements dictate. We provide all supplies and equipment necessary for the operation of the clinic including state-of-the- art MedX equipment. MedX equipment has been clinically and academically demonstrated to be efficacious in rehabilitating patients. We believe that by providing orthopedic rehabilitation services in-house, the physician is better able to monitor the patient’s progress toward recovery, which contributes to improved clinical outcomes.

 

 

Electrodiagnostic Services. We also have a program for the deployment of an electrodiagnostic medicine program as a direct extension of the neurologic portion of the physical examination. We provide electrodiagnostic equipment, supplies, and technicians to perform procedures, and arrange for physician over- read and review of results. We believe that by performing these procedures in-house, we have the potential to enhance accuracy and time to diagnosis.

 

 

Diagnostic Imagery. We deploy magnetic resonance imagery, or MRI, technology to selected facilities. We believe that providing diagnostic imagery technology to pain management practices will be more convenient for patients and allow physicians to better diagnose and treat acute and chronic pain.

 

53


Table of Contents
 

Intra-Articular Joint Program. In January 2005, we unveiled a new proprietary ancillary service designed to address severe knee pain and stiffness caused by osteoarthritis, which currently affects over 21 million Americans. The intra-articular joint program will be integrated into the service offerings provided by each suitable physician practice in our national healthcare organization. In addition, the intra-articular joint program will be marketed nationally to non-affiliated physician practice groups under a limited management agreement, similar to our proprietary orthopedic rehabilitation and electro diagnostic medicine programs. The intra- articular joint program is a proprietary, technologically advanced, non-operative knee treatment protocol that combines a five to six week series of strategically targeted injections of Hyalgan—the first FDA-approved hyaluronan therapy to treat osteoarthritis knee pain in the United States, with synergistic orthopedic rehabilitation procedures specifically designed to strengthen blood flow to the knee.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and other includes only cost functions that are managed directly from our corporate office and that do not fall within one of our three operating segments discussed above.

All corporate costs and related overhead are contained within this segment. These costs, include such expenses as: accounting, communications, compliance, human resources, information technology, internal audit, and legal and provide support functions to our operating segments.

Growth of Existing Practices

To grow revenue, we assist our owned and managed practices with the addition of selected specialty physicians and treatment services. This permits the practice to offer in house additional services that would previously be referred out to other providers. As a result, we believe that the treating physician is better able to monitor the patient, and respond to any specific treatment needs more rapidly and effectively than if the patient were using an outside provider. We believe that this approach results in the opportunity for improved clinical outcomes, shortened treatment times and increased revenue to the physician practice.

In our experience, physicians operating high-growth, busy practices often have limited time and resources to evaluate the potential impact of the deployment of additional services and equipment. Even if the physician has obvious demand for additional services, it can be time-consuming and costly to locate, qualify, negotiate with and incorporate additional specialists into the existing practice. Further, the time and resources required to physically expand the practice, through purchase or lease of additional real estate, design and construction of new facilities, and the acquisition and deployment of capital-intensive equipment are often significant barriers to growth for the practicing physician. Our approach is to relieve the physician of the administrative burdens associated with expanding the practice, which we believe allows the physician to focus more effectively on patient care, while creating opportunities for the physician’s practice to support organic growth.

Additional Physician Services

Depending on the size, growth profile and type of physician practice, we may deploy additional specialists certified in pain management, neurosurgery, orthopedics or physiatry. For example, with regard to an existing orthopedic surgery practice, we may add an additional spine surgeon to handle additional patients, and deploy an interventional pain management specialist to perform pain management procedures. Our objective is to offer complementary services to the physicians existing patient bases based on current trends.

We currently own and operate nine outpatient surgery centers which are located within physician offices. By providing these centers within the physician office, we are able to charge a technical fee for procedures performed on our premises, in addition to the professional fee charged by the physician. As needed, we will construct outpatient surgery centers or individual procedure rooms within our practice offices to enable outpatient procedures to be performed. We believe that such facilities are well suited to pain management and minimally invasive surgical procedures, and represent a lower-cost alternative to inpatient or dedicated surgery center facilities.

Real Estate Services. To support the growth of our physician practices, we provide real estate services to practices which require additional office space or a specialty installation such as a fluoroscopy suite or in-office procedure room. Our services include:

 

 

Locating additional office space within the practice’s local area;

 

54


Table of Contents
 

Negotiation of purchase or lease terms;

 

 

Analysis of building codes, architectural requirements and design services; and

 

 

Construction management services.

We believe that by providing these real estate services to our practices, the physicians can devote more time to the clinical aspects of the practices, enhancing the quality of care delivered and the profitability of the practices.

Operations Management

When we acquire or enter into a management agreement with a practice, we focus on integrating the practice with our operations. We have an eight-member team that is charged with facilitating a smooth transition after closing. Our integration team, in coordination with our consultants, legal counsel and independent accountants, works with the existing practice administrators and staff to perform such functions as:

 

 

Applying for provider numbers from Medicare and other health care payors to ensure continuity of reimbursement;

 

 

Performing a complete post-transaction audit of the practice accounting records; and

 

 

Developing detailed budgets for operating performance with physicians, which are based on historical operating performance.

Once initial integration is complete, our integration team works with the physician and practice administrators to develop a plan for the implementation of additional physician services and ancillary services. For example, our integration and real estate personnel may devise a plan for the addition of an interventional pain management specialist to the practice, and develop and implement a detailed plan for the addition of a fluoroscopy suite to support minimally invasive surgical treatments that require x-ray guidance.

Following the integration and deployment of additional services, our integration team assists PainCare’s management in monitoring the practice and ensuring that performance targets are met. If the practice’s growth needs warrant, the integration team may be deployed to provide additional services or assist the practice in achieving its growth targets.

In contrast to historical physician practice management business models that required the implementation of common information technology systems, such as shared billing and collection, clinical data and electronic health record systems, we deploy only those resources necessary to support the growth of additional services. Changes to information technology systems are kept to a minimum, and changes to billing and collection procedures are also minimized, subject to our legal, oversight and reporting requirements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Acquisitions

Since our founding in 2000, we have completed twenty-four practice acquisitions. The following acquisitions (all managed unless indicated otherwise) have been completed since January 1, 2006:

 

Name and Nature of Business

  

Effective Date of
Purchase

  

Purchase Price

Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC, a fully accredited ambulatory surgical center with four locations in Maryland.    January 3, 2006    $3,750,000 in cash and 1,021,942 shares of common stock, plus promissory notes totaling $7,500,000 in principal, due one year from the closing date . On December 5, 2006, an additional $300,000 promissory note was issued and the due date of both the $7,500,000 and $300,000 promissory notes was extended until April 2, 2007.
REC, Inc. & CareFirst Medical Associates, P.A., co-located pain management and orthopedic rehabilitation practices located inWhitehouse, Texas.    January 6, 2006    $625,000 in cash and 191,131 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $1,250,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
Desert Pain Medicine Group, a pain management physician practice with three locations in California.    January 20, 2006    $1,500,000 in cash and 471,698 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $3,000,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
Amphora, LLC, an intraoperative monitoring company based in Denver, Colorado, serving medical institutions throughout Colorado, Wyoming, Arizona and Nebraska    February 1, 2006    PainCare purchased a 60% ownership interest and paid $3,250,000 in cash and 1,035,032 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $8,500,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met. This transaction was rescinded on December 11, 2006.

On November 15, 2006, PainCare formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary named Integrated Pain Solutions (IPS). Leveraging PainCare’s centralized and specialized knowledge base of advanced pain diagnostics, interventional pain management and functional restoration procedures and solutions, IPS will develop, administer and track the outcome of proprietary, evidenced-based, clinical pathways for the management of acute or chronic pain. This clinical criteria will serve as the basis for the delivery of quality care by highly credentialed, multi-disciplined provider networks contracted and managed by IPS in select U.S. markets.

Upon establishing each regionalized provider network, IPS will contract with third party payers, including insurance carriers, self-insured employers and large trade unions, among other similar groups, to provide utilization management services, specialized case management and prospective and concurrent risk assessment of patients requiring pain-related care and treatment. Further, IPS will endeavor to ultimately establish “Pain Centers of Excellence” in its primary service markets where it will centralize care addressing interventional pain management, functional restoration and behavioral health. PainCare expects to launch commercial operations of IPS late in the first quarter of 2007, following the necessary corporate set-up and development efforts required to activate the first provider network.

Dispositions

We continually evaluate the performance of our individual practices. Any practice that is deemed to be underperforming will become subject to more direct oversight by our management team. To the extent additional oversight fails to improve the practice’s performance over a period of time, the practice will become subject to additional company imposed actions, including, but not limited to, potential restructuring or divestiture.

On February 1, 2006, the Company and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (“PCN,” and together with the Company the “Paincare Parties”) acquired a 60% interest (the “Amphora Transaction”) in Amphora LLC (“Amphora”) from Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., and Richard A. Flores (collectively the “Members”) pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Amphora Purchase Agreement”), for a combination of cash and shares of common stock of the Company and the obligation to make certain additional payments post closing (the “Purchase Price”). On December 11, 2006 the Paincare Parties and the Members entered into an agreement providing for the rescission of the Amphora Transaction (the “Rescission Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Rescission Agreement (i) the Amphora Purchase Agreement was rescinded, (ii) the Members paid the Paincare Parties a sum of $1,400,000 and returned to the Paincare Parties 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company, (iii) the Company delivered to the Members a noncompetition agreement, and (iv) the parties entered into mutual releases. The description of the Rescission Agreement set forth herein is qualified in its entirety by the specific terms of the Rescission Agreement.

On October 14, 2005, PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the “PainCare”), PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (the “PainCare

 

56


Table of Contents

Sub,” and together with PainCare the “PainCare Parties”), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (the “Original Practice”), Therapeutic Management, Inc. (“TMI”), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D. (“Centeno”), John Schultz, M.D. (“Schultz”), and Centeno Schultz, Inc. (“CSI”, and together with the Original Practice, Centeno, Schultz and TMI, the “Centeno Parties”), effected a transaction (the “Purchase Transaction”) by which (i) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of the Original Practice, pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, Centeno, Schultz and CSI; (ii) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets TMI pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, TMI and Centeno; and (iii) CSI and the PainCare Sub entered into that certain Management Services Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the PainCare Sub managed the business operations of CSI.

On February 28, 2007, the PainCare Parties and the Centeno Parties entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) and several ancillary documents (the “Settlement Transaction”) pursuant to which said parties rescinded the Purchase Transaction and terminated agreements among them. To effectuate the rescission of the Purchase Transaction, (i) the PainCare Sub sold, and the Original Practice purchased, substantially all of the assets of the PainCare Sub for purchase price of the lesser of $250,000 or the total amount of proceeds generated from the sale certain shares of common stock of PainCare (the “PainCare Shares”) issued to the Centeno Parties in the Purchase Transaction, and (ii) in exchange for the agreement of the PainCare Parties to terminate the Management Agreement and any and all other agreements between CSI and the PainCare Parties, CSI paid the PainCare Parties $750,000 plus all remaining proceeds in excess of $250,000 from the sale of the PainCare Shares.

With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 that the ambulatory surgery centers no longer fit the Company’s acquisition model, and committed to a plan to sell the ASC’s. PainCare’s ambulatory surgery centers, which are consolidated through the ancillary services segment, are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare anticipates that it will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. Therefore PainCare is reporting the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations, as per the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144 —“Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

Our Operations

The following table is a list of our owned practices (“O”), managed practices (“M”) , continuing operations (“C”), discontinuing operations (“D”) and outpatient surgery centers, including the original specialty of these practices and the services that we have added to them after we acquired the non-medical assets and entered into management agreements with them.

 

Practice Name

  

Location

  

Effective

Date of
Transaction

  

Initial
Specialty

  

Added Service(s)

Rothbart Pain Management Clinic, Inc.(M)(C)

   Toronto, Canada    December 1, 2000    Pain Management    Additional Physicians

Advanced Orthopedics of South Florida II, Inc. (M)(C)

   Lake Worth, FL    January 1, 2001    Orthopedic Surgery   

Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodianostic Medicine

Additional Physicians, Intra-Articular Joint, Pharmacy Dispensing

Pain and Rehabilitation Network, LLC (M)(C)

   Orange Park, FL    December 12, 2002    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Additional Physicians, Intra-Articular Joint, (1) Additional Location, Expansion of In Office Procedure Room

 

57


Table of Contents

Medical Rehabilitation Specialists II, Inc. (O)(C)

   Tallahassee, FL    May 16, 2003    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Additional Building Space

Associated Physicians Group (M)(C)

   O’Fallon, IL    August 6, 2003    Orthopedic Rehabilitation    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional Physicians, (1) Additional Location with In Office Procedure Room

Spine & Pain Center, P.C. (M) (C)

   Bismarck, ND    December 23, 2003    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra- Articular Joint

Health Care Center of Tampa, Inc.(O)(C)

   Lakeland, FL    December 30, 2003    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra- Articular Joint, Additional Physician Provider

Bone & Joint Surgical Clinic, Inc.(O)(C)

   Houma, LA    December 31, 2003    Orthopedic Surgery    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Additional Building Space, Intra-Articular Joint

Kenneth M. Alo, M.D., P.A. (M)(C)

   Houston, TX   

December 31,

2003

   Pain Management    Electrodiagnostic Medicine

Denver Pain Management, P.C.(M)(C)

   Denver, CO    April 29, 2004    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra- Articular Joint, Additional Physicians

Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C. / Georgia Surgical Centers, Inc. (M)(C)

   Atlanta, GA    May 25, 2004    Pain Management    Fellowship Program, Additional Physicians, Pharmacy Dispensing Three Single Specialty Ambulatory Surgical Centers

Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers (M)(C)

   Detroit, MI    June 1, 2004    Orthopedic Rehabilitation    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Intra-Articular Joint

Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A. (M)(C)

   Palestine, TX    June 7, 2004    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Diagnostic Imaging, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional Physicians, (1) Additional Location, including Physical Therapy and Procedure Room

Benjamin Zolper, M.D., Inc. (O)(C)

   Bangor, ME    July 1, 2004    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Office Expansion, Additional NP & PT, and Physician Provider

The Center for Pain Management (M)(C)

   Baltimore, MD    December 1, 2004    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra- Articular Joint, Additional PA & PT

Colorado Pain Specialists, P.C. (M)(C)

   Denver, CO    April 15, 2005    Pain Management    Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional PA

PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical Center (M)-Partnership(D)

   Lake Worth, FL    May 12, 2005    One Ambulatory Surgical Center    N/A

 

58


Table of Contents

PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Gables Surgical Center (M)- Partnership(D)

   Miami, FL    August 1, 2005    One Ambulatory Surgical Center    N/A

Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (M)(C)

   Danville, VA    August 9, 2005    Orthopedic Surgery    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra-Articular Joint, Additional Physician and In Office Procedure Room

Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C. (M)(C)

   Denver, CO    October 3, 2005    Pain Management    (1) Additional Location, Additional PA and In Office Procedure Room

Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. & Therapeutic Management, Inc. (M)(C)

   Denver, CO    October 14, 2005    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra- Articular Joint, Additional PA. This transaction was rescinded on February 28, 2007.

The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC (O)(D)

   Baltimore, MD    January 3, 2006    Four Single Specialty Ambulatory Surgical Centers    N/A

REC, Inc. & CareFirst Medical Associates (M)(C)

   Whitehouse, TX    January 6, 2006    Pain Management    Orthopedic Rehabilitation, Electrodiagnostic Medicine, Intra- Articular Joint, In Office Procedure Room

Desert Pain Medicine Group (M)(C)

   Palm Springs, CA    January 20, 2006    Pain Management    Intra-Articular Joint, Expansion of Office location including New In Office Procedure Room, (2) Additional Physicians and (1) Additional PA

Amphora, LLC(D)

   Denver, CO    February 1, 2006    Ancillary Service    This transaction was rescinded on December 11, 2006.

In addition to our four wholly-owned physician practices and seventeen managed physician practices, we provide limited management services and equipment to 35 other practices throughout the country, including orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic services and intra-articular joint therapy and equipment

Competition

Pain Management

Our pain management and rehabilitation facilities face competition from large privately and publicly held companies such as Health South, and U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

We expect competition to increase, particularly in the market for rehabilitation services, as consolidation of the therapy industry continues through acquisitions by hospitals and large health care companies of physician-owned and other privately owned therapy practices.

Some of these competitors may have greater referral support and financial resources in particular markets than we do. We believe we compete successfully within the marketplace based on our size, reputation for quality and positive rehabilitation outcomes.

Surgery Centers

We face competition from other providers of ambulatory surgical care in developing ASC joint ventures, acquiring existing centers, attracting patients, and negotiating managed care contracts in each of our markets. There are several publicly held

 

59


Table of Contents

companies, divisions or subsidiaries of publicly held companies, and several private companies that operate ASC’s. Further, many physician groups develop ASC’s without a corporate partner, utilizing consultants who typically perform these services for a fee who may not require an equity interest in the ongoing operations of the center.

We believe that we compete effectively in this market but no longer feel that surgery center facilities are a part of our core business model. On a forward looking basis, we do not plan to pursue any acquisitions with ASC service providers.

Ancillary Services

The market for ancillary services is highly fragmented and competitive. Many physicians and physician groups have opened up offices that offer ancillary services. Our ancillary services also compete with local hospitals, rehabilitation centers and local independent companies.

Regulatory Environment

General

Our practices are subject to substantial federal, state and local government health care laws and regulations. In addition, laws and regulations are constantly changing and may impose additional requirements. These changes could have the effect of impeding our ability to continue to do business or reduce our opportunities to continue to grow.

Every state imposes licensing requirements on individual physicians and health care facilities. In addition, federal and state laws regulate HMOs and other managed care organizations. Many states require regulatory approval, including certificates of need, before establishing certain types of health care facilities, including surgery centers, or offering certain services.

Many states in which we do business have corporate practice of medicine laws which prohibit us from owning practices or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. In those states, we acquire the non-medical assets of these practices and enter into long-term management agreements with these managed practices and with respect to our limited management practices, we enter into shorter term limited management agreements. Under those agreements, we provide management services and other items to the practices in exchange for a service fee. We structure our relationships with the practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from engaging in the corporate practice of medicine or exercising control over the medical judgments or decisions of the practices or their physicians. Nevertheless, state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that our agreements violate these laws.

The laws of many states prohibit physicians from splitting fees with non-physicians (or other physicians). These laws vary from state to state and are enforced by the courts and by regulatory authorities with broad discretion. The relationship between us on the one hand, and the managed practices and limited management practices, on the other hand, may raise issues in some states with fee splitting prohibitions. Although we have attempted to structure our contracts with the

managed practices and the limited management practices in a manner that keeps us from violating prohibitions on fee splitting, state regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in practices that constitute fee-splitting. This would have a material adverse effect on us.

Medicare and Medicaid Participation

A substantial portion of our revenues are expected to continue to be received through third-party reimbursement programs, including state and federal programs, primarily Medicare as well as Medicaid, and private health insurance programs. Medicare is a federally funded and administered health insurance program, primarily for individuals entitled to social security benefits who are 65 or older or who are disabled. Medicaid is a health insurance program jointly funded by state and federal governments that provides medical assistance to qualifying low income persons.

To participate in the Medicare program and receive Medicare payment, the owned practices, managed practices and limited management practices must comply with regulations promulgated by the Department of Health and Human Services. The requirements for certification under Medicare and Medicaid are subject to change and, in order to remain qualified for these programs, the practices may have to make changes from time to time in equipment, personnel or services. Although we believe these practices will continue to participate in these reimbursement programs, we cannot assure you that these practices will continue to qualify for participation.

 

60


Table of Contents

Medicare Fraud and Abuse

The anti-kickback provisions of the Social Security Act (the “Anti-Kickback Statute”) prohibit anyone from knowingly and willfully (a) soliciting or receiving any remuneration in return for referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs; or (b) offering or paying any remuneration to induce a person to make referrals for items and services reimbursable under most federal health care programs. The prohibited remuneration may be paid directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind.

Violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute is a felony, and criminal conviction results in a fine of not more than $25,000, imprisonment for not more than five years, or both. Further, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services has the authority to exclude violators from all federal health care programs and/or impose civil monetary penalties of $50,000 for each violation and assess damages of not more than three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited or received.

As the result of a congressional mandate, the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) of the Department of Health and Human Services promulgated regulations specifying certain payment practices which the OIG determined to be at minimal risk for abuse. The OIG named these payment practices “Safe Harbors.” If a payment arrangement fits within a safe harbor, it will be deemed not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Merely because a payment arrangement does not comply with all of the elements of any Safe Harbor, however, does not mean that the parties to the payment arrangement are violating the Anti-Kickback Statute.

We receive fees under our agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices for management and administrative services and equipment and supplies. We do not believe we are in a position to make or influence referrals of patients or services reimbursed under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Because the provisions of the Anti-Kickback Statute are broadly worded and have been broadly interpreted by federal courts, however, it is possible that the government could take the position that we, as a result of our ownership of the owned practices, and as a result of our relationships with the limited management practices and the managed practices, will be subject, directly and indirectly, to the Anti-Kickback Statute.

With respect to the managed practices and the limited management practices, we provide general management services and limited management services, respectively. In return for those services, we receive compensation. The OIG has concluded that, depending on the facts of each particular arrangement, management arrangements may be subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute. In particular, an advisory opinion published by the OIG in 1998 (98-4) concluded that in a proposed management services arrangement where a management company was required to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the practice, the proposed arrangement could constitute prohibited remuneration where the management company would be reimbursed its costs and paid a percentage of net practice revenues.

Our management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices differ from the management agreement analyzed in Advisory Opinion 98-4. Significantly, we believe we are not in a position to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices. In fact, our management agreements do not require us to negotiate managed care contracts on behalf of the managed practices or the limited management practices, or to provide marketing, advertising, public relation services or practice expansion services to those practices. Because we do not undertake to generate referrals for the managed practices or the limited management practices, and the services provided to these practices differ in scope from those provided under Advisory Opinion 98-4, we believe that our management agreements with the managed practices and limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, although we believe we have structured our management agreements in such a manner as not to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, we cannot guarantee that a regulator would not conclude that the compensation to us under the management agreements constitutes prohibited remuneration. In such event, our operations would be materially adversely affected.

The relationship between the physicians employed by the owned practices and the owned practices is subject to the Anti-Kickback Statute as well because the employed physicians refer Medicare patients to the owned practices and the employed physicians receive compensation from the owned practices for services rendered on behalf of the owned practices. Nevertheless, there is a Safe Harbor for compensation paid pursuant to a bona fide employment relationship. Therefore, it is

 

61


Table of Contents

our position that the owned practices’ arrangements with their respective employed physicians do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Nevertheless, if the relationship between the owned practices and their physician employees is determined not to be a bona fide employment relationship, this could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our agreements with the limited management practices may also raise different Anti-Kickback concerns. In April of 2003, the OIG issued a Special Advisory Bulletin which addressed contractual joint ventures where a health care provider in one line of business (“Owner”) expands into a related health care business by contracting with an existing provider of a related item or service (“Manager”) to provide the new item or service to the Owner’s existing patient population. In those arrangements, the Manager not only manages the new line of business, but may also supply it with inventory, employees, space, billing and other services. In other words, the Owner contracts out substantially the entire operation of the related line of business to the Manager, receiving in return the profits of the business as remuneration for its federal program referrals to the new line of business.

According to the OIG, contractual joint ventures have the following characteristics: (i) the establishment of a new line of business; (ii) a captive referral base; (iii) the Owner lacks business risk; (iv) the Manager is a competitor or would-be competitor of the Owner’s new line of business; (v) the scope of services provided by the Manager is extremely broad, with the manager providing: day to day management; billing; equipment; personnel; office space; training; health care items, supplies and services; (vi) the practical effect of the arrangement is to enable the Owner to bill insurers and patients for business otherwise provided by the Manager; (vii) the parties agree to a non-compete clause barring the Owner from providing items or services to any patient other than those coming from Owner and/or barring the Manager from providing services in its own right to the Owner’s patients.

We have attempted to draft our agreements with the limited management practices in a manner that takes into account the concerns in the Special Advisory Bulletin. Specifically, under our arrangements, the limited management practice takes business risk. It is financially responsible for the following costs: the space required to provide the services; employment costs of the personnel providing the services and intake personnel; and billing and collections. We do not reimburse the limited management practice for any of these costs. We provide solely equipment, supplies and our management expertise. In one of our limited management business lines we do not even provide the equipment. In return for these items and services, we receive a percentage of the limited management practice’s collections from the services being managed by us that is consistent with the fair market value of our services. Consequently, we believe that the limited management practice is not being compensated for or to induce its referrals.

Although we believe that our arrangements with the limited management practices do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute for the reasons specified above, we cannot guarantee that our arrangements will be free from scrutiny by the OIG or that the OIG would not conclude that these arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. In a recent OIG Advisory Opinion No. 4-17, the OIG declined to issue a favorable opinion on a limited lease/management arrangement involving physician office-based pathology laboratory services. Although we believe that our limited management arrangements are distinguishable from the facts in Advisory Opinion No. 4-17, this opinion illustrates how broadly the OIG is applying its contractual joint venture analysis. In the event the OIG were to conclude that our limited management arrangements violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, this would have a material adverse effect on us.

Federal Anti-Referral Laws

Section 1877 of Title 18 of the Social Security Act, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law,” prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for the furnishing of Medicare-covered “designated health services” if the physician (or an immediate family member of the physician) has a “financial relationship” with that entity. “Designated health services” include clinical laboratory services; physical and occupational therapy services; radiology services, including magnetic resonance imaging, computerized axial tomography scans, and ultrasound services (including the professional component of such diagnostic testing, but excluding invasive procedures where the imaging modality is used to guide a needle, probe or catheter accurately); radiation therapy services and supplies; durable medical equipment and supplies; home health services; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; and certain other services. A “financial relationship” is defined as an ownership or investment interest in or a compensation arrangement with an entity that provides designated health services. Sanctions for prohibited referrals include denial of Medicare payment, and civil money penalties of up to $15,000 for each service ordered. Designated health services furnished pursuant to a referral that is prohibited by the Stark Law are not covered by Medicare and payments improperly collected must be promptly refunded.

 

62


Table of Contents

The physicians in our owned practices have a financial relationship with the owned practices (they receive compensation for services rendered) and may refer patients to the owned practices for physical and occupational therapy services (and perhaps other designated health services) covered by Medicare. Therefore, an exception would have to apply to allow the physicians in our owned practices to refer patients to the owned practices for the provision by the owned practices of Medicare-covered designated health services.

There are several exceptions to the prohibition on referrals for designated health services which have the effect of allowing a physician that has a financial relationship with an entity to make referrals to that entity for the provision of Medicare-covered designated health services. The exception on which we rely with respect to the owned practices is the exception for employees, as all of the physicians employed in our owned practices are employees of the respective owned practices. Therefore, we believe that the physicians employed by our owned practices can refer patients to the owned practices for the provision of designated health services covered by Medicare. Nevertheless, should the owned practices fail to adhere to the conditions of the employment exception, or if a regulator determines that the employees or the employment relationship do not meet the criteria of the employment exception, the owned practices would be liable for violating the Stark Law, and that could have a material adverse effect on us. We believe that our relationships with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, do not trigger the Stark Law. Nevertheless, if a regulator were somehow to determine that these relationships are subject to the Stark Law, and that the relationships do not meet the conditions of any exception to the Stark Law, such failure would have a material adverse effect on us.

The referral of Medicare patients by physicians employed by or under contract with the managed practices and the limited management practices, respectively, to their respective practices, however, does trigger the Stark Law. We believe, nevertheless, that the in-office ancillary exception to the Stark Law has the effect of permitting these physician members of the respective managed practices and limited management practices to refer patients to their respective group practice for the provision by the respective group practice of Medicare-covered designated health services. If the managed practices or limited management practices fail to abide by the terms of the in-office ancillary exception, they cannot properly bill Medicare for the designated health services provided by them. In such an event, our business could be materially adversely affected because the revenues we generate from these practices is dependent, at least in part, on the revenues or profits generated by those practices.

State Anti-Referral Laws

At least some of the states in which we do business also have prohibitions on physician self-referrals that are similar to the Stark Law. These laws and interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. As indicated elsewhere, we enter into management agreements with the managed practices and the limited management practices. Under those agreements, we provide management and equipment and services to the practices in exchange for compensation. Although we believe that the practices comply with these laws, and although we attempt to structure our relationships with these practices in a manner that we believe keeps us from violating these laws (or in a manner that we believe does not trigger the law), state regulatory authorities or other parties could assert that the practices violate these laws and/or that our agreements with the practices violate these laws. Any such conclusion could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

A substantial portion of our business operations, including our corporate offices, are located in Florida. Florida’s prohibition on self-referrals, Fla. Stat. §456.053 (“Self-Referral Act”), prohibits health care providers from referring patients, regardless of payment source (not just Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries), for the provision of certain designated health services (“Florida Designated Health Services”) to an entity in which the health care provider is an investor or has an investment interest. Under the Self-Referral Act, Florida Designated Health Services are defined as clinical laboratory, physical therapy, and comprehensive rehabilitative, diagnostic-imaging and radiation therapy services. We currently operate facilities, and plan to purchase additional practices that provide some or all of these Florida Designated Health Services. All health care products and services not considered Florida Designated Health Services are classified as “other health services.” The Self-Referral Act also prohibits the referral by a physician of a patient for “other health services” to an entity in which that physician is an investor, unless (i) the physician’s investment interest is in the registered securities of a publicly traded corporation whose shares are traded on a national exchange or over-the-counter market and which has net equity at the end of its most recent fiscal quarter in excess of $50,000,000; or (ii) the physician’s investment interest is in an entity whereby (a) no more than 50% of the value of the investment interests in the entity may be held by investors who are in a position to make referrals to the entity; (b) the terms under which an investment interest is offered must be the same for referring investors and non-referring investors; (c) the terms under which an investment interest is offered may not be related to the investor’s volume of referrals to the entity; and (d) the investor must not be required to make referrals or be in the position to make referrals to the entity as a condition for becoming or remaining an investor (the “50% Investor Exception”).

 

63


Table of Contents

Entities that meet either exception must also (i) not lend to or guarantee a loan to an investor who is in a position to make referrals if the investor uses any part of that loan to obtain the investment interest, and (ii) distribute profits and losses to investors in a manner that is directly proportional to their capital investment.

The Self-Referral Act excludes from the definition of “referral” services by a health care provider who is a sole provider or member of a group practice (as defined by the Self-Referral Act) that are provided solely for the referring health care provider’s or group practice’s own patients (“Group Practice Exception”). Referrals by our physician investors who are not employed by an owned practice to an owned practice for “other health services” should qualify for the 50% Investor Exception, because physician-investors in a position to refer to our owned practice, but who are not employed by our owned practice, do not collectively own more than 50% of the investment value of PainCare. However, physician investors who are not employed by our owned practices cannot refer to our owned practices for Florida Designated Health Services because they are not members of our owned group practices and, thus, their referrals would not qualify for the Group Practice Exception. So long as physician investors who are not employed by our owned practices do not refer to our owned practices for Florida Designated Health Services, we believe we will be in compliance with the Self-Referral Act. Although we will have mechanisms in place to monitor referrals from physician investors, it is the responsibility of the physician investors to comply with the Self-Referral Act and there can be no assurances that physician investors will comply with such law. Violations thereof could adversely affect us, as well as result in regulatory action against the Company.

The Self-Referral Act also imposes certain disclosure obligations on us and physician investors who are referring physicians. Under the Self-Referral Act, a physician may not refer a patient to an entity in which he or she is an investor, even for services that are not Florida Designated Health Services, unless, before doing so, the patient is given a written statement disclosing, among other things, the physician’s investment interest in the entity to which the referral is made. Other obligations are imposed on the Company as a result of the Self-Referral Act. It is the responsibility of any referring physician investor to comply with such statutes, regulations and professional standards. However, this law may discourage certain physician investors from making referrals to us or encourage patients to choose alternative health care providers. In addition, the violation thereof could adversely affect us, as well as result in regulatory action against us.

Violations of the Florida self-referral laws may result in substantial civil penalties and administrative sanctions for individuals or entities as well as the suspension or revocation of a physician’s license to practice medicine in Florida. Such sanctions, if applied to us or any of our physician investors, would result in significant loss of reimbursement and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Florida also has a criminal prohibition regarding the offering, soliciting, or receiving of remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for the referral of patients (the “Patient Brokering Act”). One of the exceptions to this prohibition is for business and compensation arrangements that do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute. Accordingly, so long as we are in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute, then the arrangement should be in compliance with the Patient Brokering Act.

Information Privacy Regulations

Numerous state, federal and international laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and related rules, or HIPAA. In the provision of services to our patients, we may collect, use, maintain and transmit patient information in ways that may or will be subject to many of these laws and regulations. The three rules that were promulgated pursuant to HIPAA that could most significantly affect our business are the Standards for Electronic Transactions, or Transactions Rule; the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or Privacy Rule; and the Health Insurance Reform Security Standards, or Security Rule. The respective compliance dates for these rules for most entities were October 16, 2002, April 16, 2003 and April 21, 2005. HIPAA applies to covered entities, which include most healthcare providers and health plans that will contract for the use of our services. HIPAA requires covered entities to bind contractors to compliance with certain burdensome HIPAA requirements. Other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy of patient information also apply to us, either directly or indirectly.

The HIPAA Transactions Rule establishes format and data content standards for eight of the most common healthcare transactions. When we perform billing and collection services for our owned practices or managed practices we may be

 

64


Table of Contents

engaging in one of more of these standard transactions and will be required to conduct those transactions in compliance with the required standards. The HIPAA Privacy Rule restricts the use and disclosure of patient information and requires entities to safeguard that information and to provide certain rights to individuals with respect to that information. The HIPAA Security Rule establishes elaborate requirements for safeguarding patient information transmitted or stored electronically. We may be required to make costly system purchases and modifications to comply with the HIPAA requirements that are imposed on us and our failure to comply with these requirements may result in liability and may adversely affect our business.

Federal and state consumer protection laws are being applied increasingly by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state attorneys general to regulate the collection, use and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security and access.

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of private information. These laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and potentially exposing us to additional expenses, adverse publicity and liability. Other countries also have, or are developing, laws governing the collection, use and transmission of personal or patient information and these laws, if applicable, could create liability for us or increase our cost of doing business.

New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle health care related data, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not properly comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.

Employees

As of May 2, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries employed and leased approximately 534 persons, of which approximately 444 are full time and 58 are licensed physicians. These employees do not include physicians and other allied healthcare personnel employed by our managed practices.

Our ability to provide our services is dependent upon recruiting, hiring, and retaining qualified technical personnel. To date, we have been able to recruit and retain sufficient qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be in good standing.

Available Information

Our Internet address for our corporate website is www.paincareholdings.com. We make available free of charge, through the Investor Information section of our corporate website, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have not incorporated by reference into this Report the information on our corporate website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this Report. The Internet address for our corporate website is included as an inactive textual reference only.

Properties

Our principal executive office is located in Orlando, Florida where we lease office space for our corporate headquarters. In addition to our headquarters building, as of December 31, 2006 we leased approximately 47 facilities through various consolidated entities to support our operations. Our leases generally have initial terms of five years, but range from one to ten. Most of our leases contain options to extend the lease period for up to five additional years. Our consolidated entities are sometimes responsible for property taxes, property casualty insurance, and routine maintenance expenses. With regard to all of our consolidated facilities, none are material to our business.

Our headquarters, facilities, and other properties are suitable for their respective uses and are, in general, adequate for our present needs. Our properties are subject to various federal, state, and local statutes and ordinances regulating their operations. Management does not believe that compliance with such statutes and ordinances will materially affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Refer to Note 20, Related Party Transactions for a listing of related party lease agreements.

 

65


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. We understand that the lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

On March 21, 2006, Roy Thomas Mould filed a complaint under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against the Company, as well as the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Mould v. PainCare Holdings, Inc., et al. , Case No. 06-CV-00362-JA-DAB. Mr. Mould alleges material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the Company’s financial statements which appear to relate principally to the Company’s previously announced intention to restate certain past financial statements. Ten additional complaints were filed shortly afterward before the same court which recite similar allegations. (Collectively, these cases will be referred to as the “Securities Litigation.”) Lead counsel was selected, a consolidated complaint was filed, the Company moved to dismiss, and oral argument on the motion was held on January 17, 2007 before the Magistrate Judge, and we are awaiting the issuance of the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation. In the consolidated complaint, the lead plaintiff seeks unspecified damages and purports to represent a class of shareholders who purchased the Company’s common stock from March 24, 2003 and March 15, 2006. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the Securities Litigation, but has advised us that it believes that the allegations lack merit and will vigorously defend against them.

On April 7, 2006, Kenneth R. Cope filed a derivative complaint against the directors of the Company before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Cope v. Reuter, et al. , Case No. 06-CV-00449-JA-DAB. Mr. Cope alleges that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to supervise and manage the operations of the company, among other claims. (This litigation is referred to as the “Derivative Action.”)

On March 30, 2006, and May 3, 2006, two purported shareholders of the Company made separate demands on the Company’s board of directors. These demands raised many if not all of the same issues as the Derivative Action, but asked the independent directors to investigate the charges and to take “legal actions against those individuals responsible.”

In accordance with governing Florida law, the Company formed a special committee of independent directors (Tom Crane, Jay Rosen and Aldo Berti) to review and investigate the two derivative demands and the allegations of the derivative complaint, to oversee settlement discussions and to make recommendations concerning the handling of the demands and the complaints to the full board of directors. To assist with this charge, the special committee retained the law firm of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell.

In November of 2006, the Company and the plaintiff in the Derivative Action entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement and Release, filed on November 30, 2006, and conditioned upon court approval. Concurrently with the filing of the foregoing agreement, the parties jointly moved from preliminary court approval, and thereafter, for final approval following notice to the Company’s shareholders. On January 12, 2007, the court preliminary approved the Stipulation and Agreement and set a hearing on April 20, 2007, for final approval.

Further, the Company has received demands from Dr. Wright, The Centeno Group, and the Amphora Group related to alleged misrepresentations. With regard to these demands, no demand for monetary damages has been made nor has litigation been commenced, and the demands have since been resolved. The Company disputes the basis of any claim, and it is premature to be able to estimate the potential exposure, if any.

 

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

The following table lists all of our incumbent executive officers of the Company on December 31, 2006, and is included pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K:

 

Name    Age    Since   

Positions

Randy Lubinsky

   54    2002    Chief Executive Officer; Director

Mark Szporka

   51    2002    Chief Financial Office; Director

Ronald Riewold

   59    2002    President; Director

Merrill Reuter, M.D.

   46    2002    President of AOSF; Chairman

The following table lists all directors of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and is included pursuant to Item 401 (a) of Regulation S-K. Directors are elected for a period of one year and thereafter serve until the next annual meeting at which their successors are duly elected by the stockholders. Officers and other employees serve at the will of the Board of Directors:

Identification of Directors

 

Name    Board
Member
Age
   Since   

Positions

Randy Lubinsky

   54    2002    Director; Chief Executive Officer

Mark Szporka

   51    2002    Director; Chief Financial Officer

Ronald Riewold

   59    2002    Director; President

Merrill Reuter, M.D.

   46    2002    Director; Chairman, President of AOSF

Jay Rosen, M.D

   48    2002    Director

Arthur J. Hudson

   55    2002    Director

Robert Fusco

   56    2002    Director

Aldo F. Berti, M.D.

   59    2004    Director

Thomas J. Crane

   49    2004    Director

There are no arrangements or understandings known to us between any of the individuals listed above and any other person pursuant to which he or she was or is to be selected as an officer, other than any arrangements or understandings with officers of PainCare acting solely in their capacities as such.

Current Directors

Randy Lubinsky, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, joined the Company on August 1, 2000 and has served as a Director of the Company since 2002. Mr. Lubinsky has over 25 years experience as a healthcare entrepreneur and investment banker. He has built businesses from the start-up phase in the healthcare and real estate industries, and has assisted several public companies in implementing roll-up strategies. In March of 2000, Mr. Lubinsky co-founded Quest Capital Partners, LC in Orlando, Florida, an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare where he acted as Managing Director until he joined PainCare in August of 2000. From September of 1999 until March of 2000, Mr. Lubinsky served as a Director of Cloverleaf Capital Advisors, L.L.C., an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare and e-learning, located in Ocoee, Florida. Mr. Lubinsky received a BA degree in finance from Florida International University.

Mark Szporka, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Company joined the Company on August 1, 2000 and has served as a Director of the Company since 2002. Mr. Szporka has in excess of 25 years experience as an investment banker, chief financial officer and strategic planner. In March of 2000, he co-founded Quest Capital Partners, LC in Orlando, Florida, an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare where he acted as a Director until he joined PainCare in August of 2000. From September of 1999 until March of 2000, Mr. Szporka served as a Director of Cloverleaf Capital Advisors, L.L.C., an investment banking firm specializing in healthcare and e-learning, located in Ocoee, Florida. Mr. Szporka received a MBA from the University of Michigan and a BBA from the University of Notre Dame. He is a Certified Public Accountant (non-active) in New York.

Ronald L. Riewold, is the Company’s President and Director and has served as a Director of the Company since 2002. Effective February 7, 2003, the Board elected Mr. Riewold to succeed Dr. Rosen as President of the Company. From December 1999 until January 2001, Mr. Riewold served as a consultant for American Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (“AESI”), a healthcare delivery system and internet utility located in Tampa, Florida which focused on the connectivity of the Internet in the healthcare industry. Mr. Riewold later became Executive Vice President, then President and Chief Operating Officer of AESI. Mr. Riewold has a BA degree from Florida State University and a MBA from Temple University.

 

67


Table of Contents

Merrill Reuter, M.D., is the Company’s Chairman of the Board and is the President of Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. and has served as a Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2002. Dr. Reuter founded Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. in Lake Worth, Florida in 1992 and from that date until the present has served as its President and Medical Director. He received a BS degree from Tulane University in 1982 and a Masters in Medical Science and a Medical Degree from Brown University in 1986. Dr. Reuter completed his General Surgical Internship and Orthopedic Surgery Residency Training Program at the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, Texas.

Jay L. Rosen, M.D., has served as a Director of the Company since 2002. Dr. Rosen has over 15 years experience as a healthcare entrepreneur. Since 1992, he has and continues to serve as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Inc., an outpatient surgical facility that specializes in minimally invasive spinal surgery and pain management procedures in Tampa, Florida. During his tenure with Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Dr. Rosen has successfully developed and managed outpatient surgery, diagnostic, specialized ambulatory treatment and physical rehabilitation centers. He also is active in managing Seven Springs Surgery Center in New Port Richey, Florida. Dr. Rosen received a BS degree from Fordham University and Medical Degree from Cetec University. He performed graduate medical research at Hahnemann University in Philadelphia and the Medical Center at SUNY at Stony Brook. Dr. Rosen is a Diplomat of the American Board of Quality Assurance and Utilization Review Physicians. He currently serves on the Board of Directors for Tampa Bay Surgery Center, Inc., Tampa Bay Surgery Associates, Inc., Rehab One, Inc., Open MRI & Diagnostic Center, Inc., Immuvac, Inc., and Intellicare, Inc.

Arthur J. Hudson, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2002. Mr. Hudson has been employed with Fidelitone, Inc. of Wauconda, Illinois since 1974. He currently serves as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development for the full service inventory management, distribution and logistics company. From 1998 to 2001, he also served as head of international sales for Aero Products International, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelitone. Mr. Hudson is a member of the board of directors of Fidelitone. He received a B.S. degree in economics from Colorado State University.

Robert Fusco, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2002. Mr. Fusco has over 20 years experience in the healthcare industry and was responsible for building Olsten Corporation into one of the largest home health and specialty pharmaceutical distribution services companies in North America. Since March 2000 when Olsten Corporation was sold to Addecco Corporation, Mr. Fusco has been an independent consultant. From January 1985 to April 2000, Mr. Fusco served in various capacities including President of Olsten Health Services and Executive Vice President of Olsten Corporation. From 1979 to 1985, he served as Executive Vice President of Bio-Medical Applications, inc., a subsidiary of National Medical Care, Inc., and had profit and loss responsibility for over 180 dialysis clinics nationally. Mr. Fusco received a BS degree from Manhattan College.

Aldo F. Berti, M.D., has served as a Director of the Company since November 2004. Since 1980, Dr. Berti has owned and provided physician and neurosurgical services to Aldo F. Berti, M.D. P.A. located in Miami, Florida. Additionally, Dr. Berti is an international medical and neurosurgical consultant, having published numerous academic articles and presented extensively at Medical Conferences worldwide. Dr. Berti has developed an expertise, and has a special interest, in complex spinal surgery, pain management, and spine rehabilitation. Dr. Berti is the Associate Director for Latin America at the Gamma Knife Institute at Jackson Memorial Medical Center at the University of Miami School of Medicine. Dr. Berti is a Fellow at the American College of Surgeons and the American Academy of Pediatrics. Dr. Berti has pioneered the field of CyberKnife Radiosugery in the State of Florida by having performed the first procedure in December of 2003. In the past Dr. Berti has been elected as chief of neurosurgery and chief of the department of surgery at Cedars Medical Center of Miami. Dr. Berti is affiliated with the following hospitals: Cedars Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Jackson Memorial Medical Center -Gamma Knife Institute, Miami, Florida; North Shore Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Palm Springs Hospital, Miami, Florida; and South Miami Hospital, Miami, Florida.

Thomas J. Crane, has served as a Director of the Company since November 2004. Since January 1991, Mr. Crane has owned and operated a specialized law practice located in Naples, Florida. Beginning in 2000, Mr. Crane formed, and currently acts as the Managing Director, of Cloverleaf Capital International, LLC, an investment banking firm focused on media, technology, and health care. In 1990, Mr. Crane founded and became President/CEO of Southwestern Broadcasting Corporation (SBC), a Naples, Florida based radio station group owner. In August of 1998, SBC sold its assets to Broadcast Entertainment Corporation (BEC), an affiliated company operating radio stations in Texas, New Mexico, and California. Mr. Crane was, at the time of the sale, and remains a principal stockholder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of BEC, with its corporate offices located in Clovis, New Mexico. Mr. Crane also sits on the Boards of Compass Knowledge Holdings, Inc. based in Ocoee, Florida and XTEL, Inc., a telecommunications network based in Miami, Florida, and has published several

 

68


Table of Contents

legal articles concerning media, broadcasting, and communications. Mr. Crane holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Miami, School of Law, Miami, Florida, a Bachelor of Arts degree from Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida and a Certificate of Languages from the University of Paris (Sorbonne), Paris, France. Mr. Crane is licensed to practice law in the States of Florida and Texas.

Committees and Meetings

The Board of Directors held five meetings in 2006 and a quorum of directors attended either in person or via teleconference. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and the election and qualification of their successors. Directors receive compensation for serving on the Board of Directors as described below.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Company has established a standing Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Stock Option Committee. The Company has not established a Nominating Committee.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee retains and oversees the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, reviews the scope and results of the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, reviews non-audit services provided to the Company by its independent registered public accounting firm and monitors transactions among the Company and its affiliates, if any. The Audit Committee currently consists of Mr. Fusco, the chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr. Hudson and Mr. Crane, who are all independent under American Stock Exchange and SEC rules. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Fusco, chairman of the Audit Committee, is qualified as an Audit Committee Financial Expert. During fiscal 2006, the Audit Committee held five meetings at which all of the members of the Committee were present.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for supervising the Company’s compensation policies, administering the employee incentive plans, reviewing officers’ salaries and bonuses, approving significant changes in employee benefits and recommending to the Board such other forms of remuneration as it deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee currently consists of Mr. Crane, the chairman of the Compensation Committee, Dr. Berti and Mr. Hudson, who are all independent. During fiscal 2006, the Compensation Committee held one meeting, at which all of the members of the Committee were present.

Stock Option Committee

The Stock Option Committee is responsible for supervising and administering the Company’s Stock Option Plans, approving significant changes in the Plans and recommending to the Board such other forms of remuneration as it deems appropriate. The Stock Option Committee currently consists of Mr. Crane, the chairman of the Stock Option Committee, and Mr. Hudson, who are independent. During fiscal 2006, the Stock Option Committee held one meeting, at which all members of the Committee were present.

Executive Compensation

Overview of Compensation Program

The Compensation Committee (for purposes of this analysis, the “Committee”) of the Board has responsibility for establishing, implementing and continually monitoring adherence with the Company’s compensation philosophy. The Committee ensures that the total compensation paid is fair, reasonable, and competitive. Generally, the types of compensation and benefits provided to executive officers are similar to those provided to other executive officers.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The Committee believes that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals by the Company, and which aligns executives’ interests with

 

69


Table of Contents

those of the stockholders by rewarding performance above established goals, with the ultimate objective of improving stockholder value. The Committee evaluates both performance and compensation to ensure that the Company maintains its ability to attract and retain superior employees in key positions and that compensation provided to key employees remains competitive relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives of our peer companies. To that end, the Committee believes executive compensation packages provided by the Company to its executives, including the named executive officers should include both cash and stock-based compensation that reward performance as measured against established goals.

Role of Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions

The Committee makes all compensation decisions for the Chief Executive Officer and approves recommendations regarding equity awards to all elected officers of the Company. Decisions regarding the non-equity compensation of other executive officers are made by the Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Committee review the performance of senior officers and executive officers of subsidiaries. The conclusions reached and the recommendations based on these reviews, including with respect to salary adjustments and annual award amounts, are presented to the Committee; however, it is the decision of the Chief Executive Officer to make final determination on all agreements with senior officers and executive officers of subsidiaries.

Setting Executive Compensation

Based on the foregoing objectives, the Committee has structured the Company’s annual and long-term incentive-based cash and non-cash executive compensation to motivate executives to achieve the business goals set by the Company and reward the executives for achieving such goals. In 2007, the Committee engaged Hay Group, Inc., an independent global human resources consulting firm, to conduct a review of the CEO’s base salary, total cash compensation and total direct compensation relative to a peer group of 13 companies approved by the Committee. The Committee will use this information to make compensation decisions concerning the CEO’s pay in 2007.

The Company’s executive compensation policy is designed to enable the Company to attract, motivate and retain senior management by providing a competitive compensation opportunity based significantly on performance. The objective is to provide fair and equitable compensation to senior management in a way that rewards management for reaching and exceeding objectives. The compensation policy links a significant portion of executive compensation to the Company’s performance, recognizes individual contribution as well as overall business results, and aligns executive and stockholder interests.

2006 Executive Compensation Components

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, the principal components of compensation for named executive officers were:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

equity-based incentive compensation;

 

   

bonuses; and

 

   

perquisites and other personal benefits.

Base Salary

The Company provides named executive officers and other employees with base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salary ranges for named executive officers are determined for each executive based on his or her position and responsibility by using market data. During its review of base salaries for executives, the Committee primarily considers:

 

   

market data provided;

 

   

internal review of the executive’s compensation, both individually and relative to other executive officers; and

 

   

individual performance of the executive.

Salary levels are typically considered annually as part of the Company’s performance review process as well as upon a promotion or other change in job responsibility.

 

70


Table of Contents

Equity Based Awards Compensation

All awards of stock options are made at or above the market price at the time of the award. Annual awards of stock options to executives are made at the Committee’s regularly scheduled meeting.

Ownership Guidelines To directly align the interests of executive officers with the interests of the stockholders, the Committee requires that each named executive officer maintain a minimum ownership interest in the Company. The amount required to be retained varies depending upon the executive’s position. The guideline is a multiple of the executive’s base salary. Further, the Committee requires that under certain conditions the Company’s senior management hold for at least one year stock received upon the exercise of stock options.

Stock Option Program

The Stock Option Program assists the Company to:

 

   

enhance the link between the creation of stockholder value and long-term executive incentive compensation;

 

   

provide an opportunity for increased equity ownership by executives; and

 

   

maintain competitive levels of total compensation.

Stock option award levels which are determined based on market data, vary among participants based on their positions within the Company. Options are awarded at the American Stock Exchange’s closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant. In certain limited circumstances, the Committee may grant options to an executive at an exercise price in excess of the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the grant date.

The majority of the options granted by the Committee vest at a rate of 33% per year over the first three years of the five-year option term. Vesting and exercise rights cease upon termination of employment, except in the case of death (subject to a ninety day limitation), disability or retirement. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

Because all options have been granted at fair market value, any value which is ultimately realized by recipients through stock options is based entirely on the Company’s performance, as perceived by investors in the Company’s Common Stock who establish the price for Common Stock on the open market.

Bonuses

Fixed Bonus

The Company pays to the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and President a fixed bonus of $200,000 per year payable in four equal quarterly installments.

Discretionary Bonus

Every six months beginning on June 30, 2006 and continuing each December 31 and June 30 during their respective employment terms, the Committee shall conduct a review of the CEO, CFO, and President’s performance of their respective duties. Based on the outcome of the review, the Committee may award an additional bonus to the officer. The bonus shall not exceed 150% of the officers’ base salary during any calendar year.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

The Company provides the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the President with perquisites and other personal benefits that the Company and the Committee believe are reasonable and consistent with its overall compensation program to better enable the Company to attract and retain superior employees for key positions. The Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to named executive officers.

The CEO, CFO, and President are provided a monthly automobile allowance (including insurance, gas and maintenance), participation in the plans and programs described above, a country club membership at a country club of the employees’ choice, and a term life insurance policy in an amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

71


Table of Contents

Attributed costs of the personal benefits described above for the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, are included in column (f) of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

Tax and Accounting Implications

Deductibility of Executive Compensation

As part of its role, the Committee reviews and considers the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that the Company may not deduct compensation of more than $1,000,000 that is paid to certain individuals. The Company believes that compensation paid under the management incentive plans are generally fully deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, in certain situations, the Committee may approve compensation that will not meet these requirements in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for its executive officers.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Beginning on January 1, 2006, the Company began accounting for stock-based payments including its Stock Option Program in accordance with the requirements of FASB Statement 123(R), Share-Based Payments.

Potential Payment upon Termination or Change of Control

Information regarding applicable payments under such agreements for the named executive officers is provided under the heading “Payments Made Upon a Change in Control.”

Summary Compensation Table

The table below summarizes the total compensation paid or earned by each of the named executive officers for the calendar year ended December 31, 2006.

 

(a)    (b)    (c )    (d)     (e)    (f)     (g)

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary    Bonus     Option Awards
(1)(2)
  

All Other

Compensation

    Total

Randy Lubinsky

   2006    $ 320,000    $ 200,000     $ 364,544    $ 43,626     $ 928,170

Chief Executive Officer

           (8 )        (3 )  

Mark Szporka

   2006      295,000      200,000       364,544      45,446     $ 904,990

Chief Financial Officer

           (8 )        (4 )  

Ron Riewold

   2006      295,000      200,000       628,423      35,857     $ 1,159,280

President

           (8 )        (5 )  

Kathleen White

   2006      148,000      10,000       39,637      16,872     $ 214,509

Executive Vice President,

           (9 )        (6 )  

Operations

               

Craig Coppedge

   2006      115,000      20,000       17,596      15,085     $ 167,681

Controller

           (10 )        (7 )  

 

72


Table of Contents

(1) The amounts in column (e) reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, in accordance with FAS123(R) of awards pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan and thus include amounts from awards granted in and prior to 2006. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 are included in footnote disclosure 1 to the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Assumptions used in the calculation of this amount for fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, are included under the heading “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” in the Accounting and Policies and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Form 10-KA for fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2006.
(2) On May 20, 2006 the Company entered in an amendment to the CEO, CFO, and President’s employment agreements. The employment agreements called for the officers to waive all accrued bonuses earned up to December 31, 2005. As remuneration for the agreement all the options outstanding to these officers were immediately vested. In accordance with FAS 123(R) for awards that are modified the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $912,560 for the immediate vesting of these options.
(3) Mr. Lubinsky received the following items included in column heading (f)

Automobile lease payments

Automobile maintenance payments

Health insurance premium payments

Dental insurance premium payments

Life insurance premium payments

(4) Mr. Szporka received the following items included in column heading (f)

Automobile allowance payments

Country Club dues payments

Health insurance premium payments

Dental insurance premium payments

Life insurance premium payments

(5) Mr. Riewold received the following items included in column heading (f)

Automobile allowance payments

Health insurance premium payments

Dental insurance premium payments

Life insurance premium payments

(6) Ms. White received the following items included in column heading (f)

Automobile allowance payments

Health insurance premium payments

Dental insurance premium payments

(7) Mr. Coppedge received the following items included in column heading (f)

Health insurance premium payments

Dental insurance premium payments

(8) The CEO, CFO, and President each received their contractually agreed upon fixed bonus during 2006. There was no discretionary bonus paid or accrued during the year.
(9) Ms. White received a discretionary bonus during the year.
(10) Mr. Coppedge received a discretionary bonus during the year.

 

73


Table of Contents

The executives received the following percentages of each component of compensation to their total compensation:

 

     Base Salary   Bonuses   Equity Awards   Perquisites

Randy Lubinsky

   34%   22%   39%   5%

Mark Szporka

   33%   22%   40%   5%

Ron Riewold

   26%   17%   54%   3%

Kathleen White

   69%   5%   18%   8%

Craig Coppedge

   69%   12%   10%   9%

Approximately 39% of Mr. Lubinsky’s total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Lubinsky’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $276,189. Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Lubinsky is an executive officer of the corporation.

Approximately 40% of Mr. Szporka’s total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Szporka’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $276,189. Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Szporka is an executive officer of the corporation.

Approximately 54% of Mr. Riewold’s total compensation was in equity awards. This includes the modification of Mr. Riewold’s outstanding option awards that occurred on May 20, 2006. The modification fully vested all of the outstanding options on that date. This caused an additional amount of compensation recorded under FAS 123(R) of $360,182. Additionally, there was no discretionary bonus paid during 2006. Mr. Riewold is an executive officer of the corporation.

Approximately 69% of Ms. White’s total compensation was in salary. Ms. White is not an executive officer of the corporation. However, she is responsible for the Company’s operations. She has significant policy influence in the Company’s operations and is, therefore, included as a named executive officer for purposes of this disclosure.

Approximately 69% of Mr. Coppedge’s total compensation was in salary. Mr. Coppedge is not an executive officer of the corporation. However, he is responsible for the Company’s accounting function. He has significant policy influence in the Company’s accounting policies and procedures and is, therefore, included as a named executive officer for purposes of this disclosure.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

Name

   Grant date   

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)

  

Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards

($/Sh)(1)

  

Closing
Price on
Grant
Date

($/Sh)

   Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
Option
Awards
($)(2)

Kathleen White, Executive Vice President, Operations

   5/19/2006    25,000    $ 1.46    $ 1.46    $ 15,579

Craig Coppedge, Controller

   3/21/2006    25,000    $ 1.41    $ 1.41    $ 14,374

(1) The options to Ms. White and Mr. Coppedge were issued at the market price on the grant date. The Company uses the Black Scholes valuation method to estimate the fair value of option grants.
(2) Option awards were immediately vested on the grant date.

 

74


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2006

 

     Option Awards

Name and Principal Position

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Exercisable

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)
Unexercisable

  

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned

Options

(#)

   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date

Randy Lubinsky

   1,000,000    —      —      $ 1.00    8/1/2007

Chief Executive Officer

   150,000    —      —        2.25    6/4/2008
   250,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2013
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2008
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2009
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2010
   250,000    —      —        1.93    2/1/2011
   250,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2012
   100,000    —      —        3.08    8/1/2009
   175,000    —      —        4.00    8/1/2010

Mark Szporka

   1,000,000    —      —        1.00    8/1/2007

Chief Financial Officer

   150,000    —      —        2.25    6/4/2008
   250,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2013
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2008
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2009
   50,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2010
   250,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2011
   250,000    —      —        1.93    8/1/2012
   100,000    —      —        3.08    8/1/2009
   175,000    —      —        4.00    8/1/2010

Ron Riewold

   775,000    —      —        1.00    2/7/2008

President

   475,000    —      —        3.02    2/7/2013
   775,000    —      —        1.90    10/16/2013
   175,000    —      —        4.00    8/1/2010

Kathleen White

   25,000    —      —        4.81    4/1/2010

Executive Vice President, Operations

   27,500    —      —        4.01    7/6/2010
   15,000    —      —        3.25    4/1/2011
   27,500    —      —        4.01    7/6/2011
   25,000    —      —        1.46    5/19/2011

Craig Coppedge

   10,000    —      —        2.64    3/17/2009

Controller

   60,000    —      —        2.97    1/6/2010
   60,000    —      —        2.97    1/6/2011
   25,000    —      —        1.41    3/21/2011

 

75


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

None of the Company’s named executive officers exercised any stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

Potential Post-Employment Payments

Neither Mr. Coppedge nor Ms. White currently have provisions allowing for post-employment payments.

Potential Post-Employment Payments

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Randy Lubinsky, the Company’s CEO. Per Mr. Lubinsky’s employment agreement in a termination “Not for Cause”, for a period of one year and in the case of a termination “For Cause” for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Lubinsky also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

 

Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Separation

   Voluntary
Termination
on 12/31/06
  

Involuntary
Not

for Cause
Termination
on 12/31/06

   For Cause
Termination
on 12/31/2006
  

Payment
Made
Upon a
Change in
Control

on 12/31/06

   Disability
on 12/31/06
  

Death

on 12/31/06

Salary (1)

   $ —      $ 1,280,000    $ —      $ —      $ 640,000    $ 640,000

Stock Options (2)

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Bonuses (3)

     —        800,000      —        —        400,000      400,000

Health and life insurance (4)

     —        66,036      —        66,036      66,036      —  

Cash severance (5)

     —        —        —        928,000      —        —  

Accrued Vacation (6)

     159,994      159,994      159,994      159,994      159,994      159,994

(1) Reflects the lump sum payment due.
(2) Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006, there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
(3) Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
(4) Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Lubinsky under the employment agreement.
(5) The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
(6) Reflects the lump sum payment due.

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Mark Szporka, the Company’s CFO. Per Mr. Szporka’s employment agreement in a termination “Not for Cause”, for a period of one year and in the case of a termination “For Cause” for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Szporka also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

 

76


Table of Contents

Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Separation

   Voluntary
Termination
on 12/31/06
   Involuntary
Not for
Cause
Termination
on 12/31/06
   For Cause
Termination
12/31/2006
  

Payment
Made
Upon a

Change in
Control

on 12/31/06

   Disability
on 12/31/06
  

Death

on 12/31/06

Salary (1)

   $ —      $ 1,180,000    $ —      $ —      $ 590,000    $ 590,000

Stock Options (2)

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Bonuses (3)

     —        800,000      —        —        400,000      400,000

Health and life insurance (4)

     —        82,510      —        82,510      82,510      —  

Cash severance (5)

     —        —        —        855,500      —        —  

Accrued Vacation (6)

     147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503

(1) Reflects the lump sum payment due.
(2) Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006, there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
(3) Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
(4) Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Szporka under the employment agreement.
(5) The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
(6) Reflects the lump sum payment due.

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change of control of the Company for Ron Riewold, the Company’s President. Per Mr. Riewold’s employment agreement in a termination “Not for Cause”, for a period of one year and in the case of a termination “For Cause” for a period of two years, he is subject to a sixty mile non-competition and a non-interference agreement. Mr. Riewold also has the right to voluntarily terminate employment under a change of control and will receive 2.9 times his annual salary as a severance payment.

 

Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Separation

   Voluntary
on 12/31/06
   Involuntary
Not for
Cause
Termination
on 12/31/06
   For Cause
Termination
on 12/31/2006
  

Change in
Control

on 12/31/06

   Disability
on 12/31/06
  

Death

on 12/31/06

Salary (1)

   $ —      $ 1,180,000    $ —      $ —      $ 590,000    $ 590,000

Stock Options (2)

     —        —        —        —        —        —  

Bonuses (3)

     —        800,000      —        —        400,000      400,000

Health and life insurance (4)

     —        82,510      —        82,510      82,510      —  

Cash severance (5)

     —        —        —        855,500      —        —  

Accrued Vacation (6)

     147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503      147,503

(1) Reflects the lump sum payment due.
(2) Since all options were fully vested on May 20, 2006, there is no additional compensation expense associated with option grants.
(3) Reflects the Fixed Bonus only. No payments would be made under the Discretionary Bonus plan.
(4) Reflects the estimated lump-sum present value of all future premiums which will be paid on behalf of Mr. Riewold under the employment agreement.
(5) The cash severance amount is computed as 2.9 times the annual base salary.
(6) Reflects the lump sum payment due.

 

77


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The Company uses a combination of cash and stock-based incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Board. In setting director compensation, the Company considers the amount of time that Directors expend in fulfilling their duties to the Company as well as the skill-level required by the Company of members of the Board.

Cash Compensation Paid to Board Members

For calendar year ended December 31, 2006, members of the Board who are not employees of the Company are entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $5,000. Each Director who serves on the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee receive $5,000 and $2,500, respectively. Directors who are employees of the Company receive no compensation for their service as Directors.

Stock Option Program

Each non-employee Director received a stock option grant of 30,000 shares issued at the money on June 20, 2006. Until an option is exercised, shares subject to options cannot be voted. Options issued were immediately vested.

Director Summary Compensation Table

 

Name(1)(2)

  

Fees Earned
or Paid

in Cash

   Option
Awards (3)
   All Other
Compensation
   Total

Jay Rosen, M.D.

   $ 5,000    $ 18,011    $ —      $ 23,011

Arthur J. Hudson

     20,000      18,011      —        38,011

Robert Fusco

     12,953      18,011      —        30,964

Thomas J. Crane

     20,000      18,011      —        38,011

Aldo F. Berti

     10,821      18,011      —        28,832

(1) Merrill Reuter is not included as he is an employee of one of the PainCare subsidiaries and thus receives no compensation for his services as a Director.
(2) Ron Riewold, Randy Lubinsky, and Mark Szporka are excluded as they are employees of the Company and thus receive no compensation for their services as Directors. The compensation received by them is included in the Summary Compensation Table on page 81 of this report.
(3) Reflects the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the year ended December 31, 2006 in accordance with FAS 123(R). As of December 31, 2006, each Director had the following number of options outstanding: Jay Rosen: 55,000; Arthur Hudson: 400,000; Robert Fusco: 150,000; Thomas Crane: 55,000; Aldo F. Berti: 55,000.

Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 9, 2007 as to the number of shares of the Company common stock that will be beneficially owned by: (i) each person that beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company common stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) the Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of the Company; and (iv) the Company executive officers and directors as a group.

The holders listed below will have sole voting power and investment power over the shares beneficially held by them. The table below includes shares subject to options, warrants and convertible notes.

 

78


Table of Contents

Beneficial Ownership (1) Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares    Percent    

Current Position

Merrill Reuter, M.D. (2)

   1,914,810    2.9 %   Chairman of the Board, President- AOSF

Randy Lubinsky (3) (11)

   3,351,970    4.9 %   CEO and Director

Mark Szporka (4) (11)

   3,299,871    4.8 %   CFO and Director

Ronald Riewold (5)

   2,350,000    3.4 %   President and Director

Jay Rosen, M.D. (6)

   455,000    *     Director

Arthur J. Hudson (7) (11)

   600,000    *     Director

Robert Fusco (8)

   150,000    *     Director

Thomas J. Crane (9)

   59,000    *     Director

Aldo F. Berti, M.D. (10)

   55,000    *     Director

All officers, directors, and affiliates as a group

(9 persons)

   12,235,651    16.7 %  

(1) Based on an aggregate of 66,849,164 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of May 2, 2007
(2) Includes the impact of the merger on January 1, 2001 between the Company’s subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company I, Inc., and Advanced Orthopedics of South Florida, Inc., of which Dr. Reuter was a stockholder, at which time a trust controlled by Dr. Reuter received 1,850,000 shares of common stock and $1,239,000 in convertible debentures, which were paid in full in February of 2004. Dr. Reuter received 62,810 shares of common stock as partial consideration for the Company’s purchase of 50% of his ownership interest in the Lake Worth Surgical Center in May of 2005. In addition, Pamela Reuter, Dr. Reuter’s wife, owns 2,000 shares of our common stock.
(3) Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 1,000,000 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share (ii) 900,000 shares of common stock at $1.93 per share; and (iii) 100,000 shares of common stock at $3.08 per share and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share.
(4) Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 1,000,000 shares of common at $1.00 per share (ii) 900,000 shares of common stock at $1.93 per share; and (iii) 100,000 shares of common stock at $3.08 per share and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share.
(5) Includes options issued pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans (the “Plans”) to acquire (i) 775,000 shares of common at $1.00 per share (ii) 475,000 shares of common stock at $3.02 per share; (iii) 775,000 shares of common stock at $1.90 per share; and (iv) 175,000 shares of common stock at $4.00 per share
(6) Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 200,000 shares of common stock at $0.05 per share; and (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
(7) Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 70,000 shares of common stock at $0.70 per share; (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share; and (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
(8) Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 70,000 shares of common stock at $0.70 per share; (ii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share and (iii) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
(9) Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
(10) Includes Plan options to acquire (i) 25,000 shares of common stock at $2.97 per share.
(11) Includes Plan options to acquire 150,000 shares of common stock at $2.25 per share, which were granted and fully vested in accordance with a personal guarantee provided by each Messrs. Lubinsky, Szporka and Hudson with respect to the guarantee of a line of credit with Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc. This line of credit was subsequently closed in February of 2004.

 

79


Table of Contents

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

     (a)    (b)    (c)
    

Number of securities
be issued upon

of outstanding
warrants and rights

   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
warrants and rights
  

Number of securities
remaining available for
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities

in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   7,797,150    $ 2.18    1,405,264

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   3,905,884    $ 2.00    —  

(a) There were grants to executives prior to the Company being listed on the American Stock Exchange that are being treated as outside the scope of the 2000 and 2001 Stock Option Plans. These grants total 2,000,000 outstanding at December 31, 2006. Those options are exercisable up to five years from the grant date and were issued at fair market value on the grant date.

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information as of May 2, 2007, as to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock by each selling shareholder. The number of shares beneficially owned by each selling shareholder is determined under rules promulgated by the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over the shares. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under SEC rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon conversion of other securities, as well as the exercise of options held by the respective person or group that may be exercised within 60 days after May 2, 2007. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after May 2, 2007 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group.

As of May 2, 2007, there were 66,849,164 shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

    

Beneficial Ownership

Prior to Offering

  

Beneficial Ownership

After Offering

     Common
Stock
  

Percentage
of

Outstanding

Common
Stock(1)

  

Shares

being

Offered

   Common
Stock
  

Percentage of

Outstanding
Common
Stock(1)

Selling Stockholders

              

MidSummer Investments Ltd.(2)(3)(4)

   5,194,722    7.2    5,194,722    0    *

Islandia, L.P.(3)(A)(4)(5)

   4,582,003    6.4    4,582,003    0    *

Aggie Investment, LLC (Guy Dugan)

   122,549    *    122,549    0    *

Akira Nakamura and Rurie Nakamura Family Trust(44)

   127,000    *    127,000    0    *

Alan Forrester

   4,973    *    4,973    0    *

Alan M. Newman

   18,000    *    8,000    10,000    *

Alan T. Kawaguchi

   30,050    *    30,050    0    *

Alpha Three, FLP(6)

   972,222    1.5    972,222    0    *

 

80


Table of Contents

Alyson Pouls

   1,000    *    1,000    0    *

Andrea Trescot, M.D.(7)

   1,999,999    3.0    1,999,999    0    *

Angela Ang-Alhadeff

   63,001    *    63,001    0    *

Ann H. LeRoux

   20,000    *    20,000    0    *

Anthony & Sophia Olofintuyi

   16,885    *    16,885    0    *

Arkam Rehman

   14,882    *    14,882    0    *

Art Hudson(8)

   100,000    *    100,000    0    *

Atica R. Higginbotham

   9,920    *    9,920    0    *

Bernice A. & Sarah Eddy Life

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Big Apple Consulting USA(9)

   50,000    *    50,000    0    *

Bob Stastny(10)

   100,000    *    100,000    0    *

Bryant A. Bloss, M.D.

   13,357    *    13,357    0    *

Carlo Corzine(45)

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Carmen Rivera

   500    *    500    0    *

Carol Rothbart

   174,048    *    174,048    0    *

Cesar H. and Noemi A. Dacosa Trust

   11,552    *    11,552    0    *

Charles P. Murphy

   77,568    *    70,168    7,400    *

Cheryl L. Crosby

   29,240    *    29,240    0    *

Christopher Bremer

   29,957    *    29,957    0    *

Christopher E. Cenac, M.D.(11)

   1,398,382    2.1    1,398,382    0    *

CloverLeaf Capital Advisors(12)

   6,000    *    6,000    0    *

Craig A. Reverman

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Craig R. Patchell

   7,092    *    7,092    0    *

DaCosta Trust (Noemi Gomez)

   4,575    *    4,575    0    *

Dale & Janet Kassens

   6,693    *    6,693    0    *

Dale C. Lachtman

   68,799    *    68,799    0    *

Danny W. Cartwright

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

David C. Baker, M.D.

   22,441    *    22,441    0    *

David M. Pollard

   34,759    *    24,759    10,000    *

David Torpley

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Debbie Grier

   7,857    *    7,857    0    *

Dennis Nakamura

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Dennis W. Fletcher

   16,962    *    9,962    7,000    *

Derek Fields

   2,000    *    2,000    0    *

Donald & Kimberly Johnson

   75,605    *    75,605    0    *

Donna Louise Disclafani Revocable Trust (10/22/02)

   1,538,461    2.3    1,538,461    0    *

Double Eagle Trust(13)

   12,500    *    12,500    0    *

Douglas & Lori Able

   1,995    *    1,995    0    *

Douglas B. Freels

   2,928    *    2,928    0    *

Doug Stitcher

   20,000    *    20,000    0    *

Drue Paden, M.D.

   21,008    *    21,008    0    *

Durelle T. & Constance Scott

   11,973    *    11,973    0    *

Edward Bittar

   25,050    *    25,050    0    *

Edward V. Pannozzo & Francine Lucci-Pannozzo

   7,471    *    7,471    0    *

Elite Financial Communications(14)

   250,000    *    250,000    0    *

Ernest Larry Wheeler

   13,072    *    13,072    0    *

First Trust Co. of Onaga C/F Thomas R. Berg

   10,482    *    10,482    0    *

Fran Lucci-Pannozzo

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Frank and Kimberly Ogrodny

   25,000    *    25,000    0    *

Frank Burke

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Fred Ginsberg

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

 

81


Table of Contents

G. Derril & Roberta M. Gwinner

   15,067    *    15,067    0    *

G. Stephen Fish

   2,778    *    2,778    0    *

Gary M. Hyder

   52,550    *    50,000    2,550    *

Gary S. Kohler(15)

   12,500    *    12,500    0    *

Gerald Coniglio

   50    *    50    0    *

Gerald R. Hyder

   79,035    *    38,635    40,400    *

Gladys Rivera

   500    *    500    0    *

Gray Barrow

   3,180    *    3,180    0    *

Greg Rothberg

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Gregory J. Bellaver

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Guy Dugan

   100,000    *    100,000    0    *

Habersham Place Investments

   113,444    *    113,444    0    *

Hal & Shari Tobias

   19,891    *    19,891    0    *

Harold E. Ross

   30,617    *    30,617    0    *

Henry Mistretta

   10,913    *    10,000    913    *

Hillcrest Orthopedics P.A. Profit Sharing Plan FBO Robert M. Wood, M.D.

   23,343    *    23,343    0    *

Hugo A. Davalos

   50    *    50    0    *

Ian Forrester

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

J. A. Garrabedian

   7,353    *    7,353    0    *

J. Gordon & Donna L. Blau

   226,940    *    226,940    0    *

James C. Cartwright

   20,000    *    20,000    0    *

James & Virginia Hughes

   304,878    *    304,878    0    *

James E. Crouse, M.D. & Susan E. Crouse

   85,714    *    85,714    0    *

James I. McMillen

   91,025    *    91,025    0    *

James J. B. Maynez & Kathleen P. Maynez

   19,988    *    19,988    0    *

James K. Luchs, Jr.

   1,543    *    1,543    0    *

James L. Hughes

   150,000    *    150,000    0    *

James N. Topolgus

   42,286    *    39,936    2,350    *

James R. McAtee

   15,050    *    15,050    0    *

James Robert Rappaport

   81,878    *    81,878    0    *

James W. Long

   31,978    *    31,978    0    *

Janine E. Burgher-Jones

   50    *    50    0    *

Jeff Rich

   10    *    10    0    *

Jeffrey A. Broder

   16,775    *    16,775    0    *

Jeffrey A. Rich & Candice Fox

   3,631    *    3,631    0    *

Jeffery E. Middledorf, Trustee Middledorf Medical Group, P.C. U/A dated

   21,803    *    21,803    0    *

Jeffrey Rich & Candice Fox

   3,504    *    3,504    0    *

Jeffrey Rothberg

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Jeffrey Sawyer

   6,951    *    6,951    0    *

Jennifer Anne Mott (Joseph M. Mott III, Custodian)

   2,000    *    2,000    0    *

Jerry & Carolyn Bauer

   7,032    *    7,032    0    *

Jerry S. Katz

   25,000    *    25,000    0    *

Jessica A. Lipsker

   25,000    *    25,000    0    *

Jimmy Smith

   20,000    *    20,000    0    *

John Citti

   52,180    *    52,180    0    *

John D. Best

   357,143    *    357,143    0    *

John Cartwright

   20,000    *    20,000    0    *

John J. Taddei

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

John McCall(16)

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

John Rollas

   50,000    *    50,000    0    *

 

82


Table of Contents

John Vick(17)

   2,566,666    3.8    2,566,666    0    *

Joseph Doerr

   8,220    *    8,220    0    *

Joseph M. Mott, III

   425,147    *    425,147    0    *

Joseph M. Mott, IV (Joseph M. Mott, III, Custodian)

   2,000    *    2,000    0    *

Joseph P. Athanas

   51,374    *    51,374    0    *

Joseph R. Schopfer

   7,032    *    7,032    0    *

Joshua Lipsker

   27,000    *    25,000    2,000    *

Joy Constine Wallenberg, M.D.

   6,423    *    6,423    0    *

Juan J. Capello, M.D., Capello Family Partners

   298,828    *    298,828    0    *

Kang Sun Lee

   80,869    *    80,869    0    *

KBL Investment, Inc.(46)

   408,333    *    408,333    0    *

Kelly Best

   50    *    50    0    *

Kevin P. Byrnes

   4,981    *    4,981    0    *

Kevin W. & Kelly A. Lanighan

   150,123    *    150,123    0    *

Kevin McManus

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Kirk Mauro, M.D.(18)

   2,166,939    3.2    2,166,939    0    *

Kirk Tovey (12/23/02)

   1,000,000    1.5    1,000,000    0    *

Larry Bennett

   500    *    500    0    *

Larry Leighton

   4,944    *    4,944    0    *

Lauren Leslie Colvin

   2,857    *    2,857    0    *

Leisure Yu & Susan Cochran Ttee

   77,160    *    77,160    0    *

Leslie & Gerry Stephens

   7,716    *    7,716    0    *

Lewis E. McAtee

   1,516    *    1,516    0    *

Lizet N. Santos

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Loma Linda Orthopedic (Leisure Yu)

   13,000    *    13,000    0    *

Louis Sanders Constine III, M.D. & Sally Joanne Constine

   12,771    *    12,771    0    *

Louise A. Breakstone

   50    *    50    0    *

Lydia Rivera

   500    *    500    0    *

Mandy R. Angelo

   7,447    *    7,447    0    *

Marc J. Adelsheimer

   9,337    *    9,337    0    *

Maria P. Sperando

   417,486    *    417,486    0    *

Mark Brennan

   50    *    50    0    *

Mark Jason Spector

   203,059    *    200,059    3,000    *

Mark Willard Howard

   111,607    *    111,607    0    *

Mary & Mandy Angelo

   17,238    *    12,920    4,318    *

Mary Anne & Wayne Domin

   500    *    500    0    *

Mary L. Angelo

   7,447    *    7,447    0    *

Maurice Buchsbaum

   61,385    *    61,385    0    *

Mayra Montero

   1,250    *    1,250    0    *

Medical Rehabilitation Associates Inc., P.C.

   23,052    *    23,052    0    *

Michael Giovanniello

   8,001    *    8,001    0    *

Mike Lively

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Michael J. Angelo

   994    *    994    0    *

Michael Martire, M.D.(19)

   902,777    1.3    902,777    0    *

Michael R. Jordan

   6,703    *    6,703    0    *

Mid-America Orthopaedic Surgery (G. Farley & T. Weiss)

   64,655    *    64,655    0    *

Mike Mabry

   50    *    50    0    *

Mitchell R. Schrudder

   50,000    *    50,000    0    *

MMESS Consulting, LLC

   28,423    *    28,423    0    *

Musaddiq Rehman

   9,920    *    9,920    0    *

 

83


Table of Contents

Nancy Rivera

   500    *    500    0    *

Noelle M. Dinse

   17,500    *    17,500    0    *

Nolan Ang

   10,402    *    10,402    0    *

Patrick J. & Virginia R. Noon

   82,143    *    68,643    13,500    *

Paul Abbey

   966    *    966    0    *

Paul J. Krebs

   7,310    *    7,310    0    *

Peter G. Wernicki

   20,050    *    20,050    0    *

Peter Rothbart(20)

   140,000    *    140,000    0    *

Physical Medicine Associates PC Profit Sharing Plan

   9,221    *    9,221    0    *

Rabia Tai

   25,000    *    25,000    0    *

Randall F. & Deirdre K. O’Brien

   50,050    *    50,050    0    *

Randy A. Bean

   14,838    *    11,838    3,000    *

Rehab Management Group, Inc.(21)

   798,006    1.2    798,006    0    *

Resources Trust FBO Colleen T. Catania

   200,000    *    200,000    0    *

Richard B. Patt, M.D.

   19,380    *    19,380    0    *

Richard F. Mackin (First Trust Company of Onaga)

   50,000    *    50,000    0    *

Richard L. Hyder

   2,500    *    2,500    9    *

Rick Bennett

   12,000    *    10,000    2,000    *

RMC Ventures II, Limited Partnership

   170,076    *    70,076    0    *

Robert G. Valentine

   17,971    *    17,971    0    *

Robert J. Fast

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Robert Kalb

   50    *    50    0    *

Robert M. Collins

   20,050    *    20,050    0    *

Robert M. Wasserman(47)

   41,500    *    41,500    0    *

Robert M. Wasserman Marital Trust(48)

   31,750    *    31,750    0    *

Robert McGuire

   88,587    *    88,587    0    *

Robert Miller

   3,193    *    3,193    0    *

Romilio Santos III

   1,250    *    1,250    0    *

Romilio Santos, Jr. and Dora L. Santos

   2,416    *    2,416    0    *

Ron Riewold(22)

   25,000    *    25,000    0    *

Ronald & Roslyn Katz

   149,685    *    149,685    0    *

Ronald L. & Anita L. Bierbaum

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Ronald Vita(23)

   50,000    *    50,000    0    *

Salvadore & Monica M. Ramos

   10,000    *    10,000    0    *

Samuel Smargon

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Saqib Bashir Khan, M.D.(24)

   2,100,980    3.1    2,100,980    0    *

Scott R. Jahnke

   50,050    *    50,050    0    *

Shasqua Limited

   276,582    *    276,582    0    *

Sheldon T. Katz

   572,496    *    572,496    0    *

Sheree Pouls

   2,500    *    2,500    0    *

Simon Family Trust(25)

   63,500    *    63,500    0    *

Spyros & Maria Panos

   11,836    *    11,836    0    *

Stan Swartz(26)

   227,222    *    227,222    0    *

Stanley M. & Ann Marie Zagorski

   16,583    *    16,583    0    *

Stephen A. Smith, M.D.

   264,085    *    264,085    0    *

Stephen E. Howard

   83,705    *    83,705    0    *

Stephen Flood, M.D.

   50,988    *    50,988    0    *

Stephen M. & Betty Lou Neely

   2,415    *    2,415    0    *

Sterling Financial(27)

   7,500    *    7,500    0    *

Steven Pouls

   43,994    *    43,994    0    *

Stockbroker Associates Corporation(28)

   100,000    *    100,000    0    *

Stringfellow Trust(29)

   63,500    *    63,500    0    *

 

84


Table of Contents

Suzanne McKinney

   12,584    *    7,584    5,000    *

Terry L. & Brenda Coleman

   64,655    *    64,655    0    *

The NCCCK Children’s Trust(30)

   972,222    1.5    972,222    0    *

Thomas & Colleen Catania

   699,790    1.1    699,790    0    *

Thomas E. & Brenda E. Wilson

   2,447    *    2,447    0    *

Thomas T. Hughes

   35,500    *    35,500    0    *

Timothy C. & Cheryl R. Taddie

   6,750    *    5,000    1,750    *

Todd Crook

   12,500    *    12,500    0    *

Topolgus Surgical Pension Plan

   2,050    *    2,050    0    *

T. Vann Pelt

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Virgil & Angela Hilliard

   3,655    *    3,655    0    *

Vladimir Kravchenko(31)

   337,980    *    337,980    0    *

W. Scott Bohlke

   27,731    *    27,731    0    *

William Campbell Mott (Joseph M. Mott III, Custodian)

   2,000    *    2,000    0    *

William G. Murphy Jr.

   11,175    *    11,175    0    *

William Jordan(49)

   5,000    *    5,000    0    *

Yesenia Hernandez

   500    *    500    0    *

Yolanda Svitak

   6,972    *    4,972    2,000    *

Yvonne Pollard

   7,250    *    7,250    0    *

Laurus Master Fund Ltd.(32)(33)(34)

   5,783,732    8.0    5,783,732    0    *

The Windsor Family Limited Partnership(35)

   207,188    *    207,188    0    *

Windsor Nongrantor Trust (U/D/T 2004)(36)

   638,515    *    638,515    0    *

Graves Nongrantor Trust (U/D/T 2004)

   66,641    *    66,641    0    *

Jeffrey Wayne(37)

   908,143    1.4    908,143    0    *

Michael Wayne(38)

   919,271    1.4    919,271    0    *

Rick Taylor, D.O.(39)

   1,511,545    2.2    1,511,545    0    *

William B. Zolper, M.D.(40)

   666,445    *    666,445    0    *

Wright Non-Grantor Trust

   67,000    *    67,000    0    *

R.E. Wright FLP

   33,000    *    33,000    0    *

Alo Non-Grantor Trust

   100,000    *    100,000    0    *

Robert Wright, M.D.(41)

   680,000    1.0    680,000    0    *

Kenneth Alo, M.D.(42)

   680,000    1.0    680,000    0    *

First Albany Capital(43)

   65,000    *    65,000    0    *

Ali-El Mohandes(50)

   378,143    *    378,143    0    *

Bradley Vilims(51)

   707,060    1.1    707,060    0    *

Bruce Lockwood(52)

   864,239    1.3    864,239    0    *

C. Edward Anderson, Jr., M.D.(53)

   1,071,698    1.6    1,071,698    0    *

Capital Ventures International(54)

   454,334    *    454,334    0    *

Christopher J. Centeno(55)

   2,055,418    3.0    2,055,418    0    *

Crown Investment Partners, LP(56)

   225,350    *    225,350    0    *

Floyd O. Ring, Jr.(57)

   849,162    1.3    849,162    0    *

Gary Lustgarten Profit Sharing & Trust

   149,763    *    149,763    0    *

Gruber & McBaine International(58)

   366,192    *    366,192    0    *

J. Patterson McBaine(59)

   169,012    *    169,012    0    *

John D. Bender(60)

   864,239    1.3    864,239    0    *

John R. Schultz(61)

   952,513    1.4    952,513    0    *

Jon D. & Linda W. Gruber Trust(62)

   169,012    *    169,012    0    *

Laguintas Partners, LP(63)

   985,903    1.5    985,903    0    *

Lawrence F. Cohen(64)

   663,400    *    663,400    0    *

Lester A. Zuckerman(65)

   1,926,397    2.9    1,926,397    0    *

Marc A. Loev(66)

   1,926,397    2.9    1,926,397    0    *

 

85


Table of Contents

Mark H. Coleman(67)

   728,545    1.1    728,545    0    *

The Reuter Tenancy of the Entireties Trust dated 4/1/98, Merrill Reuter & Pamela Reuter Trustees(68)

   1,850,000    2.7    62,810    1,787,190    2.7

Michael J. Daly(69)

   1,068,749    1.6    1,068,749    0    *

Midsummer Investments, Ltd.(70)

   5,194,722    7.2    1,135,833    4,058,889    5.7

Prabaal Dey(71)

   1,926,397    2.9    1,926,397    0    *

PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc.(72)

   980,571    1.5    980,571    0    *

Randall W. Rodgers(73)

   17,645    *    17,645    0    *

Richard A. Flores(74)

   1,006,555    1.5    1,006,555    0    *

Robert E. Carpenter(75)

   423,486    *    423,486    0    *

Scott Brandt(76)

   654,971    *    654,971    0    *

Shepherd Investments International, Ltd.(77)

   1,056,325    1.6    1,056,325    0    *

The Crown Advisors #3(78)

   46,478    *    46,478    0    *

The Crown Advisors #5(79)

   46,478    *    46,478    0    *

* Less than one percent
(1) Based upon 66,849,164 shares outstanding on May 2, 2007.
(2) Midsummer Capital, LLC is the investment manager to Midsummer Investment Ltd. By virtue of such relationship, Midsummer Capital, LLC may be deemed to have dispositive power over the shares owned by Midsummer Investment Ltd. Midsummer Capital, LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Michel Amsalem and Mr. Scott Kaufman have delegated authority from the members of Midsummer Capital, LLC with respect to the shares of common stock owned by Midsummer Investment Ltd. Messrs. Amsalem and Kaufman may be deemed to share dispositive power over the shares of our common stock owned by Midsummer Investment Ltd. Messrs. Amsalem and Kaufman disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of our common stock and neither person has any legal right to maintain such delegated authority.
(3) Represents 120% of: (A) (i) 2,081,663 shares that are issuable upon conversion of the $3,955,160 million in principal amount of our 7.5% convertible debentures due 2006 at a fixed conversion price of $2.6121 per share with respect to principal converted prior to October 15, 2004 and an adjusted fixed conversion price of $1.90 per share thereafter, (ii) 439,101 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the 2006 debentures through the issuance of shares of common stock, assuming for the purpose of this prospectus, a market value of $2.0877 per share, or 80% of the conversion price with respect to interest shares acquired prior to October 15, 2004 and an adjusted price of $1.52 per share thereafter, (iii) 789,474 shares that are issuable upon conversion of $1.5 million in principal amount of our 7.5% convertible debenture due 2007 at a fixed conversion price of $1.90 per share, and (iv) 222,039 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the 2007 debenture through the issuance of shares of common stock, assuming for the purposes of this prospectus, a market value of $1.52 per share, or 80% of the conversion price, and; (B) (i) the 631,658 shares that are issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchasers of the 2006 debentures at an adjusted exercise price of $1.90 per share, and (ii) 165,000 shares that are issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchaser of our 2007 debenture at an adjusted exercise of $1.90 per share.
(3)(A) Represents 120% of: (A) (i) 2,631,579 shares that are issuable upon conversion of the $5 million in principal amount of our 7.5% convertible debentures due 2006 at an adjusted fixed conversion price of $1.90 per share, (ii) 555,099 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the 2006 debentures through the issuance of shares of common stock, assuming for the purpose of this prospectus, a market value of $1.52 per share, and (B) the 631,658 shares that are issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchasers of the 2006 debentures at an adjusted exercise price of $1.90 per share.

 

86


Table of Contents
(4) The securities purchase agreement pursuant to which the debentures were sold provides that we shall not effect any conversion of debentures or issue any shares upon exercise of the warrants, and holder shall not have the right to convert any portion of debentures or exercise the warrants, to the extent that after giving effect to such conversion or exercise, the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion.
(5) Islandia L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership, the general partner of which is John Lang, Inc. The officers of John Lang, Inc., mainly, Richard Berner, Edgar Berner, Tom Berner and Anthony Berner, have voting and dispositive powers.
(6) Represents 388,889 shares of common stock issued plus 583,333 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(7) Represents 1,000,000 shares of common stock issued plus 999,999 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(8) Mr. Hudson is a director of PainCare.
(9) Represents 25,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.50 per share and 25,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
(10) Represents shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(11) Represents 565,048 shares of common stock issued plus 833,334 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached. (Dr. Cenac is an officer and director of a subsidiary of PainCare.).
(12) Represents shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(13) Represents 12,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(14) Represents 100,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, 50,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.75 per share, 50,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $5.02 per share, 25,000 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options at an exercise prices of $4.50 per share, and 25,000 shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of options at an exercise prices of $4.00 per share.
(15) Represents 12,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(16) Represents 3,750 shares of common stock issued and 1,250 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00.
(17) Represents 1,650,000 shares of common stock issued plus 916,666 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached. Does not include 300,000 additional shares subject to options at $2.50 per share, which options are currently not exercisable.
(18) Represents 1,250,273 shares of common stock issued plus 916,666 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(19) Represents 277,778 shares of common stock issued plus 624,999 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(20) Dr. Rothbart is a director of PainCare.
(21) Represents 401,617 shares of common stock issued plus 396,389 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(22) Represents 25,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $0.75 per share. (Mr. Riewold is an officer and director of PainCare.).
(23) Represents 50,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(24) Represents 809,315 shares of common stock issued plus 1,291,665 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached. (Dr. Khan is an officer and director of a subsidiary of PainCare.).
(25) Represents 51,000 shares of common stock issued and 12,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(26) Represents 192,222 shares of common stock issued plus 35,000 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.

 

87


Table of Contents
(27) Represents 7,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(28) Represents 50,000 shares of common stock issued and 50,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $2.75 per share.
(29) Represents 51,000 shares of common stock issued and 12,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(30) Represents 388,889 shares of common stock issued plus 583,333 that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(31) Represents 237,980 shares of common stock issued and 100,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(32) Laurus Capital management, LLC is the investment manager of Laurus Master Fund Ltd. By virtue of such relationship, Messrs. David Grin and Eugene Grin may be deemed to have dispositive power over the shares owned by Laurus Master Fund Ltd. and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(33) Consists of: (A) (i) 1,594,650 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of $5 million in principal amount of our secured convertible term note due February 2006 at a fixed conversion price of $3.39 per share with respect to principal converted prior to October 15, 2004 and $3.12 per share thereafter and (ii) 265,487 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the February note through the issuance of shares of common stock at a price of $3.39 per share with respect to interest shares acquired prior to October 15, 2004 and $3.12 per share thereafter, (iii) 1,839,930 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of $5 million in principal amount of our $5 million secured convertible term note due March 2006, at a fixed conversion price of $2.88 per share with respect to principal converted prior to October 15, 2004 and $2.70 per share thereafter, (iv) 312,500 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the March note through the issuance of shares of common stock at a price of $2.88 per share with respect to interest shares acquired prior to October 15, 2004 and $2.70 per share thereafter, and (v) 513,699 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of $1.5 million in principal amount of our secured convertible term due June 2007 and 92,466 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the June note through the issuance of shares of common stock at an adjusted price of $2.92 per share; and (B) 1,165,000 shares representing shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchaser of the notes, including (i) 200,000 warrants with an exercise price of $4.24 per share, (ii) 150,000 warrants with an exercise price of $4.58 per share, (iii) 100,000 warrants with an exercise price of $4.92 per share, (iv) 233,000 warrants with an exercise price of $3.60 per share, (vi) 134,000 warrants with an exercise price of $4.18 per share, (vii) 82,500 warrants with an exercise price of $3.60 per share, 82,500 warrants with an exercise price of $3.72 per share, and (viii) 183,000 warrants with an exercise price of $3.89 per share.
(34) The securities purchase agreements pursuant to which the notes were sold contain the following limitations on the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the notes, in payment of the interest on the note and on exercise of the warrants that were issued to the note purchaser:
  (i) If we have not obtained shareholder approval of the note issuance in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the American Stock Exchange, we may not issue upon conversion of the notes, in the aggregate, in excess of (1) 19.999% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the note purchase agreement dates, (2) less any shares of common stock issued as payment of interest or upon exercise of the warrants issued to the holder of the notes on the original issue date pursuant to the note purchase agreements; and
  (ii) We shall not effect any conversion of the notes, and the holder shall not have the right to convert any portion of the notes or exercise the warrants, to the extent that after giving effect to such conversion or exercise, the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion, provided that the holder has the right to waive this limitation upon at least 70 days prior written notice to us.

 

88


Table of Contents
(35) Represents 72,188 shares issued and 135,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(36) Represents 323,515 shares issued and 315,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(37) Represents 458,143 shares issued and 450,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(38) Represents 469,271 shares issued and 450,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(39) Represents 761,545 shares issued and 750,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(40) Represents 316,444 shares issued and 350,001 shares that are issuable if certain earnings goals are reached.
(41) Represents shares that are issuable if certain earnings goals are reached.
(42) Represents shares that are issuable if certain earnings goals are reached.
(43) Issuable upon exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. First Albany Capital has provided investment banking services to us.
(44) Represents 102,000 shares of common stock issued plus 25,000 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(45) Represents 2,500 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(46) Represents 133,333 shares of common stock issued plus 275,000 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.10 per share.
(47) Represents 13,000 shares of common stock issued plus 28,500 shares that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(48) Represents 13,000 shares of common stock issued plus 18,750 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.
(49) Represents 5,000 shares of that may be acquired pursuant to a warrant at an exercise price of $1.43 per share.
(50) Represents 235,287 shares of common stock issued plus 142,856 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(51) Represents 339,349 shares of common stock issued plus 367,711 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(52) Represents 297,572 shares of common stock issued plus 566,667 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(53) Represents 471,698 shares of common stock issued plus 600,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(54) Represents 322,581 shares of common stock and 131,753 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Martin Kobinger has investment and voting control over the common stock held by Capital Ventures International.
(55) Represents 774,169 shares of common stock issued plus 1,281,249 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(56) Represents 160,000 shares of common stock and 65,350 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Chris H. Pauli has investment and voting control over the common stock held by Crown Investment Partners, LP.
(57) Represents 349,162 shares of common stock issued plus 500,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(58) Represents 260,000 shares of common stock and 106,192 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. J. Patterson McBaine has investment and voting control over the common stock held by Gruber & McBaine International.
(59) Represents 120,000 shares of common stock and 49,012 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006.
(60) Represents 297,572 shares of common stock issued plus 566,667 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.

 

89


Table of Contents
(61) Represents 358,762 shares of common stock issued plus 593,751 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(62) Represents 120,000 shares of common stock issued plus 49,012 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(63) Represents 700,000 shares of common stock and 285,903 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. J. Patterson McBaine has investment and voting control over the common stock held by Laguintas Partners, LP.
(64) Represents 263,400 shares of common stock issued plus 400,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(65) Represents 1,302,878 shares of common stock issued plus 623,519 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(66) Represents 1,302,878 shares of common stock issued plus 623,519 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(67) Represents 526,666 shares of common stock issued plus 201,879 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(68) Represents 1,850,000 shares of common stock issued in connection with PainCare’s acquisition of Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. in 2001, in which Merrill Reuter, M.D. was the sole shareholder. Also represents 62,810 shares of common stock issued in connection with PainCare’s purchase of majority interest in PSHS Alpha Partners, Inc. d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical Center. Merrill Reuter & Pamela Reuter have investment and voting control over the common stock held by The Reuter Tenancy of the Entireties Trust dated 4/1/98, Merrill Reuter & Pamela Reuter Trustees.
(69) Represents 664,994 shares of common stock issued plus 403,755 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(70) Represents 120% of: (A) (i) 2,081,663 shares that are issuable upon conversion of the $3,955,160 million in principal amount of our 7.5% convertible debentures due 2006 at a fixed conversion price of $2.6121 per share with respect to principal converted prior to October 15, 2004 and an adjusted fixed conversion price of $1.90 per share thereafter, (ii) 439,101 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the 2006 debentures through the issuance of shares of common stock, assuming for the purpose of this prospectus, a market value of $2.0877 per share, or 80% of the conversion price with respect to interest shares acquired prior to October 15, 2004 and an adjusted price of $1.52 per share thereafter, (iii) 789,474 shares that are issuable upon conversion of $1.5 million in principal amount of our 7.5% convertible debenture due 2007 at a fixed conversion price of $1.90 per share, and (iv) 222,039 shares that would be issuable if we elect to pay interest on the 2007 debenture through the issuance of shares of common stock, assuming for the purposes of this prospectus, a market value of $1.52 per share, or 80% of the conversion price, and (B) (i) the 631,658 shares that are issuable upon exercise of the share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchasers of the 2006 debentures at an adjusted exercise price of $1.90 per share, and (ii) 165,000 shares that are issuable upon exercise of share purchase warrants that were issued to the purchaser of our 2007 debenture at an adjusted exercise price of $1.90 per share. Also represents 806,452 shares of common stock and 329,381 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Scott D. Kaufman and Michael Amsalem have investment and voting control over the common stock held by Midsummer Investments, Ltd.
(71) Represents 1,302,878 shares of common stock issued plus 623,519 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(72) John Beebe has investment and voting control over the common stock held by PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc.
(73) Represents 7,645 shares of common stock issued plus 10,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(74) Represents 439,888 shares of common stock issued plus 566,667 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(75) Represents 183,486 shares of common stock issued plus 240,000 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.
(76) Represents 314,349 shares of common stock issued plus 340,622 shares that may be issued if certain earnings goals are reached.

 

90


Table of Contents
(77) Represents 750,000 shares of common stock and 306,325 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Michael A. Roth has investment and voting control over the common stock held by Shepherd Investments International, Ltd.
(78) Represents 33,000 shares of common stock and 13,478 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Chris H. Pauli has investment and voting control over the common stock held by The Crown Advisors #3.
(79) Represents 33,000 shares of common stock and 13,478 shares of purchase warrants issued in connection with a private placement stock offering completed on January 30, 2006. Chris H. Pauli has investment and voting control over the common stock held by The Crown Advisors #5.

 

91


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2004 the Company entered into a contract with Merrill Reuter, MD., chairman of the Company’s board of directors and an approximate 3.0% stockholder. Under the terms of the contract, which are similar to those entered into with other physicians, the Company is providing real estate development and construction oversight services to Dr. Reuter related to a planned medical facility that is intended to be owned by Dr. Reuter and leased to the Company and others. During 2006, the Company assigned their interest in the development and construction of this medical facility to Equity Land Investments.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The total number of shares of capital stock that we are authorized to issue is 210,000,000, of which 200,000,000 shares having a $0.0001 par value per share are designated as common stock and 10,000,000 shares having a $0.0001 par value are designated as preferred stock. As of May 2, 2007, there are 66,849,164 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. We have 2,000,000 and 8,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan, respectively.

Common Stock

Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters presented to the stockholders, including the election of Directors. Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights nor cumulative voting rights. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series at such time or times and for such consideration or considerations as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors may also determine the rights, designations and preferences of each series of preferred stock. In designating any series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may, without further action by the holders of common stock:

 

   

fix the number of shares constituting that series;

 

   

fix the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights (which may be greater or lesser than the voting rights of the common stock); and

 

   

fix the rights and terms of redemption (including any sinking fund provisions), and the liquidation preferences.

The holders of any preferred stock, when and if issued, are expected to have priority claims to dividends and to any distribution upon liquidation, and they may have other preferences over the holders of the common stock.

The Board of Directors may issue series of preferred stock without action by our stockholders. Accordingly, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Florida Law and Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us by various means such as a tender offer or merger not approved by our Board of Directors. These provisions are designed to enable our Board of Directors, particularly in the initial years of our existence as a publicly-owned company, to develop our business in a manner that will foster its long-term growth without the potential disruption that might be entailed by the threat of a takeover not deemed by our Board of Directors to be in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. The description set forth below is intended as a summary of these provisions only, and we refer you to the actual provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws.

Florida Law

Florida has enacted legislation that may deter or hinder takeovers of Florida corporations. The Florida Control Share Act

 

92


Table of Contents

generally provides that shares acquired in a “control share acquisition” will not possess any voting rights unless such voting rights are approved by a majority of the corporation’s disinterested stockholders. A “control share acquisition” is an acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding “control shares” of a publicly held Florida corporation. “Control shares” are shares, which, except for the Florida Control Share Act, would have voting power that, when added to all other shares owned by a person or in respect to which such person may exercise or direct the exercise of voting power, would entitle such person, immediately after acquisition of such shares, directly or indirectly, alone or as a part of a group, to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power in the election of directors within any of the following ranges:

 

   

at least 20% but less than 331/3% of all voting power;

 

   

at least 331/3% but less than a majority of all voting power; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

The Florida Affiliated Transactions Act generally requires supermajority approval by disinterested stockholders of certain specified transactions between a public corporation and holders of more than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or their affiliates. Florida law also authorizes PainCare to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents.

In addition, Florida law presently limits the personal liability of corporate directors for monetary damages, except where the directors breach their fiduciary duties, and such breach constitutes or includes certain violations of criminal law, a transaction from which the directors derived an improper personal benefit, certain unlawful distributions or certain other reckless, wanton or willful acts or misconduct.

Articles of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions are summarized in the following paragraphs.

Authorized but Unissued or Undesignated Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock includes 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No preferred stock is designated. The authorized but unissued stock may be issued by the Board of Directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our articles of incorporation grants the Board of Directors’ broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the authority of the Board of Directors described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. The Board of Directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

Amendment of Bylaws

The bylaws may only be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

Registration Rights

In 2004, we have filed registration statements registering the resale of 49,376,123 shares of common stock, which includes shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the principal and interest of our convertible debentures and notes and shares that are issuable pursuant to the earnout provisions of various business acquisitions.

Right of First Refusal

The holders of our convertible debentures, Midsummer Investments Ltd. and Islandia, L.P., have a right of first refusal to

 

93


Table of Contents

participate in future capital financings by us long as they own 25% of the original principal amount of the debentures that they acquired from us. This means that if we propose to offer equity securities in a public or private offering, Midsummer and Islandia have a right to purchase all of the securities being offered. Midsummer and Islandia have waived this right in connection with this offering.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on The American Stock Exchange under the symbol “PRZ.”

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each selling stockholder and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of our common stock on The American Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. A selling stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

 

   

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

   

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

   

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

   

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

   

privately negotiated transactions;

 

   

settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

 

   

broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

 

   

a combination of any such methods of sale;

 

   

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise; or

 

   

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but, except as set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, in the case of an agency transaction not in excess of a customary brokerage commission in compliance with NASDR Rule 2440; and in the case of a principal transaction a markup or markdown in compliance with NASDR IM-2440.

In connection with the sale of the common stock or interests therein, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also sell shares of the common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The selling stockholders and any broker dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions

 

94


Table of Contents

received by such broker dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Each selling stockholder has informed us that it does not have any written or oral agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the common stock.

We are required to pay certain fees and expenses that we incur incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Because selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, they will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus. Each selling stockholder has advised us that they have not entered into any written or oral agreements, understandings or arrangements with any underwriter or broker-dealer regarding the sale of the resale shares. There is no underwriter or coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed sale of the resale shares by the selling stockholders.

We have agreed to keep this prospectus effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which the shares may be resold by the selling stockholders without registration and without regard to any volume limitations by reason of Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect or (ii) all of the shares have been sold pursuant to the prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The resale shares will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the resale shares may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

LEGAL MATTERS

Arnstein & Lehr LLP, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of PainCare Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years then ended and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,2006 (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting), appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by BKHM, P.A., (formerly “Beemer, Pricher, Kuehnhackl & Heidbrink, P.A”) independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of PainCare Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2004, and for the year ended December 31, 2004, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 for the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of that registration statement, does not contain all the information shown in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of that document. You may read and copy the registration statement and other documents and reports we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained after payment of fees prescribed by the SEC from the SEC’s Public Reference Room at the SEC’s principal office, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains registration statements, reports, proxy and information statements and other information about registrants, including us. The SEC’s web address is www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Those periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.paincareholdings.com . The information on or available through our website is not, and should not be considered, a part of this prospectus. You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

 

95


Table of Contents

C ON SOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   F-2

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms:

  

Report of BKHM, P.A. on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   F-6

Report of BKHM, P.A.

   F-9

Report of Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.

   F-10

Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 2006 and 2005

   F-11

Consolidated Statements of Operations For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-12

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-13

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity For The Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-14

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   F-15

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a significant deficiency (within the meaning of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board [“PCAOB”] Auditing Standard No. 2), or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by employees in the normal course of their work.

Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on the framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), referred to as the Internal Control—Integrated Framework. The objective of this assessment is to determine whether the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. As a result of management’s Sarbanes Oxley work, management has concluded that there is an ineffective control environment over the Company’s financial reporting.

BKHM, P.A., the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

Management has identified the following specific material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006:

(i) Management has identified a lack of adequate segregation of duties in field locations in the purchasing and disbursement function, and in certain field locations for cash receipts. In addition, management noted a lack of compliance with established procedures regarding approval of invoices. In most locations the Company has attempted to segregate responsibilities, however, because of a lack of financial staff or the existence of related parties, there are inherent limitations in achieving proper segregation of duties. Therefore, management has concluded that there were deficiencies in the design of internal controls surrounding segregation of duties at certain locations because of a lack of personnel.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes the consolidation of accounts payable and disbursement process from decentralized field locations into a centralized process at the Company’s headquarters. The Company believes this action will remediate the material weakness surrounding segregation of duties for the accounts payable and disbursement process functions.

(ii) The Company has executed agreements with related parties for billing, managerial and administrative services and facility leases. Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify all transactions with related parties.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes establishing a formal inquiry process with operations personnel to identify related party transactions. Additionally, with the planned consolidation of the disbursement process, new vendors and contracts will be analyzed to identify related parties.

(iii) Management identified deficiencies in the operation of the Company’s policies and procedures associated with a lack of access controls, and adequate backup and security of certain critical computerized financial systems. These systems include billing, payroll, accounts payable, general ledger and electronic spreadsheets used in the compilation and presentation of the Company’s financial information. Although there are manual controls designed to identify material errors, these systems identified affect a significant number of account balances and disclosures, and therefore management has concluded that there is a material weakness related to controls in this area.

Management plans the following remediation for 2007:

 

F-2


Table of Contents
   

Payroll, general ledger and accounts payable will be migrated from the decentralized subsidiary level and consolidated at the corporate level.

 

   

Implementation of a Corporate Information System and Security Policy to include:

 

  ¡  

System Development and Life Cycle processes

 

  ¡  

Change management

 

  ¡  

User access review and provisioning

 

  ¡  

Corporate and practice management review and approval of billing system user accounts and access privileges

 

  ¡  

Controls around the use of spreadsheets in financial reporting

(iv) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s controls around authorization, reconciliation and safeguarding of assets. The deficiencies specifically related to a lack of a physical inventory, errors in the reconciliation of the subsidiary ledger to the general ledger and approval of fixed asset purchases.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes:

 

   

Annual physical inventory of fixed assets.

 

   

Additional procedures around roll forwards and reconciliation of the subsidiary ledger to the general ledger.

 

   

Consolidation of accounts payable to corporate, which will facilitate the review and approval of fixed asset purchases.

(v) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s control structure surrounding bad debts, contractual allowances, and accounts receivable reserve estimates. The Company did not have appropriate controls designed and implemented to ensure validity, completeness and accuracy of contractual adjustments. In addition, the Company did not have a formalized and structured process to ensure reserves were properly estimated.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes:

 

   

The Company has hired additional personnel and is in the process of implementing and adequately documenting a system to compare net realizable value to current historical collection percentages.

 

   

Process improvements and standardization in field locations regarding contractual adjustments will be implemented.

(vi) Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s internal control structure surrounding payroll. These deficiencies relate to lack of full compliance with established procedures regarding subsidiary to general ledger reconciliation, controls surrounding changes to withholding, payroll cut-off and approval of timecards.

Planned remediation for 2007 includes the consolidation of payroll from decentralized field locations to a centralized process at the Company’s headquarters as well as additional formalized controls surrounding the above areas.

(vii) The Company has identified a material weakness in the process related to the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions. These control weaknesses were the result of the following:

 

   

SFAS 123R – Management identified inappropriate accounting treatment in the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), which resulted in a mis-classification of stock-based compensation during the quarters ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006. These inappropriate classifications will lead to the re-statement of those quarters’ financial statements.

 

   

Goodwill – As the result of the year-end audit an error was discovered in the calculation of goodwill impairment, which resulted in a $5.1 million adjustment to the financial statements. The error was a result of not applying the present value to the terminal value in the calculation of fair value, which was utilized in the calculation of goodwill impairment.

The Company plans to continue remediation efforts in the analysis of complex transactions by increasing the timing, frequency, expertise and detail in which complex transactions are reviewed.

(viii) Management has identified a deficiency in the accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to second party review of journal entries, appropriate cut-off of accounts payable and consolidation of field location financial statements.

The Company plans to consolidate the accounts payable process during 2007 and develop additional procedures surrounding review of journal entries and the consolidation process.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

(ix) The Company’s management did not have adequate technical expertise with respect to income tax accounting and tax compliance to effectively oversee these areas. This lack of adequate technical expertise resulted in a $1.1 million audit adjustment to remove an undefined, unattributable tax liability found in the provision.

The Company is in the process of working with a third party specialist to assist in the preparation and review of the income tax provision.

(x) The Company identified a material weakness in the entity level controls relating to the control environment, for the following reasons:

 

   

The Company did not have formal training, employee acknowledgement, and periodic reconfirmation of the Code of Conduct.

 

   

The Company’s Whistle Blower program was lacking in relation to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the issuer regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.

 

   

The Company’s Whistle Blower program was also lacking regarding confidential, anonymous submission of employees of the issuer of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

In 2007, the Company also plans to enhance its procedures, training and communication regarding the Code of Ethics and Whistle Blowers program.

(xi) The Company’s management did not have a control structure in place to properly monitor and analyze the subsidiary 401(k) plans for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The Company plans to implement a monitoring program and analyze all 401(k) plans at the subsidiary level as well as in the aggregate for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the following subsidiaries which were acquired during 2006 and included in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

Subsidiary Name    Revenues    Assets

Center for Pain Management -ASC

   $ 5,824,767    $ 15,147,111

REC, Inc and CareFirst Medical Associates

     965,464      1,793,861

Desert Pain Medicine Group

     3,968,006      3,980,672

Amphora, LLC

     927,477      —  
             

Totals

   $ 11,685,714    $ 20,921,644
             

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

In Item 9A of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, management reported material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting. Following is a description of changes in internal controls related to those material weaknesses.

(1) Material Weakness

In light of the facts and circumstances related to a restatement and significant adjustments generated from the year-end audit (described in subsequent items below), the Company concluded that the inability to prepare its financial statements without material misstatements is a material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This is the result of inadequate control over the process for the identification and implementation of the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions.

Remediated Controls Implemented

Debt:

 

   

New financing agreements are reviewed by a third party specialist for identification of derivative instruments prior to the signing of the agreement.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
   

Derivative valuations are calculated by a third party specialist and reviewed by the Controller.

Business Acquisition:

 

   

Upon acquisition, standard valuation methods are utilized to calculate the identifiable intangibles.

 

   

A third party specialist is utilized when needed for questions about the valuation of intangibles.

 

   

Memorandums documenting key assumptions/calculations and accounting issues are reviewed by a second party with appropriate level of expertise.

 

   

Due Diligence procedures are conducted internally or by a third-party for all acquisitions.

Equity:

 

   

The fair values of options are calculated by option tracking software, purchased from a software vendor and the assumptions utilized by the program are reviewed for reasonableness by the Controller.

 

   

A third party specialist is utilized as necessary to analyze agreements to ensure appropriate accounting treatment and disclosure.

Although substantial improvements to the control environment have been made in this area, as a result of additional audit adjustments as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, a material weakness in internal control over the Company’s process for the identification and implementation of proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions still exists as of December 31, 2006, as described in (vii) above.

(2) Material Weakness

Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify, analyze, record, and properly disclose all transactions with related parties.

Remediated Controls Implemented

 

   

Related party transactions are analyzed by the Controller using a standardized checklist and documented in a formal memo to ensure compliance with FIN 46, as well as other related party accounting and disclosure requirements. The analysis is second party reviewed by a third party specialist.

 

   

Review of quarterly and annual financial statements is completed by senior management and the disclosure committee prior to release to the public for completeness of the disclosures, including related party transactions.

 

   

Based on this review questions are raised and resolved.

As a result of these control improvements, management believes that this material weakness as it relates to the analysis and disclosure aspects of related party transactions has been remediated as of December 31, 2006, however the ability to timely identify related party transactions remains a material weakness as of December 31, 2006, as described in (ii) above.

(3) Material Weakness

Management has identified a deficiency in the timeliness and accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to the accuracy and review of key account reconciliations, analysis of changes in debt/capital leases, appropriate support and second party review of journal entries, and consolidation of field location financial statements. The accounting function is decentralized throughout the field locations, and these locations lacked personnel with adequate experience in accounting matters to analyze and interpret accounting data in a timely manner.

Remediated Controls Implemented

 

   

The Company has hired additional qualified individuals in key financial management positions at Corporate during 2006. Due to the additional financial staff at corporate controls have been implemented for the review of field financials and additional account analysis.

 

   

The Company has instituted additional month end close processes that include reconciliation of key accounts, including analysis of debt and capital lease accounts.

Although substantial improvements to the control environment have been made in the area of financial close, additional remediation needs to be implemented. Management has concluded that a material weakness in internal control over the Company’s financial close process still exists as of December 31, 2006 as described in (viii) above.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

PainCare Holdings, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting on page F-2, that PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, because of the effect of the material weaknesses identified in management’s assessment, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“the COSO criteria”). The management of the Company is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements .

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. As of December 31, 2006, the following material weaknesses were identified and included in management’s assessment:

Management has identified a lack of adequate segregation of duties in field locations in the purchasing and disbursement functions and, in certain field locations, for cash receipts. In addition, management noted a lack of compliance with established procedures regarding approval of invoices. In most locations, the Company attempted to segregate responsibilities; however, because of a lack of financial staff or the existence of related parties, there are inherent limitations in achieving proper segregation of duties. Therefore, management has concluded that there were deficiencies in the design of internal controls pertaining to segregation of duties at certain locations because of a lack of personnel.

The Company has executed agreements with related parties for billing, managerial and administrative services and facility leases. Management has identified that the Company did not have appropriate controls to timely identify all transactions with related parties.

Management identified deficiencies in the operation of the Company’s policies and procedures associated with a lack of access controls and adequate backup and security of certain critical computerized financial systems. These systems include billing, payroll, accounts payable, general ledger and electronic spreadsheets used in the compilation and presentation of the Company’s financial information. Although there are manual controls designed to identify material errors, these systems identified affect a significant number of account balances and disclosures; therefore, management has concluded that there is a material weakness related to controls in this area.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s controls around authorization, reconciliation and safeguarding of assets. The deficiencies specifically related to a lack of a physical inventory, errors in the reconciliation of the subsidiary ledger to the general ledger and approval of fixed asset purchases.

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s control structure surrounding bad debts, contractual allowances and accounts receivable reserve estimates. The Company did not have appropriate controls designed and implemented to ensure validity, completeness and accuracy of contractual adjustments. In addition, the Company did not have a formalized and structured process to ensure reserves were properly estimated.

Management has identified deficiencies in the Company’s internal control structure surrounding payroll. These deficiencies relate to lack of full compliance with established procedures regarding subsidiary to general ledger reconciliation, controls over changes to employee withholding, payroll cut-off and approval of timecards.

The Company has identified a material weakness in the process related to the proper accounting for complex and non-routine transactions. These control weaknesses were the result of the following:

 

   

SFAS 123(R) – Management identified inappropriate accounting treatment for the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), which resulted in a mis-classification of stock-based compensation during the quarters ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006. These inappropriate classifications will lead to the restatement of those financial statements.

 

   

Goodwill – As the result of the year-end audit, an error was discovered in the calculation of goodwill impairment, which resulted in a $5.1 million adjustment to the financial statements. The error was a result of not applying the present value to the terminal value in the calculation of fair value, which was utilized in the calculation of goodwill impairment.

Management has identified a deficiency in the accuracy of the month-end close process. This deficiency is specifically related to second party review of journal entries, appropriate cut-off of accounts payable and consolidation of field location financial statements.

The Company’s management did not have adequate technical expertise with respect to income tax accounting and tax compliance to effectively oversee these areas. This lack of adequate technical expertise resulted in a $1.1 million audit adjustment to remove an undefined, unattributable tax liability.

The Company identified a material weakness in the entity level controls relating to the control environment, for the following reasons:

 

   

The Company did not have formal training, employee acknowledgement and periodic reconfirmation of the Code of Conduct.

 

   

The Company’s Whistle Blower program was lacking in relation to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the issuer regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters.

 

   

The Company’s Whistle Blower program was also lacking regarding confidential, anonymous submission of employees of the issuer of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

The Company’s management did not have a control structure in place to properly monitor and analyze the subsidiaries’ 401(k) plans for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2006 consolidated financial statements of the Company, and this report does not affect our report dated March 28, 2007, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries did not maintain effective internal

 

F-7


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, because of the effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page F-2, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting excluded the internal controls of Center for Pain Management-ASC, REC, Inc. and CareFirst Medical Associates, Desert Pain Medicine Group and Amphora, LLC as of December 31, 2006 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2006. These entities are included in the 2006 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted approximately 12.8% of total assets as of December 31, 2006 and approximately 18.3% of total revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the entities referred to above.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statements referring to the planned remediation for 2007 included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing on page F-2.

/s/ BKHM, P.A.

Winter Park, Florida

March 28, 2007

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of PainCare Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has debt obligations that are currently in default. Management is presently in negotiations with lenders to refinance and/or settle the debt obligations. The ultimate outcome of the refinancing negotiations cannot presently be determined and the future actions of the debt holders, which could be detremental to the Company’s financial position, are unknown. A significant portion of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral, and foreclosure would seriously impair the Company’s ability to operate. No provision for any liability that may result from the uncertainty surrounding the Company’s debt has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in the preceding paragraph, there are uncertainties involving the Company’s debt, the ultimate outcome of which cannot presently be determined. The potential significance of an adverse conclusion to these issues raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to this matter are described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 28, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting and an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ BKHM, P.A.

Winter Park, Florida

March 28, 2007

 

F-9


Table of Contents

TSCHOPP, WHITCOMB & ORR, P.A.

The Board of Directors

PainCare Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PainCare Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2004 and 2003 consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PainCare Holdings, Inc., as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its consolidated operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.

March 4, 2005, except for note 2 as to which the date is April 17, 2006

Maitland, Florida

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2006 and 2005

 

     2006     2005  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,597,714     $ 22,507,780  

Accounts receivable, net

     12,423,305       16,638,700  

Deposits and prepaid expenses

     1,575,547       2,114,539  

Current deferred tax asset

     904,604       683,391  

Income tax receivable

     4,135,375       —    

Current assets of discontinued operations

     8,482,910       5,273,043  
                

Total current assets

     31,119,455       47,217,453  

Property and equipment, net

     10,040,810       10,605,016  

Goodwill, net

     89,365,614       97,539,861  

Due from stockholder

     —         427,553  

Deferred tax asset

     —         132,567  

Other assets

     4,106,791       11,377,368  

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

     28,745,064       16,010,812  
                

Total assets

   $ 163,377,734     $ 183,310,630  
                

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 6,505,248     $ 3,087,960  

Accrued compensation expense

     —         17,142,549  

Derivative liabilities

     —         12,952,455  

Acquisition consideration payable

     4,026,209       8,011,567  

Common stock payable

     —         5,405,601  

Income tax payable

     —         3,003,766  

Current portion of notes payable

     34,115,378       3,883,012  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     1,383,790       1,523,781  

Derivative liabilities

     600,000       —    

Current portion of convertible debentures

     12,415,480       8,519,131  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     552,340       557,351  
                

Total current liabilities

     59,598,445       64,087,173  

Notes payable, less current portion

     —         26,129,569  

Convertible debentures, less current portion

     —         1,133,877  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     1,731,388       2,830,959  

Deferred tax liability non-current

     2,472,513       —    

Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations

     32,609       41,749  
                

Total liabilities

     63,834,955       94,223,327  
                

Minority interests related to discontinued operations

     2,191,797       1,763,838  
                

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 200,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 66,292,721 and 55,823,026 shares, respectively

     6,629       5,582  

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value. Authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding -0- shares

     —         —    

Additional paid in capital

     142,763,156       106,253,345  

Accumulated deficit

     (45,465,595 )     (18,983,089 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     46,792       47,627  
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     97,350,982       87,323,465  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 163,377,734     $ 183,310,630  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

     2006     2005    

2004

(As restated)

 

Revenues:

      

Pain management

   $ 46,092,950     $ 43,269,382     $ 22,316,610  

Surgeries

     5,347,676       6,165,175       5,202,766  

Ancillary services

     12,288,256       14,113,756       10,398,524  
                        

Total revenues

     63,728,882       63,548,313       37,917,900  

Cost of revenues

     20,270,361       11,549,973       6,663,945  
                        

Gross profit

     43,458,521       51,998,340       31,253,955  

General and administrative expense

     39,828,569       38,510,708       20,408,656  

Amortization expense

     2,263,010       1,529,438       549,229  

Impairment of goodwill

     22,098,675       —         —    

Impairment of intangible assets

     11,895,837       —         —    

Depreciation expense

     2,361,378       1,424,793       837,484  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     (34,988,948 )     10,533,401       9,458,586  

Interest expense

     (3,609,655 )     (4,308,502 )     (3,463,677 )

Derivative benefit (expense)

     9,997,201       (7,055,502 )     (3,256,372 )

Other income expense

     203,229       457,250       170,568  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (28,398,173 )     (373,353 )     2,909,105  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     2,930,928       (5,110,651 )     (4,410,587 )
                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (25,467,245 )     (5,484,004 )     (1,501,482 )
                        

Discontinued operations:

      

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (less applicable income tax expense (benefit) of $91,130 and ($184,972))

     (336,465 )     144,626       —    

Loss on disposal of discontinued operations (less applicable income tax benefit of $1,112,918)

     (1,670,721 )     —         —    
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,007,186 )     144,626       —    
                        

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     (27,474,431 )     (5,339,378 )     (1,501,482 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (net of tax of $661,283 )

     991,925       —         —    
                        

Net loss

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )
                        

Basic loss per common share:

      

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )   $ —       $ —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.01     $ —       $ —    

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Diluted loss per common share:

      

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )   $ —       $ —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.01     $ —       $ —    

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,600,427       51,316,562       32,923,211  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,600,427       51,316,562       32,923,211  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

     2006     2005    

2004

(As restated)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     2,007,186       (144,626 )     —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     (991,925 )     —         —    

Loss from continuing operations

     (25,467,245 )     (5,484,004 )     (1,501,482 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,624,388       2,954,231       1,386,713  

Impairment of goodwill

     22,098,675       —         —    

Impairment of intangible assets

     11,895,837       —         —    

Non-cash compensation

     (7,975,675 )     2,382,259       356,590  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         88,651       —    

Amortization of debt discount

     2,176,744       1,383,324       1,805,846  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     —         (475,717 )  

Stock issued for interest payments

     325,407       991,146       383,053  

Mark to market derivatives

     (9,997,201 )     7,055,502       3,256,372  

Deferred income taxes

     2,798,441       1,113,566       748,623  

Non-cash transactions

     (835 )     28,143       30,415  

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired:

      

Accounts receivable

     2,540,808       (1,999,704 )     (5,332,692 )

Deposits and prepaid expenses

     566,252       (786,312 )     (448,695 )

Other assets

     374,347       —         —    

Income tax payable

     (6,778,636 )     (723,764 )     3,794,566  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     2,297,359       2,083,422       (360,283 )

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from continuing operations

     (521,334 )     8,610,743       4,119,026  

Net cash used in operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

     (292,529 )     562,354       —    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (813,863 )     9,173,097       4,119,026  

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (962,040 )     (1,773,763 )     (1,018,597 )

Cash paid for contingent consideration

     (9,295,681 )     (7,510,966 )     (3,108,888 )

Cash received from disposition

     1,400,000       —         —    

Cash used for contract rights

     —         (202,291 )     (2,253,215 )

Cash used for acquisitions

     (9,982,213 )     (27,172,913 )     (12,297,753 )

Cash from acquisitions

     77,754       39,409       270,570  

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     (18,762,180 )     (36,620,524 )     (18,407,883 )

Net cash provided by investing activities attributable to discontinued operations

     250,128       146,366       —    

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (18,512,052 )     (36,474,158 )     (18,407,883 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible debentures, net of offering costs

     3,000,000       —         12,382,315  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of capital offering costs

     4,090,707       5,964,013       15,500,446  

Payments of capital lease obligations

     (1,619,889 )     (1,362,280 )     (686,734 )

Payment of convertible debentures

     —         —         (885,000 )

Notes receivable from employees

     —         (201,353 )     —    

Due from/to stockholders

     —         —         (34,907 )

Net proceeds from (payments on) notes payable

     (3,889,012 )     27,117,839       810,910  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     1,581,806       31,518,219       25,465,930  

Net cash used in financing activities attributed to discontinued operations

     (981,438 )     (604,832 )     —    

Net cash provided by financing activities

     600,368       30,913,387       25,465,930  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (18,725,547 )     3,612,326       11,177,073  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year includes cash of discontinued operations: 2006, $205,386

     22,713,166       19,100,840       7,923,767  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year includes cash of discontinued operations: 2006, $389,905; 2005, $205,386

   $ 3,987,619     $ 22,713,166     $ 19,100,840  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 4,672,705     $ 2,499,181     $ 1,207,049  

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

     2,841,073       2,895,752       —    

Non-cash investing and financing transactions:

      

Accrued compensation expense recharacterized as equity

     9,166,874       —         —    

Common stock issued for acquisitions

     9,624,459       25,701,467       7,846,712  

Common stock issued for contract right purchases

     —         —         1,097,333  

Common stock issued for convertible debentures

     —         15,735,237       1,650,948  

Common stock issued for contingent consideration

     8,914,004       7,689,464       2,978,770  

Common stock issued for derivative conversions

     3,486,632       —         —    

Common stock issued for financing costs

     980,000       —         —    

Common stock issued for common stock payable

     5,405,601       —         —    

Acquisition consideration payable

     4,026,209       8,011,567       17,900,833  

Equipment financed with capital lease obligations

     436,536       2,355,578       928,756  

Due from stockholder

     427,553       —         —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

     Common Stock   

Additional

Paid in Capital

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive

Income

  

Total

Stockholders’

Equity

 
     Shares    Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2003 (as restated)

   26,882,597    $ 2,688    $ 24,148,870     $ (12,142,229 )   $ 961    $ 12,010,290  

Common stock issued for earn-outs

   1,064,251      107      2,978,663       —         —        2,978,770  

Common stock issued for contract rights

   401,617      40      1,097,293       —         —        1,097,333  

Common stock issued for exercise of warrants

   534,466      53      343,067       —         —        343,120  

Common stock issued for exercise of stock options

   312,673      31      71,031       —         —        71,062  

Common stock issued for acquisitions

   2,667,747      267      7,846,445       —         —        7,846,712  

Common stock issued for conversion of convertible debenture

   530,000      53      1,650,895       —         —        1,650,948  

Common stock issued for debenture interest payments

   154,482      15      383,053       —         —        383,068  

Common stock issued for secondary offering

   8,965,000      897      15,085,366       —         —        15,086,263  

Common stock options issued for non employee consulting fees

   —        —        219,829       —         —        219,829  

Adjustment for fair value of warrants

   —        —        1,715,175       —         —        1,715,175  

Components of comprehensive income (loss):

               

Translation adjustment

   —        —        —         —         30,415      30,415  

Net loss

             (1,501,482 )     —        (1,501,482 )
                     

Comprehensive loss

   —        —        —         —         —        (1,471,067 )
                                           

Balances at December 31, 2004 (as restated)

   41,512,833    $ 4,151    $ 55,539,687       (13,643,711 )   $ 31,376    $ 41,931,503  

Common stock issued for earn-outs

   2,026,592      203      7,689,261       —         —        7,689,464  

Common stock issued for exercise of warrants

   400,316      40      474,672       —         —        474,712  

Common stock issued for exercise of stock options

   674,975      67      83,633       —         —        83,700  

Common stock issued as restricted shares

   18,860      2      11,890       —         —        11,892  

Common stock issued for acquisitions

   7,279,835      727      25,700,740       —         —        25,701,467  

Common stock issued for conversion of convertible debt

   3,626,167      364      15,734,873       —         —        15,735,237  

Common debenture stock issued for debenture interest

   283,448      28      991,118       —         —        991,146  

Common stock options issued for non employee

   —        —        27,471       —         —        27,471  

Components of comprehensive income (loss):

               

Translation adjustment

   —        —        —         —         16,251      16,251  

Net loss

   —        —        —         (5,339,378 )     —        (5,339,378 )
                     

Comprehensive loss

   —        —        —         —         —        (5,323,127 )
                                           

Balances at December 31, 2005

   55,823,026    $ 5,582    $ 106,253,345     $ (18,983,089 )   $ 47,627    $ 87,323,465  

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

   —        —        (1,653,208 )     —         —        (1,653,208 )

Common stock issued for earn-outs

   3,510,738      350      8,913,654       —         —        8,914,004  

Common stock issued for private placement

   3,305,033      331      9,495,977       —         —        9,496,308  

Common stock issued for financing costs

   500,000      50      979,950       —         —        980,000  

Common stock issued for warrant conversions

   1,310,000      131      3,486,501       —         —        3,486,632  

Common stock issued for acquisitions

   2,719,803      272      9,624,187       —         —        9,624,459  

Common stock issued for debenture interest

   159,153      17      297,265       —         —        297,282  

Accrued compensation expense recharacterized as equity

   —         —         9,166,874       —         —         9,166,874  

Common stock options issued for debenture interest

   —         —         28,125       —         —         28,125  

Common stock received from divesture

   (1,035,032 )     (104 )     (3,829,514 )     —         —         (3,829,618 )

Components of comprehensive income (loss):

            

Translation adjustment

   —         —         —         —         (835 )     (835 )

Net loss

   —         —         —         (26,482,506 )     —         (26,482,506 )
                  

Comprehensive loss

   —         —         —         —         —         (26,483,341 )
                                              

Balances at December 31, 2006

   66,292,721     $ 6,629     $ 142,763,156     $ (45,465,595 )   $ 46,792     $ 97,350,982  
                                              

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PAINCARE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

History of the Company

PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“the Company”) was initially incorporated in the State of Connecticut in May, 1984 under the name of HelpMate Robotics, Inc. (“HelpMate”). Prior to the sale of its business in December 1999, HelpMate was primarily engaged in the design, manufacture, and sale of HelpMate’s flagship product, the HelpMate courier system, a trackless robotic courier used primarily in the health care industry to transport materials. On December 30, 1999, HelpMate sold substantially all of its assets to Pyxis Corporation (“Pyxis”).

Following the sale to Pyxis in December 1999, HelpMate’s business plan was to effect a business combination with an operating business, which HelpMate believed to have the potential to increase stockholder value.

On December 20, 2001, HelpMate entered in an Agreement and Plan of Merger with PainCare, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Merger Agreement”), which was consummated on July 17, 2002 (the “Merger”). Pursuant to the Merger, PainCare, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of HelpMate. In connection with the Merger, the stockholders of PainCare, Inc. received voting common stock of HelpMate.

History of PainCare, Inc.

PainCare, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Nevada on February 19, 1997, under the name of Hi-Profile Corporation. PainCare, Inc. was reorganized in the fall of 2000 for the purpose of establishing a North American network of pain management, minimally invasive surgery and orthopedic rehabilitation centers.

On July 17, 2002 PainCare, Inc. consummated a Merger with HelpMate, as described below. PainCare, Inc. had approximately 128 stockholders of record prior to the Merger with HelpMate. As of December 31, 2006, the combined Company has approximately 8,597 stockholders of record.

The Merger

As indicated above, on December 20, 2001, HelpMate Robotics, Inc. entered into a Merger Agreement with PainCare, Inc. whereby a wholly-owned subsidiary of HelpMate, formed for the purpose of the Merger, merged into PainCare, Inc. and PainCare, Inc. became a subsidiary of HelpMate. The stockholders of PainCare, Inc. received voting common stock of HelpMate. In connection with the Merger, the companies filed a Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission which was effective on July 12, 2002. Immediately thereafter, a Certificate of Merger was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut and Articles of Merger were filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada. The Merger became effective on July 17, 2002.

The Merger was accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. No goodwill or intangibles were recorded because the merger was essentially a recapitalization transaction and was accounted for in a manner similar to a reverse acquisition, identifying PainCare, Inc. as the accounting acquirer.

Holders of PainCare, Inc. common stock received shares of HelpMate common stock at a conversion rate of one share of HelpMate common stock for each one share of PainCare, Inc. common stock surrendered. As of the date the Merger was consummated, there were 7,555,357 shares of PainCare’s common stock issued and outstanding. Holders of PainCare, Inc. options, warrants and other derivatives have the right to exercise those derivatives for HelpMate’s common stock.

HelpMate had 900,122 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of the Merger. There were no other shares of HelpMate capital stock or derivatives issued or outstanding.

In summary, PainCare, Inc. security holders received an aggregate of 11,789,816 shares of HelpMate common stock in the merger, or approximately 93% of the issued and outstanding shares of HelpMate common stock, assuming the exercise or conversion of all issued and outstanding PainCare, Inc. stock options, warrants and convertible notes.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

On November 8, 2002, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation for the purpose of changing the name of the Company from HelpMate Robotics, Inc. to PainCare Holdings, Inc. This name change reflects the revised strategic vision and marketing strategy of the Company. In conjunction with the Company name change, the trading symbol for the Company’s common stock changed from “HMRB” to “PANC” in December 2002 and on November 8, 2002, the Board of Directors and stockholders approved a proposal to change the Company’s state of incorporation from Connecticut to Florida. On June 16, 2003, the Company’s stock symbol was changed to “PRZ.”

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of PainCare Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company also consolidates PSHS Alpha Partners as it has a 67.5% ownership interest in this entity, and it consolidates PSHS Beta Partners as it has a 73% ownership interest. The other parties’ interest in these entities are reported as minority interests in the consolidated financial statements; however, these two entities are now included in discontinued operations. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine where a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease, including renewal periods when appropriate, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. The carrying amounts of assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated in the year of disposal and the resulting gains and losses are included in other income or expense. The useful lives of operating equipment range from five to ten years, and the depreciation period for leasehold improvements ranges from three to ten years.

Advertising Costs

Advertising expenditures relating to marketing efforts consisting primarily of marketing material, brochure preparation, printing and trade show expenses are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $1,816,794, $1,478,285, and $866,557 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company records income taxes using the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequence of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of its assets and liabilities. The Company estimates its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating its tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets.

The recording of a net deferred tax asset assumes the realization of such asset in the future, otherwise a valuation allowance

 

F-16


Table of Contents

must be recorded to reduce this asset to its net realizable value. The Company considers future pretax income and, if necessary, ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for such a valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that it may not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax asset in the future, a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset is charged against income in the period such determination is made.

Fair Value Disclosures

The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable, deposits, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses generally approximate the respective fair values of these instruments due to their current nature.

The carrying value of acquisition consideration payable consists of the value of cash and Company stock to be paid per contractual obligations and approximates fair value due to the current nature of the cash obligation and the stock which is recorded at fair value.

The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at interest rates applicable to similar instruments.

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow or market risks. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net-cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net-cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts with high quality, credit-worthy financial institutions. Funds with these institutions exceeded the federally-insured limits by approximately $1,533,339 on December 31, 2006.

Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base. The Company controls credit risk associated with its receivables through pre-approvals with insurance providers. Generally, the Company requires no collateral from its customers.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The more significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, contractual allowances and uncollectible accounts, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, derivative liabilities, income taxes, litigation and contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for judgments about results and the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results and values may differ significantly from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had cash and cash equivalents denominated in Canadian dollars that translate to U.S. dollar amounts of approximately $129,994 and $147,239 respectively.

The Company also has a qualified cash requirement from the HBK Investments credit facility. This requires the Company to maintain a minimum consolidated balance of $2,000,000 in cash and cash equivalents at all times.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, but not to exceed one vote per share, or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as shall be fixed and determined in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

As reflected in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income is a measure of net income (loss) and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with stockholders. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive losses for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $(26,483,341), $(5,323,127) and $(1,471,067), respectively.

Foreign Currency

The Company operates a subsidiary in Canada, which is subject to different monetary, economic and regulatory risks than its domestic operations. The subsidiary uses a functional currency other than U.S. dollars, and the balance sheet accounts are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. The foreign entity’s revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates that prevailed during the reporting period. The resulting net translation gains and losses are reported as foreign currency translation adjustments in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Exchange gains and losses on transactions and equity investments denominated in a currency other than their functional currency are included in results of operations as incurred.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs related to the Company’s various credit facilities are amortized over the related terms of the debt using the effective interest method. Net deferred financing costs were $2,536,302 and $1,688,431 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as a reduction to the liability as reflected in Note 9 “Notes Payable” and Note 10 “Convertible Debentures.”

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of net patient fee-for-service revenue. Net patient fee-for-service revenue is recognized when services are rendered. Net patient service revenue is recorded net of contractual adjustments and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Allowances for contractual adjustments and bad debts are provided for accounts receivable based on estimated collection rates. The Company estimates contractual allowances based on the patient mix at each location, the impact of contract pricing and historical collection information. As of December 31, 2006, the Company does not maintain any unbilled accounts receivable balance within the consolidated financial statements presented within this report.

Substantially all of the accounts receivable are due under fee-for-service contracts from third party payers, such as insurance companies and government-sponsored healthcare programs or directly from patients. Services are generally provided pursuant to contracts with healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable for services rendered have been recorded at their established charges and reduced by the estimated contractual adjustments and bad debts. Contractual adjustments result from the differences between the rates charged for services performed and reimbursements by government-sponsored healthcare programs and insurance companies. Receivables generally are collected within industry norms for third-party payors. The Company continuously monitors collections from its customers and maintains an allowance for bad debts based upon any specific payor collection issues that have been identified, the historical collection experience including each practice’s experiences, and the aging of patient accounts receivable balances. The Company is not aware of any claims, disputes or unsettled matters with third-party payors which could have a material effect on the financial statements. The Company either uses in-house billing or local billing companies in each location it operates. Therefore, the Company analyzes its accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts on a site-by-site basis as opposed to a company-wide basis. This allows the Company to be more detailed and more accurate with its collection estimates. While such credit losses have historically been within expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse impact on operating results.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The estimated contractual allowance rates for each facility are reviewed periodically. The Company adjusts the contractual allowance rates, as changes to the factors discussed above become known. As these factors change, the historical collection experience is revised accordingly in the period known. These allowances are reviewed periodically and adjusted based on historical payment rates. During the second half of 2006, we performed an analysis of our historical cash collections and adjusted the current collection percentages on several practices. This resulted in a $4.2 million write off of net receivables.

Changes in contractual allowances for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Balance at beginning of year (including balances from purchased business combinations)

   $ 30,658,843     $ 14,788,745  

Increase for contractual allowance

     87,951,661       40,263,885  

Decrease to the contractual allowance for the current year

     (98,735,556 )     (24,393,787 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 19,874,948     $ 30,658,843  
                

A summary of the activity in the allowance for uncollectible accounts is as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2006     2005  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 1,763,777     $ 335,459  

Additions charged to provision for bad debts

     3,529,695       2,788,601  

Accounts receivable written off (net of recoveries)

     (3,058,387 )     (1,360,283 )
                

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,235,085     $ 1,763,777  
                

The Company’s payor mix and aging table from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

Financial Class   

Balance on
December 31,

2006

   Current    31-60 Days    61-90 Days    91 + Days

Private Insurance

   $ 7,147,195    $ 1,928,021    $ 1,268,546    $ 659,248    $ 3,291,380

Self-Pay

     339,184      91,498      60,201      31,286      156,199

Workers-Comp

     2,145,160      578,676      380,742      197,867      987,875

Government

     3,464,006      934,447      614,822      319,515      1,595,222

Other

     1,562,845      421,592      277,387      144,155      719,711
                                  

Total

     14,658,390      3,954,234      2,601,698      1,352,071      6,750,387

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     2,235,085      105,726      127,230      128,974      1,873,155
                                  

Net realizable value

   $ 12,423,305    $ 3,848,508    $ 2,474,468    $ 1,223,097    $ 4,877,232
                                  

 

Aging Category    Amount    Percentage
for allowance for
doubtful accounts
   

Required

in allowance
doubtful
accounts

Current

   $ 3,954,234    2.7 %   $ 105,726

31-60 days

     2,601,699    4.9 %     127,230

61-90 days

     1,352,071    9.5 %     128,974

Over 91 days

     6,750,387    27.7 %     1,873,155
           

Year end balance of allowance for doubtful accounts

        $ 2,235,085
           

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The value of goodwill is stated at the lower of cost or fair value. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had $89.4 million and $97.5 million, respectively, of remaining recorded goodwill related to acquiring physician practices and surgery centers. These goodwill balances are net of any impairment charges. For additional information, refer to Note 7 “Goodwill.”

The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), as of January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and other intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are no longer amortized as expenses of operations, but rather carried on the balance sheet as permanent assets.

The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Goodwill is allocated to the Company’s individual practices. Impairment of goodwill is tested at the practice level by comparing the practices’ net carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the practice. The fair values of the practices are estimated using a combination of the income or discounted cash flows approach. If the carrying amount of the practice exceeds its fair value, goodwill is potentially impaired and a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The fair value of each of the Company’s practices exceeded their individual carrying values and, consequently, no impairment was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 except for the following: during 2006, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $7,030,175, $3,996,781, $679,160, $464,810, $3,436,436 and $6,491,313 for The Centeno Clinic, Associated Pain Physicians, Desert Pain and Colorado Pain Specialists Georgia Pain Physicians and Health Care Center of Tampa, respectively. An additional impairment charge of $2,297,013 was recorded as part of discontinued operations for the CPM-ASC surgery center.

Other intangible assets primarily consist of patient referral networks acquired in conjunction with our physician and surgery center acquisitions, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from seven to twelve years.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For any amount of those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The requirements of FIN 48 are effective for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is evaluating the impact of FIN 48 and does not believe there will be an impact during the first quarter of 2007.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the disclosures related to fair value measurements that are included in a company’s financial statements. SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value measurements in financial statements, but emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and not an entity-specific measurement that should be based on an exchange transaction in which a company sells an asset or transfers a liability (exit price). SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy in which observable market data would be considered the highest level, while fair value measurements based on an entity’s own assumptions would be considered the lowest level. For calendar year companies like the Company, SFAS No. 157 is effective beginning January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effects, if any, that SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2006, the FASB approved EITF 06-06, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification (or Exchange) of Conxertible Debt Instruments.” which modifies EITF 96-19 to require and change in the value of an embedded conversion feature of a modified debt to be tested in a separate calculation. Early adoption of EITF 06-06 is permitted, and the Company has elected early adoption and applied the provisions of EITF 06-06 to record the results of the December 2006 refinancing of its subordinated convertible notes.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In December 2006, the FASB approved EITF 00-19-2, “Accounting for Registration Payment Arrangements.” which establishes the standard that contingent obligations to make future payments under a registration rights arrangement shall be recognized and measured separately in accordance with Statement 5 and FASB Interpretation No. 14, Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a Loss. Early adoption of EITF 00-19-2 is permitted, and the Company has elected such early adoption.

Share-Based Payments

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supercedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related Interpretations. On March 25, 2005, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 107, which summarized the staff’s views regarding the interaction between SFAS No. 123(R) and certain SEC rules and regulations and provided additional guidance regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be valued at fair value on the date of grant, and to be expensed over the employee’s requisite service period. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application method and applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). Under the modified prospective transition method, the Company is required to recognize compensation cost for all stock option awards granted after January 1, 2006 and for all existing awards for which the requisite service had not been rendered as of the date of adoption. Compensation expense for the unvested awards outstanding as of January 1, 2006 is recognized over the remaining requisite service period based on the fair value of the awards on the date of grant, as previously calculated by the Company in developing its pro forma disclosures in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected to continue to value its share-based payment transactions using a Black-Scholes valuation model, which was previously used by the Company for purposes of preparing the pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123.

Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the portion of the share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. In the Company’s pro forma information required under SFAS No. 123, forfeitures were accounted for as they occurred. Compensation expense for stock option awards granted after January 1, 2006 are expensed using a straight-line single option method, which is the same attribution method that was used by the Company for purposes of its pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123.

The adoption of SFAS 123(R) also affected the computation of earnings per share, accounting for income taxes and the reporting of cash flows related to share-based compensation. For stock options that were fully or partially vested as of January 1, 2006, the Company, for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, uses the actual tax benefit windfall or shortfall that would be recognized in the financial statements upon exercise of the option in computing the assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized for year ended December 31, 2006 was as follows:

 

Compensation benefit related to stock options issued

   $ 7,975,675

Income tax expense

     1,827,702
      

Compensation expense, net of tax

   $ 6,147,973

Prior to adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recorded estimated compensation cost for employee stock options based upon the intrinsic value of the option on the date of grant consistent with the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25. As further described in Note 2, the Company originally recorded stock options granted to employees as a fixed plan under the provisions of APB 25. However, the fixed plan accounting was inappropriate in the circumstances, as the terms of the plan required variable accounting pursuant to APB 25. The following information in the footnote, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 has been restated to correct the accounting treatment.

The following table illustrates the effects on net income and earnings per share had the Company applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to its stock-based employee compensation plans for the years ended December 31:

 

F-21


Table of Contents
     2005     2004  

Net loss, as reported

   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Stock-based employee compensation included in reported net loss, net of tax

     901,904       87,736  

Stock-based employee compensation expense as determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of tax

     (837,183 )     (925,307 )
                

Net loss, pro forma

   $ (5,274,657 )   $ (2,339,053 )
                

Loss per common share:

    

Basic – as reported

   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Basic – pro forma

   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.07 )

Diluted – as reported

   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Diluted – pro forma

   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.07 )

The fair value of each employee stock option included in the table above was computed as follows: the weighted average fair value of options and warrants granted to employees were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for employees and non-employee options with the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The Company currently estimates volatility using the historical volatility of the share price over the expected term. The expected term and historical volatility computations are derived from Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 (SAB 107). The Company does not believe implied volatility is expected to differ significantly from the past since we are still in a growth stage. Therefore, we believe the historical volatility computation is appropriate. The expected term is based on the simplified method as outlined in SAB 107. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The Company does not pay any dividends.

 

     2006    2005    2004

Risk-free interest rate

   4.84%    3.98%    4.50%

Expected life

   2.76 years    2.73 years    5.00 years

Volatility

   66.10%    48.90%    50.0%

Dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

The same assumptions were used to compute the fair value of non-employee options. The amount of non-employee consulting expense recorded as a result of share-based payment in the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 totaled $0, $27,471, and $219,829, respectively. The net tax benefit of non-employee option exercises is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid in capital.

Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle was $991,925 and $0, net of tax, for 2006 and 2005, respectively, and resulted from the change in accounting principle from APB No. 25 to SFAS 123R. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulted from the requirement of SFAS 123R to reduce the amount of stock-based compensation expense by an estimated forfeiture rate or, in other words, the estimated number of shares that are not expected to vest as a result of an employee terminating prior to becoming fully vested in an award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we did not reduce stock-based compensation expense based on an estimated forfeiture rate but rather recorded an adjustment to stock-based compensation as actual forfeitures occurred. Additionally, at adoption the company previously recorded the options mark to market at intrinsic value. FAS 123R requires these to be recorded at fair value.

The options were revalued on January 1, 2006 using the Company’s fair value methodologies and the difference is recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is generally one time in nature and not expected to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

(2)Liquidity

Current situation - March 2007

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a working capital deficit from continuing operations of $36,409,560, including $3,597,714 of cash and cash equivalents. During 2006, the Company sold 3,305,033 shares of common stock, raising net proceeds of $9,496,308. The Company’s cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $(521,334), $8,577,513 and $4,119,026, respectively for continuing operations.

The Company expects to utilize it’s available cash and cash equivalents to fund its operating activities. We have significantly curtailed our acquisition model and have a plan to reduce expenses prospectively. The Company is continuing to pursue fund-raising possibilities through either the sale of its securities, debt financing or asset dispositions. In addition, the Company has a debt default forebearance that expires on March 31, 2007, and it has substantial debt maturing April 2, 2007. The debt holders have certain specific recourse options against the Company should a default occur, and these actions would materially adversely impact operations. If the Company is unable to secure additional financing on reasonable terms, or if the level of cash and cash equivalents falls below anticipated levels, it is uncertain if the Company will have the ability to continue it’s operations as a going concern beyond the second quarter of 2007. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the assumption that the Company will continue as a going concern.

Selling securities to satisfy its capital requirements may have the effect of materially diluting the current holders of the Company’s outstanding stock. The Company may also seek additional funding through other financing vehicles. There can be no assurances that such funding will be available at all or on terms acceptable to the Company.

On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006, and November 8, 2006, we entered into letter agreements (the “Waiver Letters”) with HBK Investments L.P. (the “Agent”), HBK Master Fund L.P., (“HBK-MF”) and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. (“Del Mar,” and together with HBK-MF the “Lenders”) pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders waived certain of our breaches of the terms of the loan and security agreement entered into by the parties on May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”). In consideration of the entry by the Agent and the Lenders into the Waiver Letters, we paid fees to the Lenders in the amount of $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000, respectively.

The August 9, 2006, Waiver Letter required us to cause the financial covenants in Section 7.18 of the Loan Agreement to be amended on or before October 15, 2006, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders. On October 13, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the October 15, 2006 deadline until November 15, 2006. On November 8, 2006, we entered into a letter agreement with the Agent and the Lenders extending the November 15, 2006 deadline until December 1, 2006.

On January 1, 2007, we entered into a Forbearance Agreement (the “Forbearance Agreement”) with the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement with respect to certain specified events of default under the Loan Agreement that had either occurred or that were thought to likely occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, we agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of (i) $277,500 at closing, plus, (ii) upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement (the “Obligations”), an amount equal to the greater of (i) $500,000, and (ii) $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the Obligations have been repaid in full.

Since our entry in to the Forbearance Agreement we have failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the Forbearance Agreement, and may have additionally violated certain terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement. As a result, the Agent and the Lenders may have certain rights under the Forbearance Agreement and the Loan Agreement including, but not limited to, taking control of one or more of our operating subsidiaries and/or other company assets, which, if exercised, would materially adversely impact our operations.

On March 21, 2007, the Agent provided the Company with notice that the Agent would be charging interest at the default rate until all existing events of default have been waived in accordance with the loan agreement. The default rate is LIBOR plus 10.25% or approximately 15.57% as of March 21, 2007.

HBK Notice of Default

On March 21, 2007 PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) received a notice of default (the “HBK Notice”) from HBK Investments L.P. (the “Agent”) with respect to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”), entered into by the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries, the Agent, HBK Master Fund L.P., (“HBK-MF”) and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. (“Del Mar,” and together with HBK-MF the “Lenders”).

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The HBK Notice further provides that (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable.

CPM Notice of Default

On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the “CPM Notice”) from The Center for Pain Management, LLC (“CPM”) with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “APA”) entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the “Subsidiary”), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the “Members”).

The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “Pledge Agreement”) entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

Convertible Debentures

Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with its primary lender. As of March 28, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

Financial restructuring plan and working capital needs

The Company plans to sell three surgery centers to raise funds for the purpose of restructuring our debt obligations. The proceeds would be used to either pay in full or a substantial portion of the $27.8 million of debt with the lenders. Also, the funds would be used to pay the amount due under the promissory note to the original sellers of the Center for Pain Management Ambulatory Surgery Center (CPMASC) of approximately $7.8 million.

The objective is to substantially reduce the debt outstanding by using the proceeds of the sale of the surgery center division. There may be an additional amount raised through the issuance of common stock or convertible debentures. These proceeds would primarily be used for working capital needs. The Company would have a significantly reduced debt load if the plan is executed. Currently, the Company is in negotiations with lenders to refinance and or settle the debt obligations.

The Company’s working capital needs for 2007 are primarily for paying contingent cash payments for the previously closed acquisitions as their individual earnings requirements are met. For 2007 the Company may have up to $6.5 million of cash outflow requirements for these contingent payments. The Company also expects to receive a total of approximately $4 million as a tax refund by the third or fourth quarter of 2007, which will also be used for working capital needs.

(3)Restatement and Reclassifications of Previously Issued Financial Statements

As more fully described in the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000 through 2004 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to December 31, 2005. All quarterly financial information for each of these years have also been restated to give effect to the correction of these errors. A discussion of each of the corrections is made in Note 2 to the financial statements included in the 2005 Form 10-K, as amended.

The Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2006 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to September 30, 2006. These errors all pertain to the adoption of FAS 123(R).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

During the first three quarters of 2006 ending on March 31, June 30, and September 30, the Company incorrectly accounted for its stock based compensation under the provisions of FAS 123(R). The Company’s plan was a liability plan at the adoption date of January 1, 2006 of FAS 123(R). The adoption of 123(R) required the Company to continue to record the options granted prior to January 1, 2006 as liability awards until there was a modification permitting equity treatment. Through December 31, 2006, the Company was treating its employee option plan as a variable plan because the plan permitted the optionee to exercise their options under a cashless exercise provision. This provision caused liability treatment because the Company was deemed to be unable to issue shares under EITF 00-19 should an employee elect that method of exercise. EITF 00-19 applied in this situation because it was part of the Company’s overall accounting for derivatives. The Company should have accounted for the stock option plan as a liability plan for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.

On May 4, 2006, the Company modified the convertible debenture agreements that created the derivatives under EITF 00-19. This modification no longer made the Company subject to EITF 00-19 since we could net share settle option exercises. This modification changed the accounting of the option plan to an equity plan under FAS 123(R).

On May 25, 2006 the Company also made material modification to three officers’ option awards so that they became fully vested on that date. This caused the Company to record to non cash compensation expense an additional $1,225,000 for fully vesting those options.

The provisions of FAS 123(R) require the options granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 to be recorded at the fair value and to be recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The Company correctly recorded these options as an equity grant.

Please see the table below for the effect on each account for each quarter:

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the period ending March 31, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance  

Deferred taxes, current

   $ 850,878     $ 28,786     $ 879,664  

Deferred taxes, noncurrent

     617,918       (4,432,128 )     (3,814,210 )

Accrued compensation expense

     17,142,549       (10,283,593 )     6,858,956  

Income tax payable

     2,472,329       (214,951 )     2,257,378  

Additional paid in capital

     132,047,810       (234,065 )     131,813,745  

Accumulated deficit

     (7,094,990 )     6,329,267       (765,723 )

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period ending March 31, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance    Adjustment     Ending Balance

General and administrative expense

   $ 12,606,803    $ (8,864,450 )   $ 3,742,353

Provision for income taxes

     1,188,607      3,527,108       4,715,715

Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     11,888,099      5,337,342       17,225,441

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     —        991,925       991,925

Net income

     11,888,099      6,329,267       18,217,366

Basic earnings per share:

       

Before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.19      —       $ 0.28

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ —        —       $ 0.02

After a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.19      —       $ .030

Diluted earnings per share:

       

Before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.17      —       $ 0.24

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ —        —       $ 0.01

After a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.17      —       $ 0.25

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     61,598,932      —         61,598,932

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     71,654,327      —         71,654,327

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the three months ending June 30, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance     Adjustments     Ending Balance  

Deferred taxes, current

   $ 1,042,033     $ —       $ 1,042,033  

Deferred taxes, noncurrent

     —         2,325,224       2,325,224  

Accrued compensation expense

     17,142,549       (17,142,549 )     —    

Income tax payable

     1,420,409       1,992,930       3,413,339  

Additional paid in capital

     137,719,608       6,238,788       143,958,396  

Accumulated deficit

     (7,901,081 )     6,585,607       (1,315,474 )

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Statement of Operations for the three months ending June 30, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance  

General and administrative expense

   $ 15,455,145     $ (386,103 )   $ 15,069,042  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     315,717       129,763       445,480  

Net income (loss)

     (806,091 )     256,340       (549,751 )

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.01 )     —       $ (0.01 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.01 )     —       $ (0.01 )

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619       —         64,482,619  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619       —         64,482,619  

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the six months ending June 30, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance    Adjustment     Ending Balance

General and administrative expense

   $ 28,061,948    $ (9,250,553 )   $ 18,811,395

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,504,324      3,656,871       5,161,195

Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     11,082,008      5,593,682       16,675,690

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     —        991,925       991,925

Net income (loss)

     11,082,008      6,585,607       17,667,615

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

       

Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.18      —       $ 0.26

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.00      —       $ 0.02

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.17      —       $ 0.18

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

       

Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.15      —       $ 0.23

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.00      —       $ 0.02

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.15      —       $ 0.25

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619      —         64,482,619

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619      —         64,482,619

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the period ending September 30, 2006:

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Line item

   Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance  

Deferred taxes, current

   $ 1,447,450     $ —       $ 1,447,450  

Deferred taxes, noncurrent

     (1,033,479 )     (5,511,778 )     (6,545,257 )

Accrued compensation expense

     17,142,549       (17,142,549 )     —    

Income tax payable

     351,273       985,790       1,337,063  

Additional paid in capital

     140,155,187       5,946,033       146,101,220  

Retained earnings

     (10,124,589 )     4,698,948       (5,425,641 )

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ending September 30, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance     Adjustment     Ending Balance  

General and administrative expense

   $ 13,871,940     $ (292,577 )   $ 13,579,363  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (483,924 )     2,179,414       1,695,490  

Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     (2,223,508 )     (1,886,659 )     (4,110,167 )

Net income (loss)

     (2,223,508 )     (1,886,659 )     (4,110,167 )

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

      

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ (0.03 )     —       $ (0.06 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

      

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ (0.03 )     —       $ (0.06 )

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619       —         64,482,619  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619       —         64,482,619  

The following table reflects the restatement for each line item on the Statement of Operations for the nine months ending September 30, 2006:

 

Line item

   Original Balance    Adjustment     Ending Balance

General and administrative expense

   $ 41,933,888    $ (9,543,308 )   $ 32,390,580

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1,020,400      5,836,285       6,856,685

Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     8,858,500      3,707,023       12,565,523

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

     —        991,925       991,925

Net income (loss)

     8,858,500      4,698,948       13,557,448

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

       

Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.14      —       $ 0.19

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.00      —       $ 0.02

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.14      —       $ 0.21

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

       

Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.14      —       $ 0.19

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.00      —       $ 0.02

After cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.14      —       $ 0.21

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619      —         64,482,619

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     64,482,619      —         64,482,619

(4)Acquisitions

The Company operates thirteen practices in states with laws governing the corporate practice of medicine. In those states, a corporation is precluded from owning the medical assets and practicing medicine. Therefore, contractual arrangements are effected to allow the Company to manage the practice. Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 97-2 (“EITF No. 97-2”) states that consolidation can occur when a physician practice management entity establishes an other than temporary controlling financial interest in a physician practice through contractual arrangements. All but one of the management services agreements between the Company and the physician satisfies all of the criteria of EITF No. 97-2. The Company includes revenue with respect to these practices in the consolidated financials in accordance with EITF No. 97-2.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

On April 13, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XVII, Inc. (PNAC XVII), and Colorado Pain Specialists, P.C. (CPS). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of CPS by PNAC XVII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholders of CPS received 653,698 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $5.09 per share and $2,125,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owners of CPS may receive up to $4,250,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. CPS is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

CPS was acquired on April 13, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of CPS’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 2,125,000

Stock Consideration

     3,327,805

Acquisition Costs

     623,861

Deferred taxes

     45,238

Less:

  

Cash

     27,311

Accounts receivable

     322,467

Property and equipment

     207,495

Prepaid and deposits

     7,555

Intangible Assets

     113,094

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     32,748

Note payable

     180,764
      

Goodwill

   $ 5,657,494
      

On May 12, 2005, the Company closed a securities purchase pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers I, Inc. (PCSC I), and the partners of PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical Center (LWSC). Dr. Merrill Reuter, Chairman of the Board of Directors, was a minority owner of this surgery center prior to the Company’s majority interest purchase and remains a minority owner following the Company’s majority interest purchase. The Securities Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 67.5% ownership of LWSC by PCSC I, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the partners of LWSC received 324,520 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $4.72 per share and $6,930,940 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. LWSC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center located in Lake Worth, Florida.

Majority interest in LWSC was purchased on May 12, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of LWSC’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 6,685,388

Stock Consideration

     1,531,734

Net Working Capital Adjustment

     245,552

Acquisition Costs

     286,507

Less:

  

Cash

     100,401

Accounts receivable

     2,090,919

Property and equipment

     651,837

Prepaids and deposits

     238,079

Intangible Assets

     208,573

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     240,767

Lease payable

     175,686

Minority interests

     866,054
      

Goodwill

   $ 6,741,879
      

 

F-28


Table of Contents

On August 1, 2005, the Company closed a securities purchase pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers II, Inc. (PCSC II), and the partners of PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Gables Surgical Center (GSC). The Securities Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 73% ownership of GSC by PCSC II, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the partners of GSC received 868,624 shares of common stock at $4.09 per share and $3,282,304 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former partners of GSC will receive the remaining balance of the purchase price in the form of promissory notes for $1,536,952 plus interest, due in August 2006. GSC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center located in Miami, Florida.

Majority interest in GSC was purchased on August 1, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of GSC’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 3,282,304

Promissory Notes

     1,536,952

Stock Consideration

     3,552,668

Net Working Capital Adjustment

     440,259

Acquisition Costs

     287,901

Less:

  

Cash

     104,903

Accounts receivable

     1,048,627

Property and equipment

     370,388

Inventory

     139,375

Prepaid and deposits

     30,209

Intangible Assets

     285,733

Deferred taxes

     96,235

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     227,822

Lease payable

     182,596

Minority interests

     411,391
      

Goodwill

   $ 7,846,423
      

Subsequent to the original purchase price allocation recorded at the year ending 2005, the Company adjusted the opening accounts receivable balance to reflect the amount actually collected. The adjustment to accounts receivable was a decrease of $1,146,855. The adjustment to the referral network and minority interest was a decrease of $48,255 and $309,652, respectively. The net change to goodwill was a $788,948 increase.

On August 9, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XVIII, Inc. (PNAC XVIII), and Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (PCSD). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of PCSD by PNAC XVIII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of PCSD received 263,400 shares of common stock of the Company at $4.26 per share and $1,000,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of PCSD may receive up to $2,000,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. PCSD is an orthopedic spine surgery physician practice located in Danville, Virginia.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PCSD was acquired on August 9, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of PCSD’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 1,000,000

Stock Consideration

     1,122,086

Acquisition Costs

     203,176

Deferred taxes

     11,438

Less:

  

Cash

     200

Accounts receivable

     185,055

Property and equipment

     132,030

Intangible Assets

     28,596

Plus:

  

Capital lease obligation

     43,020
      

Goodwill

   $ 2,033,839
      

On October 3, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXIII, Inc. (PNAC XXIII), and Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C. (RING). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of RING by PNAC XXIII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of RING received 349,162 shares of common stock of the Company at $3.75 per share and $1,250,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of RING may receive up to $2,500,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. RING is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

RING was acquired on October 3, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of Ring’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 1,250,000

Stock Consideration

     1,309,358

Acquisition Costs

     175,682

Deferred taxes

     41,671

Less:

  

 

Cash

     10,000

Accounts receivable

     127,517

Property and equipment

     400

Intangible assets

     104,177
      

Goodwill

   $ 2,534,617
      

On October 14, 2005, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (PNAC XXI), and Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. and Therapeutic Management, Inc., collectively doing business as The Centeno Clinic (CENTENO). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of CENTENO by PNAC XXI, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of CENTENO received 1,132,931 shares of common stock of the Company at $3.35 per share and $3,750,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former owner of CENTENO may receive up to $7,500,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. CENTENO is a pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CENTENO was acquired on October 14, 2005 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. The results of Centeno’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. This practice was sold in February 2007, see Note 21, Subsequent Events.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 3,750,000

Stock Consideration

     3,795,317

Acquisition Costs

     779,776

Less:

  

Cash

     1,898

Property and equipment

     200,000

Prepaids and deposits

     2,000

Intangible Assets

     87,397

Plus:

  

Note payable

     76,000
      

Goodwill

   $ 8,109,798
      

During fiscal year 2005, the Company closed six acquisitions with physician practices and ambulatory surgery centers. The combined goodwill amount resulting from these six transactions is $31,797,602.

On January 3, 2006, the Company closed an acquisition pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. (PCSC III), and the members of Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC (CPMASC). The Asset Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 100% ownership of CPMASC by PCSC III, a Florida corporation. In exchange for this acquisition the members of CPMASC received 1,021,942 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.44 per share and $3,750,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former members of CPMASC will receive the remaining balance of the purchase price in the form of a promissory note for $7,500,000 plus interest, due in January 2007. The note was extended until April 2007 with an additional $300,000 promissory note plus interest. CPMASC is a fully accredited ambulatory surgery center with four locations in Maryland. The members of CPMASC did have a prior relationship with the Company from the acquisition of Center for Pain Management, LLC in December 2004.

CPMASC was purchased on January 3, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006, the purchase price was reduced by $376,788 due to a change in identifiable intangible assets and an addition of $150,715 for deferred taxes.

 

Purchase price allocation:

  

Cash Consideration

   $ 3,750,000

Promissory Notes

     7,500,000

Stock Consideration

     3,515,480

Acquisition Costs

     279,923

Less:

  

Cash

     477,845

Accounts receivable

     767,718

Property and equipment

     263,563

Prepaid and deposits

     80,035

Other assets

     47,459

Imputed interest on notes payable

     215,489

Identifiable intangible assets

     376,788

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     86,046

Other liabilities

     696,009

Deferred taxes

     150,715
      

Goodwill

   $ 13,749,276
      

 

F-31


Table of Contents

On January 6, 2006, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc. (PNAC XXII), and REC, Inc. and CareFirst Medical Associates, P.A. (REC/CMA). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of REC/CMA by PNAC XXII, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholders of REC/CMA received 191,131 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.51 per share and $625,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former stockholders of REC/CMA may receive up to $1,250,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. REC/CMA is an orthopedic rehabilitation practice located in Whitehouse, Texas. Neither REC, CMA nor its members had any prior relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

REC/CMA was acquired on January 6, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $23,257 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price and during the fourth quarter of 2006, an adjustment to accounts payable of $22,551 reduced the purchase price. The total net change was $706.

 

Purchase price allocation:   

Cash Consideration

   $ 625,000

Stock Consideration

     670,870

Acquisition Costs

     128,750

Less:

  

Cash

     28,106

Accounts receivable

     80,841

Property and equipment

     56,767

Intangible assets

     82,089

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     14,723

Deferred taxes

     35,442
      

Goodwill

   $ 1,226,982
      

On January 20, 2006, the Company closed a merger pursuant to a Merger Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Acquisition Company XIX, Inc. (PNAC XIX), and Desert Pain Medicine Group (DPMG). The Merger Agreement provides for the acquisition of the non-medical assets of DPMG by PNAC XIX, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the non-medical assets the stockholder of DPMG received 471,698 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.41 per share and $1,500,000 in cash. The value of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former stockholder of DPMG may receive up to $3,000,000 in additional consideration if certain net earnings goals are achieved in each of the first three fiscal years following the closing. DPMG is a pain management physician practice with four locations in California. Neither DMPG nor its members had any prior relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

DPMG was acquired on January 20, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $44,155 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price and during the fourth quarter a vehicle that was recorded at acquisition was written off since it was determined to not be a company asset. The total change in the purchase price is $120,790.

 

Purchase price allocation:   

Cash Consideration

   $ 1,500,000

Stock Consideration

     1,608,490

Acquisition Costs

     155,000

Less:

  

Cash

     77,144

Accounts receivable

     198,792

Property and equipment

     418,384

Deposits and prepaid expenses

     27,259

Other assets

     8,111

Intangible assets

     130,707

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     155,718

Note payable

     20,417

Capital lease obligations

     62,523

Fixed asset write-off

     76,635

Deferred taxes

     134,556
      

Goodwill

   $ 2,852,942
      

 

F-32


Table of Contents

On February 1, 2006, the Company closed a majority interest purchase pursuant to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement with its wholly-owned subsidiary, PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (PCN I), and the members of Amphora, LLC (AMP). The Membership Interest Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase of 60% ownership of AMP by PCN I, a Florida corporation. In exchange for the majority interest purchase the members of AMP were to have received 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company priced at $3.70 per share and $3,250,000 in cash. The values of the common stock is based on the average market price of the Company’s stock over a few days before and after the terms were agreed to and announced. In addition, the former members of AMP were to have received the remaining balance of the purchase price of $8,500,000 in the form of performance-based installments over four years. AMP is an intraoperative monitoring company based in Denver, Colorado.

Majority interest in AMP was purchased on February 1, 2006 and utilized the purchase method of accounting. During the second quarter of 2006 $250,516 additional acquisition costs were added to the purchase price. On December 11, 2006 the merger agreement was rescinded; see note 25, Discontinued Operations.

 

Purchase price allocation:   

Cash Consideration

   $ 3,250,000

Stock Consideration

     3,829,618

Acquisition Costs

     293,541

Less:

  

Cash

     72,463

Accounts receivable

     1,006,114

Property and equipment

     176,817

Intangible assets

     109,368

Plus:

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     114,191

Capital lease obligations

     66,240

Deferred taxes

     114,223

Minority interests

     429,985
      

Goodwill

   $ 6,733,036
      

Following are the summarized unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 (as restated), assuming all of the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the year. The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future earnings or earnings that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed when assumed.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

     PainCare 2006
Actual
    CPMASC(1)    REC(2)    DPMG(3)     Amphora(4)   

Pro

Forma

 

Total Revenues

   $ 63,728,882     $ 32,092    $ 13,409    $ 359,569     $ 353,855    $ 64,487,807  

Cost of revenue

     20,270,361       4,542      4,631      176,422       80,936      20,536,892  
                                             

Gross profit

     43,458,521       27,551      8,778      183,147       272,919      43,950,915  

General and administrative expense

     39,828,569       16,937      6,291      151,717       128,239      40,131,753  

Amortization expense

     2,263,010       222      163      65,058       1,208      2,329,661  

Impairment of assets

     33,994,512       —        —        —         —        33,994,512  

Depreciation expense

     2,361,378       271      137      5,963       —        2,367,749  
                                             

Operating income (loss)

     (34,988,948 )     10,120      2,187      (39,591 )     143,472      (34,872,760 )

Interest expense

     (3,609,655 )     —        —        —         —        (3,609,655 )

Derivative benefit

     9,997,201       —        —        —         —        9,997,201  

Other income

     203,229       —        —        —         —        203,229  
                                             

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (28,398,173 )     10,120      2,187      (39,591 )     143,472      (28,281,985 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     2,930,928       —        —        —         —        2,930,928  
                                             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (25,467,245 )     10,120      2,187      (39,591 )     143,472      (25,351,057 )

Loss from discontinued operations

     (2,007,186 )     —        —        —         57,389      (1,949,797 )

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative change in accounting principal

     (27,474,431 )     —        —        —         —        (27,474,431 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

     991,925       —        —        —         —        991,925  
                                             

Net income (loss)

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ 10,120    $ 2,187    $ (39,591 )   $ 86,083    $ (26,423,707 )
                                             

Basic loss per common share

                $ (0.41 )
                     

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

                  64,600,427  
                     

Diluted loss per common share

                $ (0.41 )
                     

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

                  64,600,427  
                     

Footnotes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements:

1) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 2, 2006. 2) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 5, 2006. 3) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 19, 2006. 4) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2006 and ending on January 31, 2006.

Following are the summarized unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 (as restated), assuming all of the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of the year. The unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of future earnings or earnings that would have been reported had the acquisitions been completed when assumed.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2005

(Unaudited)

 

     PainCare
Historical
   

CPS

(4)

   

LWSC

(5)

   

GSC

(6)

   

PCSD

(7)

   

RING

(8)

  

CENTENO

(9)

   

CPMASC

(10)

  

REC

(11)

   

DP

(12)

  

AMPHORA

(13)

   Adjustment     Pro Forma  

Revenues

   $ 63,548,313     $ 722,974     $ 1,828,266     $ 2,724,346     $ 817,534     $ 773,146    $ 2,169,806     $ 4,779,613    $ 798,830     $ 3,454,942    $ 3,400,045    $ —       $ 85,017,815  

Cost of revenues

     11,549,973       326,637       301,437       307,342       168,640       180,000      87,514       410,941      167,620       1,029,910      472,485      (621,570 )(1)     14,380,929  
                                                                                                    

Gross profit

     51,998,340       396,337       1,526,829       2,417,004       648,894       593,146      2,082,292       4,368,672      631,210       2,425,032      2,927,560      621,570       70,636,886  

Operating expenses:

                              

General and administrative

     38,510,708       398,396       687,917       752,747       333,018       179,218      1,982,720       2,113,331      314,006       1,221,337      1,032,339      (1,479,581 )(2)     46,046,156  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,954,231       —         —         84,212       2,284       —        —         33,318      6,908       84,982      757      —         3,166,692  
                                                                                                    

Operating income (loss)

     10,533,401       (2,059 )     838,912       1,580,045       313,592       413,928      99,572       2,222,023      310,296       1,118,713      1,894,464      2,101,151       21,424,038  

Interest expense

     (4,308,502 )     (2,040 )     (1,089 )     (15,092 )     (4,529 )     —        (11,005 )     —        (22 )     —        —        —         (4,342,279 )

Derivative expense

     (7,055,502 )     —         —         —         —         —        —         —        —         —        —        —         (7,055,502 )

Other income

     457,250       —         38,099       2,938       —         2,748      —         —        —         —        —        —         501,035  
                                                                                                    

Income (loss) before taxes

     (373,353 )     (4,099 )     875,922       1,567,891       309,063       416,676      88,567       2,222,023      310,274       1,118,713      1,894,464      2,101,151       10,527,292  

Provision for income taxes

     5,110,651       —         —         —         —         —        —         —        —         —        —        1,138,907 (3)     6,249,558  
                                                                                                    

Income (loss) before minority interests’ share

     (5,484,004 )     (4,099 )     875,922       1,567,891       309,063       416,676      88,567       2,222,023      310,274       1,118,713      1,894,464      962,244       4,277,734  
                                                                                                    

Income from discontinued operations

     144,626       —         —         —         —         —        —         —        —         —        —        —         144,626  
                                                                                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (4,099 )   $ 875,922     $ 1,567,891     $ 309,063     $ 416,676    $ 88,567     $ 2,222,023    $ 310,273     $ 1,118,713    $ 1,894,464    $ 962,244     $ 4,422,360  
                                                                                                    

Basic income per common share

                               $ 0.08  
                                    

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

                                 56,079,880  
                                    

Diluted income per common share

                               $ 0.07  
                                    

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

                                 66,409,755  
                                    

Footnotes to Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements:

 

1) Adjustment for non-recurring cost of sales.
2) Adjustment for non-recurring general and administrative expenses.
3) Represents the provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 35%.
4) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on March 31, 2005.
5) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on April 30, 2005.
6) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on July 31, 2005.
7) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on July 31, 2005.
8) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on September 30, 2005.
9) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on September 30, 2005.
10) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
11) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
12) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.
13) Represents the results from the period beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2005.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

(5) Due from Stockholder

In 2004 the Company entered into a contract with Merill Reuter, M.D., chairman of the Company’s board of directors and an approximately 3.0% stockholder. Under the terms of the contract, which are similar to those entered into with other physicians, the Company is providing real estate development and construction oversight services to Dr. Reuter related to a planned medical facility that is intended to be owned by Dr. Reuter and leased to the Company and others. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, $0 and $427,553 respectively, is due from Dr. Reuter under this contract. During 2006, the Company assigned their interest in the development and construction of this medical facility to Equity Land Investments.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

(6) Property and Equipment

 

     2006    2005

Property and equipment, net at December 31, consisted of:

     

Furniture, fixtures & equipment

   $ 7,959,855    $ 10,167,792

Medical equipment

     9,425,787      7,390,304
             

Total cost

     17,385,642      17,558,096

Less accumulated depreciation

     7,344,832      6,953,080
             

Property and equipment, net

   $ 10,040,810    $ 10,605,016
             

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $2,361,378, $1,424,793, and $837,484, respectively.

(7)Goodwill

In connection with acquisitions through December 31, 2006, acquisition consideration paid exceeded fair value of the assets acquired (including estimated liabilities assumed as part of the transaction). The excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. At least annually at December 31st, management assesses whether there has been any permanent impairment in the value of goodwill. The factors considered by management include trends and prospects as well as the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. A summary of goodwill for each location is as follows:

 

Company Name

   Reporting
Segment
   Initial
Consideration
   Impairments
Recorded
   

Contingent

Consideration
Year 1

   Contingent
Consideration
Year 2
  

Contingent

Consideration
Year 3

   Total

Advanced Orthopaedics of S. Florida II, Inc.

   Surgery    $ 2,456,658      $ 350,000    $ 639,834    $ 467,075    $ 3,913,567

Rothbart Pain Management Clinic, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     834,788        260,290      348,330      754,513      2,197,921

Pain and Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     690,478        1,133,333      872,152      254,939      2,950,902

Medical Rehabilitation Specialists II, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     3,467,358        856,558      959,906      771,833      6,055,655

Associated Physicians Group

   Ancillary
Services
     5,030,025    (3,996,781 )     1,902,083      913,409      167,501      4,016,237

Spine and Pain Center

   Pain
Management
     1,406,715        446,547      412,011      150,229      2,415,502

Health Care Center of Tampa, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     4,010,749    (6,491,313 )     1,361,915      1,221,083      631,783      734,217

Bone and Joint Surgical Clinic

   Surgery      3,215,025        777,439      412,805      N/A      4,405,269

Kenneth M. Alo, MD, PA

   Pain
Management
     4,243,164        1,209,350      1,132,081      N/A      6,584,595

Georgia Pain Physicians & Surgical Centers, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     2,147,518    (3,436,436 )     723,090      588,000      N/A      22,172

Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers

   Ancillary
Services
     4,230,687        1,478,923      898,560      N/A      6,608,170

Rick Taylor, DO, PA (Pain Care Clinics)

   Pain
Management
     4,222,873        1,217,417      931,200      N/A      6,371,490

Benjamin Zolper, MD, Inc.

   Pain
Management
     1,596,660        581,951      519,167      N/A      2,697,778

The Center for Pain Management

   Pain
Management
     16,711,475        4,583,334      3,195,144      N/A      24,489,953

Colorado Pain Specialists

   Pain
Management
     5,657,494    (464,810 )     633,112      N/A      N/A      5,825,796

Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders

   Surgery      2,033,839        540,000      N/A      N/A      2,573,839

Floyd O. Ring, Jr., MD, PC

   Pain
Management
     2,534,617        487,547      N/A      N/A      3,022,164

Christopher J. Centeno, MD & Therapeutic Mgmt

   Pain
Management
     8,109,798    (7,030,175 )     N/A      N/A      N/A      1,079,623

Care First Medical Associates, P.A.

   Pain
Management
     1,226,982        N/A      N/A      N/A      1,226,982

Desert Pain Medicine Group

   Pain
Management
     2,852,942    (679,160 )     N/A      N/A      N/A      2,173,782
                       

Total Goodwill

                    $ 89,365,614
                       

Available For Sale

                   

Lake Worth Surgical Center

   Ancillary
Services
     6,741,879        N/A      N/A      N/A      6,741,879

Gables Surgical Center

   Ancillary
Services
     7,846,423        N/A      N/A      N/A      7,846,423

Center for Pain Management ASC (CPMASC)

   Ancillary
Services
     13,749,276    (2,297,013 )     N/A      N/A      N/A      11,452,263
                       
                    $ 26,040,565
                       

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

 

     2006     2005  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 97,539,861     $ 61,817,801  

Acquired during the period

     24,562,236       31,797,602  

Contingent consideration

     9,514,077       17,852,889  

Impairment

     (24,395,688 )     —    

Other

     990,300       —    

Dispositions

     (6,733,036 )     —    
                

Goodwill before discontinued operations

     101,477,750       111,468,292  

Goodwill reclassified to discontinued operations

     (12,112,136 )     (13,928,431 )
                

Goodwill at end of period

   $ 89,365,614     $ 97,539,861  
                

Of the total impairment in 2006, $2,297,013 is included in discontinued operations in the accompanying statement of operations.

(8)Other assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of its long-lived assets based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 — “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,”If the undiscounted cash flows indicate impairment then the carrying value of the assets being evaluated is impaired to the estimated fair value of those assets. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, the Company must project estimated cash flows which are based on various operating assumptions including the ability of asset to meet budget targets due to changes in payer mix, gross billings, and expenses. Management develops these cash flow projections on a periodic basis and reviews the projections based on actual operating trends. The projections assume that general economic conditions will continue unchanged throughout the projection period and that their potential impact on capital spending and revenues will not fluctuate. Projected revenues are based on the Company’s estimate of the assets’ ability to meet specified budgets. Projected revenues assume a leveling or flattening of revenues at a rate lower than originally realized. Projected operating expenses are based upon historic experience and expected market conditions adjusted to reflect an expected decrease in expenses resulting from cost saving initiatives.

The Company’s review of the carrying value of its long-lived assets at December 31, 2006 indicates that the carrying value of some of these assets are not recoverable through future estimated cash flows. If the cash flow estimates, or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based, change in the future, the Company may be required to record additional impairment charges related to its long-lived assets.

The Company performed the analysis on each of its intangible assets and determined there was impairment which was recorded during 2006.

The MEDX Distribution contract right revenues are based on the Company’s receipts that the MedX programs generate.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Company closed several locations during the year due to insufficient margins and made an adjustment to the estimate of future cash flows. The impairment charge recorded for 2006 is $827,342 and is disclosed as impairment of assets in the Company’s Results of Operations. The Company estimated fair value based on future discounted cash flows generated by the MedX centers. The revenues from this contract right are recorded in the Ancillary Services reporting segment.

The three RMG contract rights were also analyzed with an impairment recorded for all three. The SPA, SCPI, and APG contracts were impaired $4,937, $49,713, and $160,110, respectively. The decreased revenue is caused by a reduction in physicians at one of the locations. The other two showed a slight decrease in usage that affected revenues. The Company estimated fair value based on future discounted cash flows generated by each of the contracts. The revenues for these contracts are recorded in the Ancillary Services reporting segment.

The Company purchased from Rehab Management Group, Inc., a South Carolina based corporation (“RMG”), all rights, title and interest that RMG owns or acquires and all management fees, revenues, compensation and payments of any kind with respect to three electro-diagnostic management agreements with the named physician’s practice:

 

Name of Physician’s Practice

  

Purchase Price

Associated Physicians Group, Ltd. (“APG”), a fully integrated treatment practice   

$107,500 in cash and 48,643 shares of common stock, plus

contingent payments of up to $215,000 in cash and common

stock if certain earnings goals are met.

Statesville Pain Associates, P.C. (“SPA”), a North Carolina professional corporation   

$375,000 in cash and 169,683 shares of common stock, plus

contingent payments of up to $750,000 in cash and common

stock if certain earnings goals are met.

Space Coast Pain Institute, P.C. (“SCPI”), a Florida professional corporation   

$275,000 in cash and 124,434 shares of common stock, plus

contingent payments of up to $550,000 in cash and common

stock if certain earnings goals are met.

The Company impaired the Denver Pain Management contract fully during 2006. The impairment charge was $10,853,735. The Company does not believe the total of undiscounted future cash flows will be sufficient to provide recovery for the carrying amount. The management fees from this contract are recorded under the Pain Management reporting segment. These contract rights were previously being amortized over the contract term of nine years.

The separately identifiable intangible asset is the physicians’ referral network. The referral network represents other doctors in the community who refer their patient base to the Company’s physicians who practice in a discipline to meet their patient’s needs. The Company believes the value of each physician’s referral network is clearly linked to the physicians’ employment agreements. The amortization term is seven years which represents the five year employment agreement the Company enters into with each physician plus the two years of an additional non-compete agreement. The value of the referral network should be amortized over the employment term and the non-compete period of the physician since that represents the period of time the Company benefits from the arrangement.

The table below summarizes the other assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

Asset

   Cost   

2006

Impairment

and/or
Amortization

   Net Value    Cost   

2005

Impairment

and/or
Amortization

   Net Value

MedX Distribution right

   $ 2,212,673    $ 1,625,623    $ 587,050    $ 2,212,673    $ 581,831    $ 1,630,842

Contract Right – APG

     482,107      239,328      242,779      486,023      34,452      451,571

Contract Right – SPA

     1,419,471      253,675      1,165,796      1,433,132      118,657      1,314,475

Contract Right – SCPI

     1,041,546      232,254      809,292      1,051,564      87,095      964,469

Contract Right – DPM

     12,658,686      12,658,686      —        6,026,200      677,124      5,349,076

Other

     109,722      —        109,722      475,958      —        475,958

Physician’s referral network

     1,941,432      749,280      1,192,152      1,667,431      476,454      1,190,977
                                         

Total

   $ 19,865,637    $ 15,758,846    $ 4,106,791    $ 13,352,981    $ 1,975,613    $ 11,377,368
                                         

Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $2,263,010, $1,529,438 and $549,229 respectively, and is included in amortization in the accompanying statement of operations.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Estimated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows:

 

     Amortization of
intangible assets

2007

   $ 705,567

2008

     684,454

2009

     684,061

2010

     664,561

2011

     569,081

(9)Acquisition Consideration Payable

The Company is obligated at December 31, 2006 to pay contingent consideration on the following:

 

Company Name

   Cash Value    Stock Value    Total

Associated Physicians Group

   $ 97,789    $ 69,712    $ 167,501

Georgia Pain Clinic

     25,000      —        25,000

Spine, Orthopedic and Pain

     79,306      70,924      150,230

Health Care Center of Tampa

     —        323,111      323,111

Center for Pain Management

     1,961,931      1,233,213      3,195,144

Contract Right – APG

     21,597      22,843      44,440

Contract Right – SPA

     11,575      5,659      17,234

Contract Right—SCPI

     69,548      34,001      103,549
            

Total

         $ 4,026,209
            

The contingent consideration paid in stock represents the dollar value of the stock to be paid to the seller.

(10)Notes Payable

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2006    2005

Note payable to PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc. (a)

   $ —      $ 1,305,284

Note payable to Gary J. Lustgarten Profit Sharing and Trust (b)

     —        271,934

Note payable to HBK Investments L.P. (c)

     26,553,378      28,367,363

Line of credit payable to Wells Fargo (d)

     62,000      68,000

CPM-ASC acquisition promissory note(e)

     7,500,000      —  
             

Total notes payable

     34,115,378      30,012,581

Less current installments

     34,115,378      3,883,012
             

Long-term portion

   $ —      $ 26,129,569
             

At December 31, 2006, the aggregate annual principal payments with respect to the obligations existing at that date as described above, are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 35,612,000

Less unamortized discount

     1,496,622
      
   $ 34,115,378
      

 

F-40


Table of Contents

(a) Note payable to PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. due on August 1, 2006 without a stated interest rate. Interest is imputed at 6.25% over the period. The face value is $1,351,458. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2005 was $33,324 and in 2006 was $46,174. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. The Company’s carrying amount of the partnership is $1,949,486. This note was paid in full during 2006.
(b) Note payable to Gary J. Lustgarten Profit Sharing & Trust due on August 1, 2006 without a stated interest rate. Interest is imputed at 6.25% over the period. The face value is $281,554 with unamortized discount of $9,620. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2005 was $6,942. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. The Company’s carrying amount of the partnership is $1,949,486. This note was paid in full during 2006.
(c) Note payable to HBK Investments due on May 10, 2009. Interest is either LIBOR + 7.25% or Prime + 4.5% at the discretion of the Company. On March 21, 2007, the Agent provided the Company with notice that the Agent would be charging interest at the default rate until all existing events of default have been waived in accordance with the loan agreement. The default rate is LIBOR plus 10.25% or approximately 15.57% as of March 21, 2007. Interest payments are due monthly with quarterly principal repayments beginning on April 1, 2006. Certain mandatory prepayments must be made upon the occurrence of any sale or disposition of property or assets, upon the receipt of any extraordinary receipts, and upon issuance of any indebtedness other than indebtedness permitted by the agreement, including equipment leases and notes. The agreement requires compliance with various financial and non-financial covenants for the Company starting in the second quarter of 2005. The primary financial covenants pertain to, among other things, minimum EBITDA, minimum Free Cash Flow, Leverage ratio, and Market Capitalization. The Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 has failed to comply with certain covenants set forth in the forebearance agreement. On May 2, 2006, June 20, 2006, August 9, 2006 and November 8, 2006 we entered into letter agreements with the lenders under the credit facility in consideration for which we paid $300,000, $150,000, $100,000 and $150,000 in waiver fees, respectively, to the lenders. The Face value of the Note is $27,750,000 with unamortized discount of $1,196,622. The total amount amortized to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $436,015.

On January 1, 2007, the Company entered into a Forbearance Agreement with HBK Investments L.P. , HBK Master Fund L.P., and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. pursuant to which the Agent and the Lenders agreed to forbear, until a date not later than March 31, 2007, from exercising their rights and remedies under that certain Loan Agreement between the parties dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”) with respect to certain events of default under the Loan Agreement that have either occurred or that may occur during the forbearance period. In consideration for the forbearance, the Company agreed to certain additional covenants and to pay fees in the amount of $277,500 at closing, plus, upon the repayment in full of our obligations under the Loan Agreement, an amount equal to the greater of $500,000 or $277,500 for each month (or portion thereof) that has elapsed after the date of the Forbearance Agreement before the obligations have been repaid in full. To the extent the Company fails to comply with the specific terms and covenants under the Forbearance Agreement the Lenders may attempt to exercise certain rights against us that would materially adversely impact our operations, including, but not limited to, taking control of one or more of our operating subsidiaries and/or other company assets.

(d) Line of credit payable to Wells Fargo for equipment at The Centeno Clinic due on January 25, 2007 with prime + 2% interest payable monthly. The unused portion of the credit line is $88,000. The line of credit is secured by property for use in the practice.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
(e) Note payable for acquisition of CPM, ASC LLC. Originally due on January 3, 2007 with a stated interest rate of 3.45%. Interest is imputed at 6.75% over the period. The face value is $7,500,000. In December 2006, the due date of the note was extended until April 2, 2007 with an additional $300,000 promissory note with a $300,000 issuance cost which will be accreted to interest expense in 2007. The total amount amortized to interest expense in 2006 was $215,489. The note is secured by the Company’s interest in PainCare Surgery Center III, Inc. The Company’s carrying amount of the entity is $12,748,390 and it is accounted for in discontinued operations. On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the “CPM Notice”) from The Center for Pain Management, LLC (“CPM”) with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “APA”) entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the “Subsidiary”), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the “Members”). The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “Pledge Agreement”) entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

Fair value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s debt obligations are as follows:

 

     2006    2005
     Carrying
value
   Fair value    Carrying
value
   Fair value

HBK Investments

   $ 26,553,378    $ 27,435,470    $ 28,367,363    $ 28,892,528

CPMASC

   $ 7,800,000    $ 7,380,737    $ —      $ —  

The remaining notes at December 31, 2006 and 2005 approximated their carrying values due to the relatively short time before their expected realization. The fair value is based on rates currently charged for similar instruments or otherwise to settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

(11)Convertible Debentures

Convertible Debentures consist of the following on December 31:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Midsummer/Islandia (a)

   $ 8,587,279    $ 8,519,131

Midsummer (b)

     1,299,699      1,133,877

Midsummer/Islandia (c)

     2,528,502      —  
             

Total

     12,415,480      9,653,008

Less current installments

     12,415,480      8,519,131
             

Long-term portion

   $ —      $ 1,133,877
             

Maturities of the convertible debentures for future years ending December 31, are as follows:

 

2007

   $  13,455,160

2008

     —  

2009

     —  

2010

     —  

2011

     —  

Less unamortized discount

     1,039,680
      

Total

   $ 12,415,480
      

 

F-42


Table of Contents

(a) Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. in the original amount of $5,000,000 and Islandia, LP in the original amount of $5,000,000. The Company combines these debentures since they are of identical terms. On July 1, 2004, Midsummer Investment, Ltd. converted $1,044,840 of their debenture into 400,000 Company shares. Their face value is currently $3,955,160. The Islandia, LP debenture has a face value currently of $5,000,000. These two debentures were completed on the same date of December 17, 2003 with an original maturity date of December 17, 2006. On August 2, 2006 the Company extended the term of these debentures to August 2, 2009. The extension did not change the face value or the interest rate. The stated interest rate is 7.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $2,262,101. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 the Company paid $196,050 in interest due on March 1, 2006 in the Company’s common stock. All subsequent payments have been in cash because not all of the equity conditions have been met. As of December 31, 2006 the Company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash. There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with these debentures. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $1,590,401. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $367,881.
(b) Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. in the face amount of $1,500,000. The debenture was completed on July 1, 2004 with an original maturity date of June 30, 2007. On August 2, 2006 the Company extended the term of this debenture to August 2, 2009. The extension did not change the face value or the interest rate. The stated interest rate is 7.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $438,206. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly. During the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 the Company paid $28,125 in interest due on March 1, 2006 in the Company’s common stock. All subsequent payments have been in cash because not all of the equity conditions have been met. As of December 31, 2006 the company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash. There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with this debenture. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $325,706. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $200,301.
(c) Convertible debenture to Midsummer Investment Ltd. with a face value of $1,500,000 and Islandia, LP with a face value of $1,500,000. The Company combines these debentures since they are of identical terms. These two debentures were completed on the same date of August 2, 2006 with an original maturity date of August 2, 2009.

The stated interest rate is 8.5%. The interest expense for the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $228,294. The debentures are convertible into common stock of the Company at the price of $1.90 per share. The Company has the right to pay the interest in common stock providing certain equity conditions are met. The equity conditions must all be met for the twenty trading days preceding the interest payment date. Interest only is payable quarterly beginning on October 1, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 the company does not meet the equity requirements and is required to make payments in cash.

There are no assets pledged as collateral, sinking fund requirements, or restrictive covenants associated with these debentures. The amount of amortized discount accreted to interest expense in the twelve months ending December 31, 2006 was $122,752. The December 31, 2006 unamortized discount balance is $471,498. The convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP are currently in technical default because the Company is in default with it’s primary lender. As of March 30, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement the common shares granted to the holders were part of the August 2, 2006 financing and as consideration for the extension of the December 17, 2003 and June 30, 2004 financings. The 500,000 common shares issued in conjunction with this financing have been allocated at the fair value on the issue date. The Company has allocated approximately 50% of the value to the August 2, 2006 financing with the balance allocated ratably between the other two based on a percentage of total debt. The table below provides the allocation amount for each financing agreement:

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Allocation

   Amount

Financing Date:

  

Midsummer August 2006

   $ 490,000

Midsummer December 2003

     427,217

Midsummer June 2004

     62,783
      

Total proceeds

   $ 980,000

In accordance with EITF 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments”, the Company performed an analysis to determine if the extension of the maturity date caused an extinguishment of debt. The Company has determined there is no extinguishment. Since the restricted stock is considered a fee to the creditor and the modification does not result in an extinguishment, then the restricted stock is amortized as a deferred financing cost over the term of the modified debt instrument. As noted in the table above $427,217 and $62,783 for the December 17, 2003 and June 30, 2004 financings, respectively, will be accreted to interest expense over the thirty-six month term of the extension.

As discussed in the preceding paragraph, the Company has allocated $490,000 to the August 2, 2006 financing. This amount also is included as a debt discount and will be accreted to interest expense over the term of the convertible debenture.

The following tabular presentation reflects the allocation of the proceeds on the August 2, 2006 financing for both the default put option and the restricted common shares issued:

 

Holder Financing Date

   Midsummer
August 2006

Allocation:

  

Default put option

   $ 104,250

Common shares

     490,000

Debt instrument

     2,405,750
      

Total proceeds

   $ 3,000,000

(12)Derivatives

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of debt instruments for disclosure purposes only are estimated based upon the present value of the estimated cash flows at credit risk adjusted interest rates, ranging from 9.81% to 11.89% for convertible instruments. As of December 31, 2006, estimated fair values and respective carrying values for debt instruments are as follows:

 

Debt Instrument

   Fair Value    Carrying
Value

$1,500,000 Face Value Convertible Debenture

   $ 1,339,776    $ 1,299,699

$8,955,160 Face Value Convertible Debenture

   $ 8,395,367    $ 8,587,279

$3,000,000 Face Value Convertible Debenture

   $ 2,745,699    $ 2,528,502

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company generally does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to cash flow risks or market risks that may affect the fair values of its financial instruments. However, certain other financial instruments, such as warrants and embedded conversion features that are indexed to the Company’s common stock, are classified as liabilities when either (a) the holder possesses rights to net cash settlement or (b) physical or net-share settlement is not within the control of the Company. In such instances, net cash settlement is assumed for financial accounting and reporting, even when the terms of the underlying contracts do not provide for net-cash settlement. Such financial instruments are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the close of each reporting period.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The caption Derivative Liabilities consists of (i) the fair values associated with derivative features embedded in the Laurus Convertible Secured Term Notes and the Midsummer/Islandia Convertible Debentures and (ii) the fair values of the detachable warrants that were issued in connection with those financing arrangements. In addition, this caption includes the fair values of other pre-existing derivative financial instruments that were reclassified from stockholders’ equity when net-share settlement was no longer within the Company’s control.

The following tabular presentation reflects the components of derivative financial instruments on the Company’s balance sheet at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

 

Liabilities:

   2006    2005

Embedded derivative instruments

   $ 600,000    $ 6,351,194

Freestanding derivatives (warrants)

     —        6,601,261
             
   $ 600,000    $ 12,952,455
             

The following tabular presentation reflects the number of common shares into which the aforementioned derivatives are indexed:

 

Common shares indexed:

       2006        2005

Embedded derivative instruments

   $ —      $ 5,502,716

Warrants

     —        2,593,316
             
   $ —      $ 8,096,032
             

The following tabular presentation reflects the income (expense) associated with adjustments recorded to reflect the aforementioned derivatives at fair value:

 

Income (expense):

   2006    2005  

Embedded derivative instruments

   $ 4,483,241    $ (6,579,253 )

Warrants

     2,784,082      (127,729 )

Other warrants

     2,729,878      (348,520 )
               

Fair value considerations for derivative financial instruments:

   $ 9,997,201    $ (7,055,502 )
               

Freestanding financial instruments, consisting of warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation methodology because that model embodies all of the relevant assumptions that address the features underlying these instruments. Significant assumptions included in this model as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 

Holder Financing Date

   Laurus
February 2004
   

Laurus

March 2004

   

Laurus

June 2004

    Midsummer
June 2004
   

Midsummer

December 2003

 

Exercise prices

   $ 4.24—$4.92     $ 3.60—$4.18     $ 3.60—$3.76     $ 1.90     $ 1.90  

Term (years)

     5.4       5.5       5.8       2.8       2.2  

Volatility

     42.69 %     42.69 %     42.69 %     43.41 %     41.17 %

Risk-free rate

     4.5 %     4.5 %     4.5 %     4.5 %     4.5 %

The default put option is valued using a probability weighted cash flows technique where the Company considers all events that would trigger the default put and probability weighted such events over the term of the debt. The basis for the default put is the acceleration amount which is estimated to be the discount on a relative fair value basis. The Company has identified a lapse in effectiveness, a delisting of the common stock and share delivery event that would trigger the default put for purposes of the methodology.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

(13)Leases

The Company is currently leasing its MedX equipment, EDX equipment and IAJP equipment under capital lease agreements and its offices and clinics under operating leases which expire at various dates. The capitalized asset cost and accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were:

 

     2006     2005  

Capitalized cost

   $ 7,490,431     $ 4,519,086  

Accumulated depreciation

     (2,014,707 )     (1,362,385 )
                

Net book value

   $ 5,475,724     $ 3,156,701  

These amounts are included in property and equipment, net.

Depreciation expense for the leased equipment was $675,345 $543,592 and $278,379 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006, future minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable lease obligations are as follows:

 

Year-ending December 31:    Capital
Leases
   Operating
Leases

2007

   $ 1,610,397    $ 2,747,160

2008

     1,080,535      1,875,844

2009

     687,218      1,632,823

2010

     196,765      1,412,707

2011

     —        1,155,851

Thereafter

     —        1,372,891
             

Total minimum lease payments

     3,574,915    $ 10,197,276

Less amounts representing interest (at rates of 5.0% to 9.9%)

     459,737   
         

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     3,115,178   

Less current portion

     1,383,790   
         

Capital lease obligations – long-term

   $ 1,731,388   

Rent expense under operating leases was $4,140,121, $3,252,326 and $1,524,888 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations.

(14)Income Taxes

The income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, based on income (loss) from continuing operations, is as follows:

 

     2006     2005    2004

Current:

       

Federal

   $ (4,815,066 )   $ 3,315,151    $ 3,228,401

State

     (499,728 )     862,450      716,224
                     
     (5,314,794 )     4,177,601      3,944,625
                     

Deferred:

       

Federal

     (2,336,081 )     61,154      381,505

State

     (47,785 )     871,896      84,457
                     
     2,383,866       933,050      465,962
                     

Total

   $ (2,930,928 )   $ 5,110,651    $ 4,410,587

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Income tax expense attributable to income before income tax differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34% to income from continuing operations before income taxes as a result of the following:

 

     2006     2005     2004

Computed “expected” tax expense

   $ (9,655,243 )   $ (126,940 )   $ 989,096

Increase (reduction) in income tax expense resulting from:

      

Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset

     2,629,067       —      

Derivative expense

     (3,399,048 )     2,398,871       1,107,166

Derivative interest expense

     846,648       576,849       634,981

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     (499,728 )     730,150       528,450

Compensation – incentive stock options

     (1,720,274 )     570,163       261,345

Assets acquired with no tax basis

     9,276,186       323,104       544,698

Other, net

     (437,771 )     578,670       174,851

Other state taxes

     —         50,742       —  

Unamortized deferred taxes

     —         26,055       —  

Penalties and interest on amended returns

     29,235       —         170,000

Income for foreign subsidiary, net

     —         (73,935 )     —  

Amortization of acquisition intangibles

     —         56,922       —  
                      

Total

   $ (2,930,928 )   $ 5,110,651     $ 4,410,587

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are presented below:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

      

Non-cash accrued compensation expense

   $ 1,553,546     $ 378,974     $ (171,152 )

Property and equipment, primarily due to accelerated depreciation

     (108,474 )     259,801       438,630  

Amortization of the excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired

     (1,684,658 )     744,673       164,053  

Amortization of unstated interest on deferred, contingent purchase price payments

     138,746       147,497       118,701  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (160,245 )     (613,446 )     (137,555 )

Other

     (9,699 )     98,456       82,000  

Deferred state income taxes

     25,583       (82,905 )     (28,715 )
                        

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (245,201 )     933,050       465,962  

Valuation allowance

     2,629,067       —         —    
                        

Total, net of valuation allowance

   $ 2,383,866     $ 933,050     $ 465,962  

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005 are presented in the following table:

 

     2006     2005

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 759,929     $ 624,638

Intangibles

     811,321       —  

Employee compensation and retirement benefits

     2,629,067       3,945,886
              

Gross deferred tax assets

     4,200,317       4,570,524

Less valuation allowance

     2,629,067       —  
              

Net deferred tax assets

     1,571,250       4,570,524
              

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Fixed assets

     1,904,762       2,060,842

State income taxes

     234,934       —  

Intangibles

     —         915,639

State income reserve

     340,000       95,603

Other

     659,463       682,482
              

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     3,139,159       3,754,566
              

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (1,567,909 )   $ 815,958

 

F-47


Table of Contents

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependant upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level the Company’s current stock price relative to the exercise price for stock options outstanding and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences for stock options, net of existing valuation allowance at December 31, 2006. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be increased in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are increased and if the Company’s stock price moves higher.

(15)Stock Options and Warrants

The Company’s previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarters ending March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2006 have been restated to give effect to the correction of certain errors that were discovered subsequent to September 30, 2006. See Footnote 3 for further explanation.

The Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plans”) which authorize the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to employees, non-employees and Directors. There are also option grants totaling 2,000,000 shares of common stock made to executive officers that were issued outside of the two Plans. Options granted under the Plans and to the executives are exercisable up to 10 years from the grant date at an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

Notwithstanding, the term of an incentive stock option granted under the Plan to a stockholder owning more than 10% of the voting rights may not exceed 5 years, and the exercise price of an incentive stock option granted to such stockholder may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

Warrants were issued for various capital raising purposes and for consulting fees.

The number of shares, terms, vesting and exercise period of options granted under the Plans are determined by the Company’s Board of Directors on a case-by-case basis.

Stock options and warrants granted, exercised and expired during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     Options    Warrants
     Number    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

   Number    

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

Outstanding, December 31, 2003

   7,754,000     $ 1.61    2,731,272     $ 1.49

Granted in 2004

   2,065,000     $ 2.52    1,395,000     $ 3.78

Exercised in 2004

   (312,673 )   $ 0.40    (534,216 )   $ 0.97

Forfeited in 2004

   (46,577 )   $ 1.95    (38,615 )   $ 1.50

Outstanding, December 31, 2004

   9,459,750     $ 1.74    3,553,441 (a)   $ 2.55

Granted in 2005

   1,120,000     $ 3.82    —       $ —  

Exercised in 2005

   (724,975 )   $ 0.39    (350,316 )   $ 1.23

Forfeited in 2005

   (102,625 )   $ 0.81    (23,809 )   $ 1.00

Outstanding, December 31, 2005

   9,752,150     $ 2.01    3,179,316 (a)   $ 2.61

Granted in 2006

   565,000     $ 1.58    1,399,884     $ 3.51

Exercised in 2006

   —       $ —      —       $ —  

Forfeited in 2006

   520,000     $ 2.35    2,678,316     $ 2.84

Outstanding, December 31, 2006

   9,797,150     $ 1.94    1,900,884     $ 2.96

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   9,422,983     $ 1.93    1,900,884     $ 2.61

(a) includes 25,000 warrants issued to employees.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information for options and warrants outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006:

 

Exercise Price    Number
Outstanding
  

Weighted

Average
Remaining

Life

  

Number

Outstanding

and

Exercisable

  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Life

Stock Options:

           

$0.25-$1.00

   3,242,150    .75years    3,242,150    .75years

$1.01-$2.00

   3,300,000    5.23years    3,113,333    5.26years

$2.01-$3.00

   1,665,000    2.00years    1,495,000    1.95years

$3.01-$4.00

   1,410,000    4.24years    1,392,500    4.24years

$4.01-$5.00

   155,000    3.22years    155,000    3.22years

$5.01-$6.00

   25,000    3.01years    25,000    3.01years
               

Total

   9,797,150    3.02years    9,422,983    2.99years

Warrants:

           

$0.25-$1.00

   106,000    2.00years    106,000    2.00years

$1.01-$2.00

   330,000    2.39years    330,000    2.39years

$2.01-$3.00

   —      —years    —      —years

$3.01-$4.00

   1,414,884    .77years    1,414,884    .77years

$4.01-$5.00

   50,000    4.00years    50,000    4.00years

$5.01-$6.00

   —      —years    —      —years
               

Total

   1,900,884    2.87years    1,900,884    2.87years

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options and warrants granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 approximated $1.58, $3.82, and $2.52, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, was $0, $2,555,288, and $851,325, respectively.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of December 31, 2006, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is presented below:

 

     Number
of Options
    Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Outstanding, December 31, 2003

   3,090,000     $ .73

Granted in 2004

   1,370,867     $ 1.24

Vested in 2004

   (750,001 )   $ .48

Forfeited in 2004

   —       $ —  
            

Outstanding, December 31, 2004

   3,710,866     $ .97

Granted in 2005

   275,000     $ 1.11

Vested in 2005

   (1,044,133 )   $ .74

Forfeited in 2005

   (50,000 )   $ .78
            

Outstanding, December 31, 2005

   2,891,733     $ 1.08

Granted in 2006

   204,167     $ .80

Vested in 2006

   (2,666,731 )   $ 1.05

Forfeited in 2006

   (54,999 )   $ 1.23
            

Outstanding, December 31, 2006

   374,170     $ 1.08

As of December 31, 2006, there was $165,368 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

During 2006, the Company fully vested options on 2,155,000 shares of common stock held by the CEO, CFO, and President. As a result of that modification, the Company recognized additional compensation expense of $1,125,250 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

(16)Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has entered into amended five-year employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and President requiring aggregate annual salaries of $910,000 beginning in August 2005.

For commitments under operating leases, see Note 13. For commitments under the HBK forbearance agreement see Note 10.

(17)Comprehensive Income (Loss)

SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” establishes a standard for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components within the financial statements. Comprehensive income includes charges and credits to stockholders’ equity that are not the result of transactions with stockholders. Comprehensive income composed of two subsets – net income and other comprehensive income. Included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the Company are cumulative translation adjustments. These adjustments are accumulated within stockholders’ equity.

Comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:

 

     2006     2005     2004  

Net loss

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Foreign currency translation

     (835 )     16,251       30,415  
                        

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (26,483,341 )   $ (5,323,127 )   $ (1,471,067 )

(18)Summarized Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

Following is a summary of the quarterly results from continuing operations for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. All amounts, except per share data, are in thousands.

 

    

2006

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
     March 31
(Restated)
   June 30
(Restated)
    September 30
(Restated)
    December 31  

Net revenue

   $ 18,939    $ 17,272     $ 15,622     $ 11,896  

Operating income

   $ 12,099    $ (1,387 )   $ (2,262 )   $ (43,439 )

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 17,053    $ (2,385 )   $ (6,223 )   $ (33,902 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     173      1,836       2,113       (6,129 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net

     992      –         –         –    
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 18,218    $ (549 )   $ (4,110 )   $ (40,041 )
                               

Basic earnings per common share:

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 0.28    $ (0.04 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.51 )
                               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 0.00    $ 0.03     $ 0.03     $ (0.09 )
                               

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.02    $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.30    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.60 )
                               

Diluted earnings per share:

         

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.24    $ (0.04 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.51 )
                               

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 0.00    $ 0.03     $ 0.03     $ (0.09 )
                               

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

   $ 0.01    $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.25    $ (0.01 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.60 )
                               

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     61,599      64,483       64,483       66,826  
                               

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     71,654      64,483       64,483       66,826  
                               

 

F-50


Table of Contents
    

2005

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
     March 31     June 30     September 30    December 31  

Net revenue

   $ 14,237     $ 15,116     $ 18,780    $ 15,415  

Operating income

     (14,191 )     11,647       11,251      (2,527 )

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     (27,764 )     11,156       9,215      (2,445 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         (45 )     154      36  
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (27,764 )   $ 11,111     $ 9,369    $ (2,409 )
                               

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (0.63 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.17    $ (0.04 )
                               

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00    $ 0.00  
                               

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (0.63 )   $ (0.18 )   $ 0.14    $ (0.04 )
                               

Income from discontinued operations

   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00    $ 0.00  
                               

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     44,413       51,622       53,496      55,700  
                               

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     44,413       61,804       65,021      55,700  
                               
    

2004

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
     March 31     June 30     September 30    December 31  

Net revenue

   $ 6,860     $ 9,117     $ 10,462    $ 11,479  

Income (loss) from operations

     3,808       (648 )     11,001      (4,702 )
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,442     $ (3,818 )   $ 11,910    $ (13,035 )

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

   $ 0.13     $ (0.13 )   $ 0.38    $ (0.32 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

   $ 0.11     $ (0.13 )   $ 0.31    $ (0.32 )

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     27,377       29,036       31,693      40,981  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     32,663       29,036       39,266      40,981  

(19)Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. The weighted average shares used in computing diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants, convertible debt, and other common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method, and earnings are adjusted for the diluted computation for the assumed non-payment of interest, etc., upon conversion. The shares used in the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per common share are reconciled as follows:

 

F-51


Table of Contents
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Basic earnings per common share

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ (25,467,245 )   $ (5,484,004 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (2,007,186 )     144,626       —    

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal (net of tax of $661,283)

     991,925       —         —    
                        

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Weighted average common shares

     64,600,427       51,316,562       32,923,211  

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

      

Loss from continuing operations before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

   $ 0.01     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

      

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )

Plus impact of assumed conversions

     —         —         —    
                        

Net loss available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions

   $ (26,482,506 )   $ (5,339,378 )   $ (1,501,482 )
                        

Weighted average common shares

     64,600,427       51,316,562       32,923,211  

Plus incremental shares from assumed conversions

     —         —         —    
                        

Adjusted weighted average shares

     64,600,427       51,316,562       32,923,211  
                        

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

      

Loss from continuing operations before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

   $ (0.39 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principal

   $ 0.01     $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

Net loss

   $ (0.41 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.05 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution, includes the incremental shares that would be issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options, warrants, as well as the assumed conversion of the convertible notes. Certain of the Company’s stock options and warrants were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive, but these options could be dilutive in the future.

(20)Related Party Transactions

During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company had transactions with companies owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The following is a summary of transactions with these entities:

 

Practice Name    Type of
Practice
   Type of Related Party Transaction    2006    2005    2004    As
Reported

Associated Physicians

Group, Ltd.

   Managed Practice    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The lease commenced January 1, 2005 for an initial term of ten years with the option to renew for two five year periods.    $ 73,590    $ 108,255    $ —      G&A

The Center for Pain

Management, LLC

   Managed Practice    The Company leases certain employees from a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company also charged this entity for the use of its equipment and certain services.    $ 2,434,398    $ 674,432    $ 7,755    G&A
     

The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections function to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a fee of 8% of net collections under this arrangement.

* (A)

* (B)

   $ 788,133    $ 836,562    $ —      G&A

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Dynamic

Rehabilitation

Centers,

Inc.

   Managed Practice    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The lease associated with the Redford location has a ten year term commencing January 1, 2000 with no option to renew. The lease associated with the Clinton Township location commenced October 8, 2004 and expires December 31, 2014. The lease was amended in July 2005 for the occupancy of additional space by the Company.    $ 186,987    $ 182,751    $ 82,107    G&A
     

The Company provides services for billing, accounting and management oversight to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. Reimbursement for these services are recorded in revenues.

* (C)

   $ 757,178    $ 885,471      —      G&A

Health Care

Center of

Tampa, Inc.

   Owned Practice    The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections function to a limited liability company owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The Company is charged a fee of 10% of net collections under this arrangement.    $ 272,708    $ 272,708    $ 242,661    G&A

Rick Taylor,

D.O., P.A

   Managed Practice    The Company has an agreement to lease an aircraft from a limited liability company owned by a certain stockholder of the Company. The lease agreement was entered into in June 2003 for a period of 60 months. Effective January 1, 2005, the lease payment was lowered to a nominal amount of $1 per year; the Company will continue to pay a third party provider for the related fuel and maintenance cost. Effective January 1, 2004 the lease fee was reduced from the original amount of $12,000 per month to $7,000 per month; maintenance, fuel, insurance recurring training, hangar rental and any other fees required to maintain the aircraft were the responsibility of the Company.    $ 1    $ 1    $ 49,000    G&A

Spine and Pain

Center,

P.C.

   Managed Practice    The Company leases its office space from a limited liability company partially owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The lease commenced December 23, 2003 and expires December 31, 2008, with no option to renew.    $ 126,696    $ 99,996    $ 99,996    G&A

Lake Worth

Surgical

Center

   Managed Practice    The Company, through a subsidiary, is the majority partner of the PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. Partnership Dr. Merrill Reuter , the Company’s chairman, is a minority partner of partnership. The Company owns 67.5% and Dr. Reuter owns 9.75% of the partnership. Dr. Reuter received distributions from the partnership of $131,625 representing his share of the profits of the surgery center for the period between May 12, 2005 and December 31, 2005. These distributions are reported as minority interest on the balance sheet.    $ 123,825    $ 131,625      —      G&A
The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC    Managed Practice    The Company leases certain employees from a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company also charged this entity for the use of its equipment and certain services.    $ 1,219,704      —        —      G&A

The Center for

Pain Management ASC, LLC

   Managed Practice    The Company has an agreement to outsource its billing and collections functions to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a flat fee of $40,000 per month under the arrangement.    $ 480,000      —        —      G&A

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The Center for

Pain Management

ASC, LLC

   Managed Practice    The Company has an agreement to outsource its non-clinical management and administrative services and support for health care providers to a limited liability company owned by certain stockholders of the Company. The Company is charged a flat fee of $52,500 per month under this arrangement.    $ 630,000      —        —      G&A

Georgia Pain

Physicians, P.C.

   Managed Practice    The Company has agreements to lease equipment from a limited partnership wholly owned by Dr. Windsor. The lease commenced February 1, 2006 with no expiration date.    $ 51,500    $ 27,500    $ 9,750    G&A
Piedmont    Managed Practice    The Company has an agreement to lease property from a limited liability properties company which is owned by Dr. Cohen. The lease commenced November 1, 2002 and will expire October 31, 2007.    $ 77,486    $ 21,900      —      G&A
CareFirst    Managed Practice    The Company has an agreement to lease property from REC, Inc., in which Dr. Carpenter is the President. The lease commenced on January 4, 2006 and will expire on January 3, 2011.    $ 29,000      —        —      G&A

Northeast Pain

Management

   Owned Practice    The Company has an agreement to lease property from a limited liability company in which the Zolper family is the sole proprietor. The lease commenced on October 1, 2005 and will expire on September 30, 2007.    $ 123,276    $ 60,512      —      G&A

Bone and Joint

Clinic

   Owned Practice    The Company has an agreement to lease property from Dr. Cenac, the sole owner of such property. The lease commenced on January 1, 2004 and will expire on December 31, 2008.      —      $ 63,192      —      G&A

The Center for

Pain

Management/Care

First Practice

   Managed    The Center for Pain Management entered into an agreement, through its limited liability company, to handle all billing services for CareFirst Medical Associates and Pain Rehabilitation. The agreement commenced on June 12, 2006 and will expire on June 11, 2011.    $ 20,683      —        —      G&A
Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C.    Owned Practice    The Company entered into property lease agreements with Windsor Family Limited Partnership leasing both a storage unit and office space with commencement dates of September 30, 2003 and June 1, 2006 respectively. These leases expire September 30, 2008 and June 1, 2011 respectively.    $ 30,243    $ 14,400    $ 7,200    G&A

Bone and Joint

Clinic

   Owned Practice    Dr. Cenac entered into an agreement to lease office space to his son. The lease commenced on September 1, 2005 and expired on December 31, 2006.    $ 300,000    $ 100,000      —      G&A

Health Care

Center of Tampa,

Inc.

   Owned Practice    The Company entered into a property leasing agreement with Dr. Khan leasing office space with a commencement date of January 1, 2004. The lease expires on December 31, 2008.    $ 116,424    $ 110,880    $ 105,600    G&A

 

(A) The Company has the option to purchase a ‘Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating a competitive rehabilitation clinic that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Center for Pain Management, LLC clinics. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.
(B) The Company has the option to purchase a “Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating a competitive surgery center that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Center for Pain Management, LLC clinics. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
(C) The Company has the option to purchase a “Competitive Business Opportunity” (CBO) from stockholders of the Company who are currently operating competitive rehabilitation clinics that fall outside a ten mile radius from the Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers, Inc. The Company has an option to purchase the CBO at market rates similar to the original acquisition. There is no guarantee that the option will be exercised by the Company, nor is the purchase price discounted for the Company should they choose to execute the option to purchase.

(21)Subsequent Events

On October 14, 2005, PainCare Holdings, Inc. (“PainCare”), PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (the “PainCare Sub,” and together with PainCare the “PainCare Parties”), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (the “Original Practice”), Therapeutic Management, Inc. (“TMI”), Christopher J. Centeno, M.D. (“Centeno”), John Schultz, M.D. (“Schultz”), and Centeno Schultz, Inc. (“CSI”, and together with the Original Practice, Centeno, Schultz and TMI, the “Centeno Parties”), effected a transaction (the “Purchase Transaction”) by which (i) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of the Original Practice, pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, Centeno, Schultz and CSI; (ii) the PainCare Parties acquired substantially all of the assets of TMI pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among the PainCare Parties, TMI and Centeno; and (iii) CSI and the PainCare Sub entered into that certain Management Services Agreement (the “Management Agreement”) pursuant to which the PainCare Sub managed the business operations of CSI.

On February 28, 2007, the PainCare Parties and the Centeno Parties entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) and several ancillary documents (the “Settlement Transaction”) pursuant to which said parties rescinded the Purchase Transaction and terminated all agreements among them. To effectuate the rescission of the Purchase Transaction, (i) the PainCare Sub sold, and the Original Practice purchased, substantially all of the assets of the PainCare Sub for a purchase price of the lesser of $250,000 or the total amount of proceeds generated from the sale of certain shares of common stock of PainCare (the “PainCare Shares”) issued to the Centeno Parties in the Purchase Transaction, and (ii) in exchange for the agreement of the PainCare Parties to terminate the Management Agreement and any and all other agreements between CSI and the PainCare Parties, CSI paid the PainCare Parties $750,000 plus all remaining proceeds in excess of $250,000 from the sale of the PainCare Shares.

HBK Notice of Default

On March 21, 2007 PainCare Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) received a notice of default (the “HBK Notice”) from HBK Investments L.P. (the “Agent”) with respect to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated May 11, 2005, as amended (the “Loan Agreement”), entered into by the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries, the Agent, HBK Master Fund L.P., (“HBK-MF”) and Del Mar Master Fund Ltd. (“Del Mar,” and together with HBK-MF the “Lenders”).

The HBK Notice further provides that (i) the default rate of interest as set forth in the Loan Agreement is in effect until such time as all such alleged events of default have either been cured or waived in writing, and (ii) the Agent and Lenders expressly reserve all of their remedies, powers, rights, and privileges under the Loan agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise including, without limitation, the right to declare all obligations under the Loan Agreement immediately due and payable.

CPM Notice of Default

On March 15, 2007, the Company received a notice of breach and default (the “CPM Notice”) from The Center for Pain Management, LLC (“CPM”) with respect to that certain Asset Acquisition Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “APA”) entered into by the Company, PainCare Acquisition Company XV, Inc. (the “Subsidiary”), CPM, and the owners of CPM (the “Members”).

The CPM Notice further provides that unless the alleged events of default set forth in the CPM Notice are cured by the Company, (i) certain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions binding the Members will cease as of April 24, 2007, and (ii) CPM and the Members will have, as of April 12, 2007, certain rights under that certain Stock Pledge Agreement dated December 1, 2004 (the “Pledge Agreement”) entered into by the Company and the Members, including, but not limited to, the right to foreclose on the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Subsidiary.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Convertible Debentures

Pursuant to certain convertible debentures issued to Midsummer Investments, Ltd and Islandia LP, the Company is currently in technical default because the Company is in default with its primary lender. As of March 28, 2007, the Company has not received formal notification of default.

(22)Litigation

Securities Litigation and Derivative Actions

We have become aware of eleven putative class action lawsuits and one derivative action filed against us and certain of our officers and directors. We understand that the lawsuits arose in connection with our determination to restate certain of our historical financial statements. We believe that the lawsuits lack merit and we have engaged the international law firm of McDermott Will & Emery LLP to vigorously defend against such allegations and claims. There can be no assurance at this time how the lawsuits in question will ultimately be resolved, or the impact, if any, such resolutions will have on our operations and/or financial condition.

On March 21, 2006, Roy Thomas Mould filed a complaint under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against the Company, as well as the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Mould v. PainCare Holdings, Inc., et al. , Case No. 06-CV-00362-JA-DAB. Mr. Mould alleges material misrepresentations and omissions in connection with the Company’s financial statements which appear to relate principally to the Company’s previously announced intention to restate certain past financial statements. Ten additional complaints were filed shortly afterward before the same court which recite similar allegations. (Collectively, these cases will be referred to as the “Securities Litigation.”) Lead counsel was selected, a consolidated complaint was filed, the Company moved to dismiss, and oral argument on the motion was held on January 17, 2007 before the Magistrate Judge, and we are awaiting the issuance of the Magistrate Judge’s report and recommendation. In the consolidated complaint, the lead plaintiff seeks unspecified damages and purports to represent a class of shareholders who purchased the Company’s common stock from March 24, 2003 to March 15, 2006. The Company cannot predict the outcome of the Securities Litigation, but legal counsel has advised us that it believes that the allegations lack merit and will vigorously defend against them.

On April 7, 2006, Kenneth R. Cope filed a derivative complaint against the directors of the Company before the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida. The complaint is entitled Cope v. Reuter, et al. , Case No. 06-CV-00449-JA-DAB. Mr. Cope alleges that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to supervise and manage the operations of the company, among other claims. (This litigation is referred to as the “Derivative Action.”)

On March 30, 2006, and May 3, 2006, two purported shareholders of the Company made separate demands on the Company’s board of directors. These demands raised many if not all of the same issues as the Derivative Action, but asked the independent directors to investigate the charges and to take “legal actions against those individuals responsible.”

In accordance with governing Florida law, the Company formed a special committee of independent directors (Tom Crane, Jay Rosen and Aldo Berti) to review and investigate the two derivative demands and the allegations of the derivative complaint, to oversee settlement discussions and to make recommendations concerning the handling of the demands and the complaints to the full board of directors. To assist with this charge, the special committee retained the law firm of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell.

In November of 2006, the Company and the plaintiff in the Derivative Action entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement and Release, filed on November 30, 2006, and conditioned upon court approval. Concurrently with the filing of the foregoing agreement, the parties jointly moved from preliminary court approval, and thereafter, for final approval following notice to the Company’s shareholders. On January 12, 2007, the court preliminary approved the Stipulation and Agreement and set a hearing on April 20, 2007, for final approval.

Further, the Company has received demands from Dr. Wright, The Centeno Group, and the Amphora Group related to alleged misrepresentations. With regard to these demands, no demand for monetary damages has been made nor has litigation been commenced, and the demands have since been resolved. The Company disputes the basis of any claim, and it is premature to be able to estimate the potential exposure, if any.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The Company resolved the derivative law suit related to its financial restatements; the Court is set to grant final approval of the resolution on April 28, 2007.

On September 20, 2006, a motion to dismiss the pending securities class action was filed with the Federal District Court. Subsequently, the District Court referred the matter to a Federal Magistrate for a hearing, report and recommendation. On January 17, 2007, the Magistrate held a hearing and took the matter under submission. On March 26, 2007, the Magistrate issued a report which recommended that the District Court dismiss all outstanding claims with leave to amend. While the Company is confident that the District Court will adopt the recommendation in whole, the recommendation is subject to possible objection by the plaintiff and review by the District Court before becoming a final order. The District Court could adopt, modify or reject the Magistrate’s recommendation ..

Other Matters

The Company and one of its subsidiaries are defendants in a lawsuit arising from business operations. It is the opinion of management that the final outcome of this matter will not materially affect the consolidated financial position of the Company.

All of the above legal actions have been referred to outside legal counsel. Counsel has advised the Company that it is unable to opine on the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome; therefore, the Company’s financial statements are affected by an uncertainty the outcome of which is not susceptible of reasonable estimation. Consequently the accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include an accrual for any loss that may result from the ultimate outcome of these actions. The ultimate outcome of these matters may have a material effect on the financial position and/or the results of operations for the Company.

(23)Retirement Plans

Some of the physician practices that have management contracts with the Company sponsor separate tax-qualified defined contribution plans benefiting their employees. Participant eligibility criteria amounts and vesting varies by physician practices. Contributions made by the physician practices to these plans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $175,840, $541,298, and $19,564, respectively.

(24)Operating Segment and Geographic Information

The Company presents three categories of revenue in its statement of operations: pain management, surgeries and ancillary services. Pain management revenue is derived from owned and managed practices, which provide pain management services. Surgery revenue is derived from our owned and managed practices, which primarily provide surgical services. Ancillary service revenue is derived from our owned and managed practices and limited management practices, which provide one or more of ancillary services, including: orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint therapy and diagnostic imagery. Cost of revenue is primarily physicians’ salaries and medical supplies.

Set forth below are revenues, expenses and operating income classified by the type of service performed, as well as the expenses allocated to the corporate office.

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2006 (in thousands)  
     Pain Mgmt     Surgeries     Ancillary
Services
  

Corporate

and Other

    Total  

Revenues

   $ 46,093     $ 5,348     $ 12,288    $ —       $ 63,729  

Gross profit

     33,233       2,760       7,466      —         43,459  

General & administrative expenses

     23,898       3,234       1,330      11,376       39,838  

Amortization

     30,454       27       1,754      4,013       36,248  

Depreciation

     1,063       93       352      853       2,361  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

   $ (22,182 )   $ (594 )   $ 4,030    $ (16,242 )   $ (34,988 )
     For the year ended December 31, 2005 (in thousands)  
     Pain Mgmt     Surgeries     Ancillary
Services
   Corporate     Total  

Revenues

   $ 43,269     $ 6,165     $ 14,114    $ —       $ 63,548  

Gross profit

     36,632       5,110       10,256      —         51,998  

General and administrative expenses

     17,086       3,152       6,228      12,045       38,511  

Amortization

     550       —         —        979       1,529  

Depreciation

     478       66       235      646       1,425  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

   $ 18,518     $ 1,892     $ 3,793    $ (13,670 )   $ 10,533  
     For the year ended December 31, 2004 (in thousands)  
     Pain Mgmt     Surgeries     Ancillary
Services
   Corporate     Total  

Revenues

   $ 22,317     $ 5,203     $ 10,398    $ —       $ 37,918  

Gross profit

     18,249       4,607       8,398      —         31,254  

General and administrative expenses

     8,002       2,613       3,571      6,223       20,409  

Amortization

     —         —         —        549       549  

Depreciation

     132       72       128      505       837  
                                       

Operating income (loss)

   $ 10,115     $ 1,922     $ 4,699    $ (7,277 )   $ 9,459  

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Pain management revenue, expense and income are attributable to four owned and 12 managed practices that primarily offer physician services for pain management and physiatry. With respect to one managed practice, only the revenue recognized from management fees earned.

Surgery revenue, expense and income are attributable to one owned and two managed practice that offer surgical physician services, including minimally invasive spine surgery.

Ancillary services revenue, expense and income are attributable to five managed practices that primarily offer orthopedic rehabilitation services and 35 practices under limited management agreements, including orthopedic rehabilitation, electrodiagnostic medicine, intra-articular joint therapy and real estate services. Separate financial results for the Canadian subsidiary are not presented, since operations outside of the U.S. are immaterial to total operations.

(25) Discontinued Operations

PainCare Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, provides healthcare services for the treatment of pain through physician practices and surgery centers in North America and Canada. PainCare’s surgery segment constitutes a component of the entity because the operations of and cash flows of the surgery segment can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the entity.

With the intention of narrowing our core business strategy and to reduce debt obligations, PainCare’s management decided during 2006 that the ambulatory surgery centers (“ASC’s) no longer fit the Company’s acquisition model, and committed to a plan to sell the ASC’s. PainCare’s ambulatory surgery centers, which are consolidated through the ancillary services segment, are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The operations and cash flows of these ASC’s will be eliminated from ongoing operations as a result of the sale transaction, and PainCare anticipates that it will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the product group after it is sold. Therefore PainCare is reporting the results of operations of the component, including any gain or loss, in discontinued operations, as per the requirements of FASB Statement No. 144.

In accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company records impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired when the fair value less costs to sell of the assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. During 2006, the Company developed a plan to sell three ASC’s with the intention of using the proceeds to pay off debt obligations. The Company plans to sell the ASC’s during the first half of 2007 and has estimated the sales value, net of related costs to sell, at amounts derived from preliminary discussions with investment bankers. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $2,297,013 in 2006 which was attributed to one of the ASC’s. The write down was based on the Company’s best estimate of the fair value of the surgery centers less costs to sell. The amount included in discontinued operations could be adjusted if actual results differ from current estimates.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

On February 1, 2006, the Company and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (“PCN,” and together with the Company the “Paincare Parties”) acquired a 60% interest (the “Amphora Transaction”) in Amphora LLC (“Amphora”) from Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., and Richard A. Flores (collectively the “Members”) pursuant to the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Amphora Purchase Agreement”), for a combination of cash and shares of common stock of the Company and the obligation to make certain additional payments post closing (the “Purchase Price”). The Paincare Parties and the Members have entered into an agreement providing for the rescission of the Amphora Transaction (the “Rescission Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Rescission Agreement (i) the Amphora Purchase Agreement was rescinded, (ii) the Members paid the Paincare Parties a sum of $1,400,000 and returned to the Paincare Parties 1,035,032 shares of common stock of the Company, (iii) the Company delivered to the Members a noncompetition agreement, and (iv) the parties entered into mutual releases. The description of the Rescission Agreement set forth herein is qualified in its entirety by the specific terms of the Rescission Agreement

The results of the discontinued operations of Amphora and the ASC’s after satisfying all the above businesses, included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     Amphora    

2006

ASC’s

    Total    

2005

PCSI

 

Net Revenues:

        

Ancillary Services

   $ 3,812,504     $ 16,598,101     $ 20,410,605     $ 5,115,484  

Cost of revenue and operating expenses

     2,266,710       11,531,482       13,798,192       3,068,079  
                                

Operating income (expense)

     1,545,794       5,066,619       6,612,413       2,047,405  

Other income (loss)

     —         (4,633,752 )     (4,633,752 )     (1,500,114 )
                                

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and minority interest

     1,545,794       432,867       1,978,661       547,291  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     (483,973 )     392,843       (91,130 )     184,972  
                                

Income (loss) before minority interest

     1,061,821       825,710       1,887,531       732,263  

Minority interest in earnings of discontinued operations

     618,318       1,605,678       2,223,996       587,637  
                                

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     443,503       (779,968 )     (336,465 )     144,626  

Loss from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     1,670,721       —         1,670,721       —    
                                

Total income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (1,227,218 )   $ (779,968 )   $ (2,007,186 )   $ 144,626  
                                

The assets and liabilities of Amphora and the ASC’s businesses included in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     2006    2005

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 389,905    $ 205,385

Accounts receivable

     6,629,433      4,624,705

Deposits and prepaids

     350,486      442,953

Deferred taxes

     1,113,086      —  
             

Current assets of discontinued operations

     8,482,910      5,273,043
             

Property and equipment, net

     1,110,898      889,640

Goodwill

     26,040,567      13,928,431

Other assets

     740,888      457,454

Non-current deferred tax assets

     852.711      735,287
             

Non-current assets of discontinued operations

     28,745,064      16,010,812
             

Total assets of discontinued operations

     37,227,974      21,283,855
             

Liabilities

     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     533,973      434,754

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     18,367      122,597
             

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     552,340      557,351
             

Capital lease obligations

     32,609      41,749
             

Long term liabilities of discontinued operations

     32,609      41,749
             

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

     584,949      599,100
             

Minority interest in discontinued operations

     2,191,797      1,763,838

Book value of net assets

   $ 34,451,228    $ 18,920,917
             

The discontinued operations of the ASC’s were allocated the debt of $27,084,377 and $22,385,987 computing for the purpose of interest expense respectively, for 2006 and 2005. This was allocated because the Company is required by our senior lender HBK Investments to repay their note upon the sale of the ASC’s. As a result, interest expense of $4,646,963 and $1,500,914, respectively, has been included in the results of the discontinued operations recorded as held for sale.

The following table shows the components of the loss from sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes as of December 31, 2006:

 

Proceeds

   $ 1,400,000  

Book value of net assets disposed

     (4,200,156 )

Cost of disposition

     16,517  
        

Loss on sale of discontinued operations

     (2,783,639 )

Income taxes

     1,112,918  
        

Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net

   $ (1,670,721 )
        

 

F-59


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS


            , 2007

You may rely on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor sale of ordinary shares means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy these ordinary shares in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Until                     , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following sets forth the estimated expenses and costs (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock registered hereby:

 

SEC registration fee    $ 8,052  
Printing and engraving expenses      5,000 *
Accounting fees and expenses      10,000 *
Legal fees and expenses      15,000 *
Transfer agent fees and expenses      1,000 *
Miscellaneous      1,000 *
        
TOTAL    $ 40,052  
 
  * Estimated.

 

14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The Florida Business Corporation Act provides that a person who is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action because of service as an officer or director of a corporation is entitled to indemnification of expenses actually and reasonably incurred in such defense. F.S. 607.085(3). Such act also provides that the corporation may indemnify an officer or director, and advance expenses, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to a criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. F.S. 607.0850(1) (2). A court may order indemnification of an officer or director if it determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances. F.S. 6907.0850(9).

The registrant maintains a policy of liability insurance for its officers and directors.

Reference is made to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

 

15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

The following relates to sales of securities that have occurred since January 1, 2004 that have not been registered under the Securities Act:

During the year ended December 31, 2004:

The Company issued 401,617 shares of common stock to Rehab Management Group, Inc. as initial consideration for the acquisition of three electro-diagnostic contracts.

The Company issued 71,429 common stock shares to Carol Rothbart and Stan Swartz representing the final earnout installments related to the acquisition of Rothbart Pain Management.


Table of Contents

The Company issued 333,333 common stock shares to Andrea Trescot, M.D. representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Pain and Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

The Company issued 50,883 common stock shares to ShasquaTrust representing the final earnout installment related to the acquisition of Rothbart Pain Management.

The Company issued 458,333 common stock shares to John Vick and KBL Investments representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Associated Physicians Group.

The Company completed the acquisition of the non-medical assets and executed a long-term management agreement with Denver Pain Management. On August 27, 2004, the Company entered into an addendum with Denver Pain Management whereby the initial consideration to be paid to the shareholders was reduced from $3,750,000 to $700,000 of which $100,000 was paid in cash and the balance of $600,000 has been delivered to the shareholders in the form of 200,000 shares of common stock.

The Company completed the acquisition of the non-medical assets and executed a long-term management agreement with Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C. The Company paid combined consideration of $1,125,000 in cash and delivered 462,344 shares of its common stock.

The Company completed the acquisition of the non-medical assets and executed a long-term management agreement with Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers, Inc. The Company paid $2,250,000 in cash and delivered 927,414 shares of its common stock.

The Company completed the acquisition of the non-medical assets and executed a long-term management agreement with Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A. The Company paid $1,875,000 in cash, and delivered 761,545 shares of common stock.

The Company issued 150,273 common stock shares to Kirk Mauro, M.D. representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Medical Rehabilitation Specialists II, Inc.

The Company completed the acquisition of the outstanding capital stock of Benjamin Zolper, M.D., L.L.C. The Company paid combined consideration of $875,000 in cash and delivered 316,444 shares of its common stock.

The Company issued a total of 154,482 common stock shares for the payment of convertible debenture interest due to Midsummer Investment, Ltd. and Islandia, L.P.

The Company issued a total of 530,000 common stock shares for the conversion of convertible debenture principal by Midsummer Investment, Ltd. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd.

The Company completed a public offering of 8,000,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $1.90 per share. On November 5, 2004, we sold an additional 965,000 shares of our common stock to our underwriters at a purchase price of $1.90 per share. We will use the net proceeds from this offering to make acquisitions, repay capital lease obligations and for general corporate purposes.

The Company issued a total of 312,673 common stock shares for the exercise of vested stock options.

The Company issued a total of 534,466 common stock shares for the exercise of vested stock options.


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2005:

 

Name and Nature of Business

  

Effective Date of
Purchase

  

Purchase Price

Colorado Pain Specialists, PC., an interventional pain management practice located in Colorado    April 15, 2005    $2,125,000 in cash and 653,698 shares of common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $4,250,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
PSHS Alpha Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Lake Worth Surgical Center., a fully accredited ambulatory surgical center located in Lake Worth, Florida    May 12, 2005    $6,930,940 in cash and 324,520 shares of common stock, for a 67.5% ownership interest.
PSHS Beta Partners, Ltd. d/b/a Gables Surgical Center, a fully accredited ambulatory surgical center located in Miami, Florida    August 1, 2005    $3,282,304 in cash and 868,624 shares of common stock, plus promissory notes totaling $1,536,952, due one year from the closing date, for a 73% ownership interest.
Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C., an orthopedic spine surgery practice located in Danville, Virginia    August 9, 2005    $1,000,000 in cash and 263,400 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $2,000,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.
Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C., an pain management physician practice located in Denver, Colorado    October 3, 2005    $1,250,000 in cash and 349,162 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $2,500,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.

Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. and Therapeutic Management, Inc., collectively doing business as The Centeno Clinic, a pain management

physician practice located in Denver, Colorado.

   October 14, 2005    $3,750,000 in cash and 1,132,931 shares of PainCare’s common stock, plus contingent payments of up to $7,500,000 in cash and common stock if certain performance goals are met.

The Company issued 3,687,500 shares to the shareholders of Center for Pain Management, LLC, representing the stock portion of the initial consideration of this practice acquisition, which closed on December 1, 2004.

The Company issued 115,340 shares to Andrea Trescot, M.D., representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Pain and Rehabilitation Network.

The Company issued 108,097 shares to Kirk Mauro, M.D., representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Medical Rehabilitation Specialists.

The Company issued 108,610 shares to John Vick, representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Associated Physicians Group.

The Company issued 83,001 shares to Michael Martire, M.D., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Spine and Pain Center.

The Company issued 226,608 shares to Saqib Bashir Khan, M.D., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Health Care Center of Tampa.

The Company issued 130,662 shares to Christopher Cenac, M.D., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of the Bone and Joint Surgical Clinic.

The Company issued 203,252 shares to Kenneth Alo, M.D., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Kenneth M. Alo, M.D., P.A.


Table of Contents

The Company issued 460,026 shares to Robert Wright, M.D. and Kenneth Alo, M.D., representing a portion of the earnout installment related to the acquisition of Denver Pain Management.

The Company issued 86,806 shares to Robert Windsor, M.D., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Georgia Pain Physicians and Georgia Surgical Centers.

The Company issued 175,644 shares to Michael Wayne and Jeff Wayne, representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers.

The Company issued 148,104 shares to Rick Taylor, D.O., representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A.

The Company issued 69,115 shares to Benjamin Zolper, M.D., representing the first of three earn-out installments related to the acquisition of Benjamin Zolper, M.D., P.A.

The Company issued 111,327 shares to Rehab Management Group, representing the first of three earnout installments related to acquisition of three EDX contracts.

The Company issued 400,316 shares as the result of the exercise of warrants previously granted.

The Company issued 674,975 shares as the result of the exercise of options previously granted.

The Company issued 18,860 restricted shares to employees at Advanced Orthopaedics of South Florida, Inc. to replace previously granted stock options.

The Company issued 3,626,167 shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd. for the conversion of convertible debenture principal.

The Company issued 283,448 shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. for the payment of convertible debenture interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2006:

The Company issued 63,652 shares for the payment of convertible debenture interest due to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, L.P.

The Company issued a total of 3,305,033 shares and 1,349,884 warrants in connection with a private placement of offering of the Company’s common stock.

The Company issued 1,021,942 shares for the acquisition of the Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC.

The Company issued 191,131 shares for the acquisition of REC, Inc. and CareFirst Medical Associates.

The Company issued 471,698 shares for the acquisition of Desert Pain Medicine Group.

The Company issued 1,035,032 shares for the acquisition of Amphora, LLC.

The Company issued 159,381 shares to Kenneth Alo, M.D. representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Kenneth M. Alo, M.D., P.A.


Table of Contents

The Company issued 615,984 shares representing a portion of the potential earnout installments related to the acquisition of Denver Pain Management.

The Company issued 626,138 shares representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Center for Pain Management.

The Company issued 59,654 shares representing the second of four earnout installments related to the acquisition of Bone and Joint Surgical Clinic.

The Company issued 58,194 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Spine and Pain Center.

The Company issued 68,990 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the purchase of three EDX contract rights.

The Company issued 176,457 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Health Care Center of Tampa, Inc.

The Company issued 35,165 shares representing the final earnout installment related to the acquisition of Pain and Rehabilitation Network, Inc.

The Company issued 183,333 shares representing the final earnout installment related to the acquisition of Medical Rehabilitation Specialists, Inc.

The Company issued 325,650 shares representing earnout installments related to the acquisition of Denver Pain Management.

The Company issued 155,556 shares representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Colorado Pain Specialists, P.C.

The Company issued 1,310,000 shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, L.P. replacing cancelled warrants, which were previously issued in connection with two convertible debt financings.

The Company issued 150,000 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Georgia Pain Physicians, P.C.

The Company issued 116,667 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Benjamin Zolper, M.D., Inc.

The Company issued 250,000 shares to Midsummer Investments, Ltd. pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 2, 2006.

The Company issued 250,000 shares to Islandia, LP pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 2, 2006.

The Company issued 240,000 shares re issued representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Rick Taylor, D.O., P.A.

The Company issued 234,000 shares representing the second of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Dynamic Rehabilitation Centers, Inc.

The Company issued 166,667 shares representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders.


Table of Contents

The Company issued 138,902 shares representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Floyd O. Ring, Jr., MD, PC

The Company issued 138,902 shares representing the first of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Floyd O. Ring, Jr., MD, PC

The Company issued 95,501 shares for the payment of convertible debenture interest due to Midsummer Investments, Ltd.

After the year ended December 31, 2006:

The Company issued 67,913 shares for the payment of convertible debenture interest due to Midsummer Investments, Ltd.

The Company issued 262,332 shares for the payment of convertible debenture interest due to Islandia, L.P.

The Company issued 56,822 shares to Rehab Management Group, representing the final earnout installment related to acquisition of three EDX contracts.

The Company issued 169,376 shares to Michael Martire, M.D. representing the third of three earnout installments related to the acquisition of Spine and Pain Center.

With respect to the foregoing offers and sale of restricted and unregistered securities, the Company relied on the provisions of Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including, but not limited to Rules 505 and 506 of Regulation D, in that such transaction did not involve any public offering of securities and were exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The offers and sale of the securities was not made by any means of general solicitation, the securities were acquired by the investors without a view towards distribution, and all purchasers represented to the Company that they were sophisticated and experienced in such transactions and investments and able to bear the economic risk of their investment. A legend was placed on the certificates or instruments, as the case may be, they have not been registered under the Securities Act and setting forth the restrictions on their transfer and sale. Each investor also signed a written agreement that the securities would not be sold without registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from such registration.


Table of Contents

Item 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

NO.   

DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT

  3.01    Articles of Incorporation (1)
  3.02    By Laws(1)
  3.03    Amendment to Bylaws (2)
  3.04    Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (3)
  4.1    2000 Stock Option Plan of PainCare, Inc. (1)
  4.2    2001 Stock Option Plan of PainCare, Inc. (1)
  5.1    Legal Opinion of Arnstein & Lehr LLP (24)
10.01    Merger Agreement and plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and CPS Merger Corp., Scott Brandt, M.D. and Bradley Vilims, M.D.(4)
10.02    Securities Purchase Agreement by and Among PSHS Partnership Ventures, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Surgery Centers I, Inc. (5)
10.03    Securities Purchase Agreement by and among PSHS Partnership Ventures, Inc., PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Surgery Centers II, Inc. (6)
10.04    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Piedmont Center for Spinal Disorders, P.C. (7)
10.05    Asset Purchase Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. and The Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC. (8)
10.06    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Floyd O. Ring, Jr., M.D., P.C. (9)
10.07    Asset Purchase by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C. (10)
10.08    Loan and Security Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and HBK Investments, L.P. (11)
10.09    Amendment Number One to Loan and Security Agreement by and among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and HBK Investments, L.P. (11)
10.10    Third Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Randy Lubinsky. (11)
10.11    Third Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Mark Szporka (11)
10.12    Fourth Addendum to Employment Agreement by and between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Ronald Riewold (11)
10.13    Securities Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Those Certain Buyers Listed in the Schedule Attached to the Agreement. (12)
10.14    Asset Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. and Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC. (17)
10.15    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc., REC, Inc. and Robert Carpenter, D.C. (13)
10.16    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXII, Inc., CareFirst Medical Associates, P.A. and Randall Rodgers, D.O. (14)
10.17    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XIX, Inc., Desert Pain Medicine Group and C. Edward Anderson, Jr., M.D. (15)
10.18    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement By and Among Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., Richard Flores, Amphora, LLC, PainCare Holdings, Inc. and PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc. (16)
10.19    Letter Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc., HBK Investments, L.P., PCRL Investments, L.P. and Del Mar Master Fund, Ltd.(18)
10.20    Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Laurus Master Fund, Ltd.(18)


Table of Contents
10.21   Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Midsummer Investment, Ltd.(18)
10.22   Warrant Cancellation Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Islandia, L.P.(18)
10.23   Securities Purchase Agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc., Midsummer Investment, Ltd. and Islandia, L.P.(19)
10.24   Form of Convertible Debenture(19)
10.25   Registration Rights agreement By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc. and Purchasers (19)
10.26   Amendment Agreement between PainCare Holdings, Inc., Midsummer Investments, Ltd. and Islandia, LP. (19)
10.27   Amendment Number Two To Loan and Security Agreement and Consent By and Among PainCare Holdings, Inc HBK Investments, LP (19)
10.28   HBK Letter Agreement (20)
10.29   Supplemental Agreement dated December 5, 2006, between PainCare Holdings, Inc., Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC, PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc., Mark H. Coleman, M.D., Prabaal Dey, M.D., Marc Love, M.D., and Lester A. Zuckerman, M.D. (21)
10.30   Promissory Note dated December 5, 2006, between PainCare Surgery Centers III, Inc. and Center for Pain Management ASC, LLC (21)
10.31   Forbearance Agreement dated January 1, 2007, between HBK Investments, LP, PainCare Holdings, Inc., and PainCare’s subsidiaries (21)
10.32   Settlement and Rescission Agreement and Mutual Release dated December 11, 2006, between PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Neuromonitoring I, Inc., Bruce Lockwood, M.D., John D. Bender, D.O., and Richard A. Flores (21)
10.33   Settlement Agreement dated February 22, 2007, between PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C., Therapeutic Management, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., John Schultz, M.D., and Centeno Schultz, Inc. (22)
10.34   Termination Agreement dated February 22, 2007, between PainCare Holdings, Inc., PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc., Centeno Schultz, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., and John Schultz, M.D. (22)
10.35   Management Services Termination Agreement dated February 22, 2007, between PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc., Centeno Schultz, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., and John Schultz, M.D. (22)
10.36   Seller’s General Release dated February 22, 2007, by PainCare Holdings, Inc., and PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc. (22)
10.37   Purchaser’s General Release dated February 22, 2007, by Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C., Therapeutic Management, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., John Schultz, M.D., and Centeno Schultz, Inc. (22)
10.38   Promissory Note dated February 22, 2007, by Centeno Schultz, Inc. (22)
10.39   Security Agreement dated February 22, 2007, by PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., and John Schultz, M.D. (22)
10.40   Pledge Agreement dated February 22, 2007, by PainCare Acquisition Company XXI, Inc., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., P.C., Christopher J. Centeno, M.D., Centeno Schultz, Inc., and John Schultz, M.D. (22)
10.41   Notice of Default dated March 21, 2007, by HBK Investments, LP (23)
10.42   Notice of Breach and Default dated March 15, 2007, by The Center for Pain Management, LLC, Michael J. Daly, M.D., Ali EL-Mohandes, M.D., P. Bobby Dey, M.D., Mark H. Coleman, M.D., Lester A. Zuckerman, M.D., and Marc A. Loev, M.D. (23)
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company (11)
23(a)   Consent of BKHM, P.A. (24)
23(b)   Consent of Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A. (24)
23(c)   Consent of Arnstein & Lehr LLP, (contained in Exhibit 5.1) (24)

(1) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form S-4 on January 4, 2002
(2) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on July 12, 2005


Table of Contents
(3) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 11, 2005
(4) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on April 18, 2005
(5) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on May 17, 2005
(6) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 8, 2005
(7) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 11, 2005
(8) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on September 27, 2005
(9) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 7, 2005
(10) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 14, 2005
(11) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 10-K on June 1, 2006
(12) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 3, 2006
(13) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 9, 2006
(14) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 11, 2006
(15) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 25, 2006
(16) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on February 3, 2006
(17) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 18, 2005
(18) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on May 8, 2006
(19) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on August 7, 2006
(20) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on October 13, 2006
(21) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on January 3, 2007
(22) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on March 5, 2007
(23) Previously filed with the SEC with the Company’s Form 8-K on March 27, 2007
(24) Filed herewith


Table of Contents
17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

Provided, however, That paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post- effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

  (i) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

  (ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Orlando, State of Florida, on May 4, 2007.

 

 

/s/ RANDY LUBINSKY

By:   Randy Lubinsky
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, the registration statement has been signed below on May 4, 2007 by the following persons in the following capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ MARK SZPORKA

   Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ RONALD RIEWOLD

   President and Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ JAY ROSEN, M.D.

   Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ MERRILL REUTER, M.D.

   Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ ARTHUR J. HUDSON

   Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ ROBERT FUSCO

   Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ ALDO F. BERTI, M.D.

   Director    May 4, 2007

/s/ THOMAS J. CRANE

   Director    May 4, 2007


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

5.1   Legal Opinion of Arnstein & Lehr LLP
23(a)   Consent of BKHM, P.A.
23(b)   Consent of Tschopp, Whitcomb & Orr, P.A.
23(c)   Consent of Arnstein & Lehr LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)